H ft 2' PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON VOLUME 23 V -Z G 1 G ST 3 PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY, WASHINGTON, D. C. 1921 ACTUAL DATE OF PUBLICATION OF VOLUME 23. Number 1 pages 1- 24 inclusive February 10, 1921 . Number 2 pages 25- 48 inclusive March 11, 1921. Number3 pages 49- 68 inclusive . . March 25, 1921. Number 4 pages 69-100 inclusive April 16, 1921. Number 5 pages 101-124 inclusive May 14, 1921. Number 6 pages 125-152 inclusive June 22, 1921. Number 7 pages 153-172 inclusive October 15, 1921 '. NumberS pages 173-192 inclusive November 29, 1921. Number 9 pages 193-215 inclusive; i-iv December 31 , 1921 '. PRESS OF H. L. & J. B. MCQUEEN, INC. WASHINGTON, D. C. TABLE OF CONTENTS OF VOLUME 23. Page ALDEN, C. H., with PORTER, B. A. : Anaphoidea conotracheli Girault (Hym.) an egg parasite of the Apple Maggot 62 BAKER, A. C.: On the family name for the Plant lice 101 BARBER, H. G.: Revision of the genus Lygaeits Fab. (Hemiptera-Heterop- tera 63 BOVING, ADAM G.: The larva of Popillia japonica Newman and a close- related undetermined Ruteline larva. A systematic and morphological study (Col.) 51 BUSCK, AUGUST, and HEINRICH, CARL: On the male genitalia of the Micro- lepodoptera and their systematic importance 145 CAUDELL, A. N.: Some new Orthoptera from Mokanshan, China .... 27 CHAPIN, EDWARD A.: Remarks on the genus Hystrichopsylla Tasch. with description of a new species (Siphonoptera) . . 25 COCKERELL, T. D. A.: A new Asilid fly from the Madeira Islands .... 208 CRAIGHEAD, F. C.: Larva of the North American beetle Sandalus niger Knoch 44 CRAMPTON, G. C.: Notes on the ancestry of the Hymenoptera 35 CRAWFORD, J. C.: A new species of the Chalcid genus Zatropis (Hym.) . . 171 CUSHMAN, R. A.: The males of the Ichneumonid genera Myersia and Thaumatotypidea, with descriptions of new species (Hym.) 109 CUSHMAN, R. A. and GAHAN, A. B.: The Thomas Say species of Ichneu- monidae 153 EWING, H. E.: New genera and species of Protura 193 FERNALD, CHARLES HENRY (Notice of death) 68 FISHER, W. S.: A new Cerambycid from California 206 Fox, WILLIAM H. (Notice of death) 213 GAHAN A. B.: Remarks on the genus Pleurotropis with description of a parasite of Trachelus tabidus Fabricius (Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea) 113 GAHAN, A. B., with CUSHMAN, R. A.: The Thomas Say species of Ichneu- monidae 153 GREENE, C. T.: A new genus of Bombyliidae (Diptera) 23 Dipterous parasites of Sawflies 41 Further notes on Ambopogon hyperboreus Greene (Diptera.) 107 Two new species of Diptera 125 HEINRICH, CARL, with BUSCK., AUGUST: On the male genitalia of the Microlepidoptera and their systematic importance . . . 145 HERBERT, FRANK B.: The genus Matsucoccus with a new species (Hemip- Homop.) 15 [iii] HOLLAND, W. J.: A new species belonging to the genus Goodia (Lep.) . . 99 McAxEE, W. L.: Description of a new genus of Nemocera (Dipt.) . . 49 District of Columbia Diptera: Scatopsidae 120 The Periodical Cicada, 1919; brief notes for the Dis- trict of Columbia 211 MIDDLETON, WILLIAM: Some notes on the terminal abdominal structures ofSawflies 139 Some suggested homologies between larvae and adults in Sawflies 173 MYERS, P. R., with WADE, J. S.: Observations relative to recent recov- eries of Pleurotropis epigonus Walker (Hym.) 202 PARKER, J. B.: Notes on the nesting habits of Tachytes (Hym.) .... 103 PORTER, B. A. and ALDEN, C. H.: Anaphoidea conotracheli Girault (Hym.) an egg parasite of the Apple maggot 64 SHANNON, RAYMOND C.: Another anomalous Dipteron added to the Rhyphidae 50 SNODGRAS, R. E.: The mouth parts of the Cicada 1 THOMSON, W. R., and THOMSON, M. C.: Studies of Zenillia roseanae B. & B. A parasite of the European corn borer (Pyrau- stanubilalisllb.) 127 WADE, J. S., and MYERS, P. R.: Observations relative to recent recoveries of Pleurotropis epigonus Walker (Hym.) 202 W T ALTON, W. R.: Entomological drawings and draughtsmen; their relation to the development of economic entomology in the United States 69 ZWALUWENBURG, R. H. VAN: Melanotus hys/opi, n. sp. (Coleop.) .... 210 iv] VOL. 23 JANUARY 1921 No. 1 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON FEB CONTENTS GREENE, CHARLES T. A NEW GENUS OF BOMBYUIDAE (DIPTERA) ... 23 HERBERT, FRANK. B. THE GENUS MATSUCOCCUS WITH A NEW SPECIES (HEMIP-HOMOP.) 15 SNODGRASS, R. E. THE MOUTH PARTS OF THE CICADA . . . PUBLISHED MONTHLY EXCEPT JULY, AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER BY THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM WASHINGTON, D. C. Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under Act of August 24, 1912. Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1 Kl.i, \ct uf ( ). t^ber 3, 1917. authorized July \ 1918. THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ORGANIZED MARCH 12, 1884. The regular meetings of the Society are held on the first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 P. M. Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are entitled to the PROCEEDINGS and any manuscript submitted by them is given precedence over that submitted by non-members. OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1921. Honorary President E. A. SCHWARZ President W. R. WALTON First y ice-President A. B. GAHAN Second Vice-President . A. G. BOVING Recording Secretary ." R. A. CUSHMAN Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer ... . . S. A. ROHWER U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. Editor . A. C. BAKER East Falls Church, Va. Executive Committee: THE OFFICERS and A. N. CAUDELL, A. L. QUAINTANCE and E. R. SASSCER. Representing the Society as a Fice-President of the Washington Academy of Sciences . S. A. ROHWER PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON. Published monthly, except July, August and September, by the Society at Washington, D. C. Terms of subscription: Domestic, $4.00 per annum; foreign, $4.25 per annum; recent single numbers, 50 cents, foreign postage extra. All subscriptions are payable in advance. Remittances should be made payable to the Entomological Society of Washington. Authors of leading articles in the PROCEEDINGS will be given 10 copies of the number in which their article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur- nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired accompanies the manuscript: 4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp. 50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00 100 copies 2.25 4.50 6.75 9.00 Certain charges are made on illustrations and there are rules and suggestions governing the make-up of articles published. Contributors may secure infor- mation on these points by application to the Editor or Corresponding Secretary. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON VOL. 23 JANUARY 1921 No. 1 THE MOUTH PARTS OF THE CICADA. BY R. E. SNODGRASS, Bureau of Entomology. This paper is presented to show the anatomical structure of the sucking apparatus of the cicada (Tibicena septendecim). None of the published accounts of Hemipteran mouth parts have made the subject fully clear to the writer, and it is hoped that the descriptions and figures here given may justify a new treatment of an old subject. But the facts are disconcerting they raise perplexing questions of interpretation that will not fit with any current view on the homologies of the Hemipteran head plates and the setae. While the basic mouth structure appears to be the same throughout the order of the Hemiptera, a further study of the embryological origin and development of the head plates and the mouth appendages is needed. The intricate mechanism in the adult is difficult to set forth clearly in words and for this reason the figures on plates I and II are made the basis of the descriptions and comparisons. Figure 1 (Plate I) represents the head of a young Locustid, showing the generalized type of Orthopteran mouth parts. Figure 2 is the same with the mandible removed from its basal connection (md], exposing the large tongue-like hypo- pharynx (Hp/iy) and its lateral membranous connection (a) with the base of the mandible. Figure 3 is the same again but with both the mandible and the maxilla cut off, leaving the stump (mx) of the latter still attached to the head. Figure 4 shows a corresponding view of the head of a fully matured adult seventeen-year cicada. The prominent ridged facial plate (Ft) is designated the front because of the attachment of the pharyngeal muscles (Plate II, figure 15, PhyMcl) to it as in other insects. The labrum-like plate below (Clp) is called the clypeits because it appears to correspond with the clypeus of the Locustid (fig. 1, Clp). The tapering appendage (Liu), ensheathing the bases of the setae, likewise appears to be the labrnm, though some writers call it the epipharynx. On the side of the head are two important sclerites (//ami #) which will be referred to simply by the letters designating them. The second one (B) terminates below in a tree lobe (/>) carrying a soft appendage (r) which, with its mate on the other side, pro- 2 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. .1, JAN., 1921 tects the rear side of the setal bases. Behind this is the long labium (LV) which encloses .the setae within a groove along its front surface. Sclented is hidden at its lower end between the clypeus (Clp) and the lobe b of sclerite B. The parts are all tightly compressed and difficult to study in the mature con- dition. Figure 5 is the head of an adult cicada just as it emerges from the pupal skin. The general shape is very different from that ^ of the fully matured insect (fig. 4). All the parts are soft and ' stand apart from one another in a way that shows much more of the true anatomical structure. Especially is it to be noted that sclerite A is prolonged downward in a large appendicular structure ()> which scarcely shows at all in the normal mature head. The bases of the setae (Set) are here exposed behind a, disappearing entad to the sclerite B. Figure 6 is the head of an imago toward the end of emergence from the pupal skin. The parts have assumed more of the adult form, but are still soft and easily separated as shown in this drawing. Here we get a very different idea of the form and relationships of the mouth parts from that given by the hardened and consolidated mature head (fig. 4). We are at once struck by the resemblance to the mutilated Locustid head (fig. 3). Minus setae, the cicada might be an Orthopteron minus mandibles and maxillae. The clypeus and labrum hang down in front of the mouth (Mth) the same in each. Behind the mouth is a median hypopharynx (Hphy) connected on each side by a flaring membranous wing (a) with the lateral wall of the head (or would be so connected in the Locustid if the hole where the mandible was attached were closed over). The labium (Lb) is suspended from the neck membrane (mb). The lateral head sclerite A is separated from the front by a suture forming a high ridge on the inside of the head, which contributes to the support of the pharynx. But the suture continues upward before the base of the antenna and is continuous with the one from the other side over the upper end of the front. While in this respect it differs from the frontogenal suture of the grass- hopper, it resembles that in the cockroach and other insects where the front forms a distinct facial plate. The outer surface of plate A is minutely but conspicuously punctate in transverse, semi-spiral rugae, and in certain lights has a bright silvery color. The lower posterior part bears a prominent clump of long hairs. The lower edge of the plate appears to be continu- ous with the hypopharynx below, but internally it is separated from the latter by a strong ridge. Separating plate A from B is a deep membranous groove with a thin chitinous bar lying along the entire length of its floor and continuous below with the base of the first seta. This bar will be more fully described in con- nection with figures 13 and 14. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. ], JAN., 1921 Figure 7 is a ventral view of the adult head. The mouth (Mth) is forcibly opened by prying the clypeus forward with the dissecting needle; and the base of the labium (Lb) is turned back, thereby pulling the setae away from the hypo- pharynx. The lateral head sclerites (A>A} are seen to be directly continuous with the wings (a,a) of the median hypo- pharynx (Hphy}. Behind the latter are the two deep pouches from which issue the setae (ISet and 2 Set). The lobes (fig. 6, ti) of the plates B,B are cut off near their bases (b) for the sake of clearness. This view of the head tells its own story and little more need be added by way of description. The mouth is deceptive in the natural condition. So closely is the hypopharynx applied to the epipharynx in a mature specimen that it is difficult to see that the insect has any mouth at all. Yet it is really a wide slit reaching from one upper angle of the clypeus to the other. When closed, the upper part of the hypopharynx fits snugly into a median depression of the epi- pharynx; then the narrow median channel along the ridge of the hypopharynx is converted into a tube which remains as the functional mouth, opening above into the pharynx and below just above the tip of the hypopharynx. This condition can be mentally pictured from figure 7 if it be imagined that the clypeus is allowed to drop down again against the hypopharyn- geal wings (a, a). The median part of the hypopharynx would then be received into the epipharyngeal cavity above it, and its channel, now transformed into a tube, would open into the base of the furrow in the labrum (Lm). Thus the wide Orthopteran mouth is narrowed down to a tiny median pore to serve the needs of the sucking Hemipteron. Figure 8, showing a front view of an emerging cicada's head, from which the clypeus and labrum have been removed, gives the same parts from a different angle. The labium is not shown, in order to give a clearer view of the bases of the setae. Where the clypeus is detached the bases of the dilator muscles of the pharynx (PhyMcl) are seen, and below them the invaginated roof (e) of the pharynx (seen also at e on figure 6). The second setae (2 Set) are normally united along their inner faces by inter- locking grooves and ridges to form a conducting tube for the liquid food; but in the drawing they are separated for clearness, though it is indicated how their bases embrace the tip of the hypopharynx as they flare apart to enter the pouches behind the hypopharyngeal wings (a,a). The liquid arising between them is thus delivered immediately to the mouth pore above the tip of the hypopharynx. The appendages c and c are separated, but it can be seen how they would come together behind the bases of the setae in the normal condition. Figure 9 gives a rear view, on a mature specimen, of the parts referred to in figure 8. The labium is removed from its mem- 4 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 1, JAN., 1921 branous base (Ib). The appendages c are closed behind the bases of the setae, which are clasped farther along by the sheath- like furrow of the labrum (Lm), beyond which again they would normally be held in the hollow of the labium. Figure 10 is a lateral view of the clypeus, labrum and hypo- pharynx, showing particularly the line (MtH) of the tightly closed mouth. The dorsal part of the hypopharynx (Hphy) is concealed in the median depression of the epipharynx (Ephy). The swelling (//) below the hypopharynx encloses the salivary pump, seen in the sectional view (fig. 15, SalPmp). Figure 11 is the same as figure 10 but with the mouth arti- ficially opened, fully exposing the hypopharynx (Hphy}. Figure 12 is a ventral view of figure 10. The hypopharynx (Hyphy] and its wings (a, a) are seen fitting snugly against the upper part of the epipharynx along the mouth line (A///z), and the median part of the hypopharynx into the median depression of the lower part of the epipharynx (Ephy] . The opening of the mouth pore (mth) is just above the tip of the hypopharynx and just within the furrow of the labrum (Lm). The setae lie length- wise in this furrow, to which they converge from their bases close along the sides of the hypopharynx, the inner or second pair closely embracing the hypopharyngeal tip. Figure 13 shows the setal pouches of the left side exposed by the separation of head sclerites A and B, most of which are also removed. The setae appear to be produced into the head cavity as apodemes for the muscles that operate them. The first seta has two apodemal arms: one (JRAp) a long slender rod having the retractor muscles (iRmcl) inserted upon its upper end; the other (IPAp) a wide plate bent over at the top, where it is loosely connected with plate A, having the protractor muscles . (iPMcT) inserted upon its anterior face. The retractor muscles are attached on the dorsal wall of the epicianium posterior to the ocelli. The protractors go downward and forward to their attachment along the front part of sclerite A and against the high apodemal ridge between this sclerite and the lower part of the front (Ft). The second seta (2Sef) has only one apodemal arm (2Ap) which carries the insertion of the protractor muscles (2PMcT) and that of one of the retractors. The other retractor is inserted directly upon the base of the seta. Both bundles (2RMcl) are attached to the vertex* bet ween the inner margin of the compound eye and the bases of the retractors of the first setae. The protractors (2PMcT) are attached to the lower part of head sclerite B and to its lobe b. The apodeme of the second seta and the protractor apodeme of the first are connected by a thin sheet of muscle fibers indicated by the set of parallel lines crossing the setal bases. The outer edge (/) of the protractor apodeme of the first seta (IPAp) forms the chitinous strip in the thin membranous floor of the deep groove between sclerites A PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 1, JAN., 1921 5 and B. Its distal end is loosely connected with the upper end of plate A in the fully matured head. A chitinous plate lies entad to the base of the second seta and its distal end (h] is loosely connected with the occipital rim of the cranium. This plate, however, has no connection with the seta and appears to belong to the setal pouch. The remaining parts shown in this figure may be identified by reference to the other drawings. There is here, indeed, an apparent analogy between the musculature of the setae and that of the mandibles and maxillae of biting insects, the retractors being the flexor muscles and the protractors being the extensor muscles. The function of the two sets is in a sense reversed, however, since in the Hemip- tera the hard work falls on the protractors; and it must be admit- ted that no other type of musculature could accomplish the out and in motion of the setae. Hence, we must not give too much weight to evidence based on the musculature purporting to establish homologies between these two sets of organs. Figure 14 shows the apodemes of the first seta in the head of an imago that has not yet escaped from the pupal skin. Head plate B is cut off from C, and sclerite A^ carrying the hypy- pharynx (Hphy], is swung forward. The membranous floor of the groove between A and B is removed entirely and none of the muscles (seen in figure 13) are shown. At this stage the muscle plate (iPAp] shows a distinct central shaft having every appearance of being of apodemal origin. Below, it disappears in the wall of the funnel-shaped base of the seta. Above, it fades away but the narrow upper end of the plate is fused with head plate C at the point g a short distance below the origin (ten] of the anterior arm of the tentorium. At a later stage both of these connections appear to be with plate A, but this is due to their fusing with the edge of the latter across the intervening suture. In the fully matured head (fig. 13) the upper end (g) of this plate (iPAp) is only loosely connected with sclerite A. The retractor apodeme of the first seta (IRAp) at this early stage arises independently from the hypoderm above the setal base. When the head is mature the apodemal bases and the seta are all consolidated into one continuous structure. Figure 15 is a median vertical section of the head illustrating the mechanism of the pumping apparatus and showing also the salivary glands and the salivary pump. The pharynx (Phy) is a large bulb-like cavity with the front or dorsal wall (e) deeply invaginated so that in the collapsed condition it almost fills the interior. The sides of the pharynx are braced to the walls of the head by complicated chitinous wings not shown in the figures. The space between the mouth parts of insects is usually called the mouth or buccal cavity, but it is properly only an external space like that between the bases of the legs; the true mouth is the lower part of the pharynx where the hypopharynx shuts 6 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 1, JAN., 1921 against the epipharynx. Figure 7, showing the cicada's mouth forced open, reveals the pharyngeal cavity beyond; when the mouth is shut the only inlet to the pharynx is through the narrow channel on the hypopharnyx. On figure 15 this channel shows in section at Mth. The dilator muscles of the pharynx (PhyMcl} are feather-like bundles of fibers attached to the front and inserted on stalk-like tendons attached in a row along the median line of the pharyn- geal roof. The latter collapses by its own elasticity when the dilator muscles relax. The contraction of the muscles lifts the roof, thus sucking the liquid food into the lumen of the pharynx through the tubular mouth from the channel between the second pair of sets. When the roof drops back, its lower end comes down first and closes the mouth pore, preventing the liquid from making its exit where it entered and, at the same time, forcing it upward into the rear part of the pharynx and into a secondary pharyngeal bulb (phy) located just over the tentorium (Ten}. The lumen of this bulb is apparently dilated by muscle fibers extending from its dorsal wall to the epicranium. From this chamber^ the liquid is fed into the tubular oesophagus (ffi). Both the stomach and the rectum of living cicadas are usually filled, often tensely distended, with a clear liquid, even at the close of their natural lives when their life functions are over. There are two large sets of salivary glands (fig. 15, G7) on each side of the head. Their duct unites above the base of the labium with the duct from the other side, and this common duct appears to open at the very tip of the terminal point of the hypopharynx. In the base of the hypopharynx it is connected with the chamber of the salivary pump (SalPmp). The function of this organ is supposed to be that of forcibly expelling the saliva from the duct. The aperture of the latter is placed where the saliva will enter the setal channel just where the latter opens to the mouth pore. The saliva of Hemiptera is thought to func- tion as an irritant or solvent in the tissues pierced by the setae, and perhaps to have digestive properties as well. In the first case the force pump is necessary to drive the -liquid down the setal channel and into the punctured food tissue, but when this is accomplished it would seem as if farther pumping would counter- act the upward flow of the food liquid. Perhaps we do not entirely understand the action of the salivary pump. Anyhow, its piston is worked by two powerful muscles, the right one of which (Mel} is seen in the figure. It is attached partly to the tentorium and partly to a large plate entad to the occipital rim of the head, and connected with the posterior braces of the pharynx. The foregoing descriptions and the figures should make the mere anatomy of the cicada's head and mouth parts reasonably clear, and the work of other writers shows that the structure is PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 1, JAN., 1921 7 fundamentally the same throughout the Hemiptera. But a satisfactory interpretation of the parts in terms of general insect morphology is quite another matter. Most entomologists have regarded the Hemipteran setae as the homologues of the mandi- bles and maxilla? of biting insects. Suppose we carry out a di- rect comparison between the head of an adult cicada (fig. 6) and the head of a grasshopper (figs. 1, 2 and 3) by transferring the setae of the former to the mutilated head of the locust (fig. 3) and inserting them into the bases of the mandibles (md) and the maxillae (nix]. Do we convert the Orthopteron into a Hemip- teron by such imaginary grafting? By no means, for the first setae would then arise at the sides of the hypopharynx (fig. 3, Hphy], above its membranous connections (a] with the lateral head walls; whereas, in the cicada (fig. 6), all the setae arise from deep pouches behind the wings (a) of the hypopharynx. On the other hand, if we leave the Orthopteran head as it is in figure 3, minus mandibles and with but stumps of maxilla:; (;#), and insert the setae at the point .v between the hypo- pharynx (Hphy) and the base of the labium (Lfr) we transform it, in external appearance, into a veritable Hemipteron. Note, in this case, how the lobe b and its appendage c in the cicada (fig. 6) correspond with the stump of the grasshopper's maxilla (fig. 3, nix]. Now, observing the position of plate A on the cicada head and its relation to the hypopharynx, the question naturally arises, does the sclerite A in any manner represent the Orthopteran mandible? Our only safe guide to morphology is comparative embry- ology when we are sure we have all the facts in the case. The first writer on Hemipteran development, Mecznikov (1866), stated that the embryonic mouth appendages of the Homoptera are, in an early stage, the same as those of other insects; but that, at the time the labial appendages are uniting with each other, the mandibular lobes fuse with the side walls of the head and the maxillary lobes are reduced to small spurs. He further describes the setae as independent structures subsequently developed from retort-shaped masses of cells within the head. According to Mecznikov, then, we might suppose that the mandible becomes sclerite A or a part of it, and the maxilla the appendage c, or c and b (fig. 6). The setae would be in this case neither mandibles nor maxilke but new organs developed for the special function of piercing and sucking. Later, J. B. Smith (1892) proposed an interpretation some- what similar to this in which he identified sclerite .-/as the man- dible and named it the "mandibular sclerite," while both setae on each side he regarded as parts of the maxilla, but he claimed, furthermore, that the supposed labium (IJ>] is also formed from parts of the maxilla, and that a true labium is lacking. In this he went so far from the beaten path that IK me 8 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 1, JAN., 1921 of his interpretations have been taken seriously. But if we could adopt Mecznikov's statements as true, the problem of interpreting the Hemipteran head and mouth parts would be greatly simplified. Unfortunately for our peace of mind, however, no subsequent embryologist has agreed with Mecznikov, while all have agreed with one another that the setae are developments of the true mandibular and maxillary embryonic appendages. Witlaczil (1882) stated that it is not difficult to show that the mandibles and first maxillae are not lost in development, as described by Mecznikov, but, sinking into the head, form the retort organs from which the setae are chitinous outgrowths. Heymons (1899) showed that the mandibular appendages of the embryo are developed entirely into the first setae, but that each maxillary appendage divides at an early stage into a basal part and a distal part, the first fusing with the lateral wall of the head, the other becoming the second seta. Muir and Kershaw (1911, 1912) have verified Heymons' statements in both the Homop- tera and the Heteroptera. All writers, except Smith, agree that the labium of the adult is formed from the fused labial appen- dages of the embryo. Therefore, we must either admit that the Hemipteran mouth setae are the true mandibles and maxillae, or we must produce evidence to show that the more recent students of Hemipteran embryology are mistaken in their facts. Up to the present Mecznikov is discredited, and all direct anatomical comparisons of the Hemipteran with the Orthopteran head fail to give satis- faction. To adjust our ideas we must begin by assuming that the bases of the mandibles in the Hemiptera have moved posteriorly across the bridge of the hypopharynx (fig. 7, a, a] and have sunken into pouches, along with the maxillae, behind the latter. Heymons, in one of his figures, appears to indicate that this migration of the mandibles has taken place, though he does not specifically describe it. It would seem then, that the embryological evidence should end all discussion concerning the homologies of the setse, but when we examine the details of their external connections with the head, their internal apodemes, and the muscles that move them, and then attempt to reconcile these features with those of other insects a whole new set ot troubles confronts us. Muir and Kershaw (191 la), discovering that the first seta on each side has a basal arm (figs. 13, 14,/) reaching clear up to the dorsal end of sclerite A on the floor of the deep sulcus between sclerite A and B, established this point (g) as the true mandibular articulation (anterior) with the head. Furthermore, they sub- stantiate this interpretation with the fact that the invagination for the anterior arm of the tentorium (ten) is located just above the end of the setal arm. The same view has been adopted by PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 1, [AN., 1921 9 Cogan (1916). Taking the attachment of this bar to head plate C as a definite anatomical landmark, these authors are forced to regard the large facial plate (figs. 4, 5, 6, Ft) as the "clypeus," of which the lateral plates A and A become posterior lobes. The free sclerite (Clp) in front of the mouth then is the "labrum " and the terminal grooved piece, holding the bases of the setae, the "epipharynx. " With these interpretations, however, we are involved in several difficulties which the writers proposing them do not con- sider. First we have the anomaly of the hypopharynx forming a bridge between the posterior lobes of the assumed clypeus (fig. 7, A, a, Hphy, a, A). Internally there are more perplexing complications. The dilator muscles of the pharynx (fig. 15, PhyMcl) are attached to the plate (Ft) which in other insects, including the Thysanoptera, is the front, but which is now presumed to be the clypeus! Finally the protractor (extensor) muscles of the mandible become attached to the clypeus (not to the gena or to a ridge between the gena and the front as is normal in other insects). These are startling innovations and the same writers, Muir and Kershaw (191 1 a) do not apply them to the head of a thrips in making comparisons between the Hemiptera and the Thysanoptera. In the thrips they name the facial plate, to which the dilator pharyngeal muscles are attached the front; the plate below this and in front of the maxillary plates they identify as the clypeus; while the terminal sclerite forming a sheath for the seta;, as Lm of figures 6 and 12 does in the cicada, they call the labrum. Peterson (1915) identifies these parts of the Thysanoptera the same as do Muir and Ker- shaw. Yet the parallelism between the head sclerites of Hemip- tera, Thysanoptera and Orthoptera is so apparent that the present writer has adopted the identifications given on figure 4 for the Hemiptera. Since the protractor muscles of the first seta (fig. 13, JPMcl) are attached to sclerite A and to a high ridge between A and the apparent front (Ft) it seems reasonable to regard A as at least a part of the gena, and yet, how can the mandibular articulation be behind any part of the gena? In any case the mandibular bases must be admitted to have shifted to a position behind the base of the hypopharynx, so we mi^ht regard the sulcus between plates A and R as a split in the gena produced by the downward growth of the lateral parts of the head. However, again we are invoking far-fetched explanations, and accepting the point g as the articulation of the mandible only leads us into still further difficulties when we study the internal connections of the first setae. Ifgis the mandibular articulation, then the strip of chitin running from it to the funnel like base of the first seta must be the base of the mandible (figs. l.\ 14, /). In which case the protractor (extensor) muscles are attached 10 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 1, JAN., 1921 directly to the mandible and not to an apodeme! Yet the retractor (flexor) muscles are attached to a true apodemal arm of the seta. To avoid this difficulty it might be proposed that the sulcus between sclerites A and B is the attenuated apodemal invagination, making the plate (fig. 13, 14, iPAp) arising along its floor from g to the setal base, the true extensor apodeme with its muscles attached to the side walls of the head. Contradict- ing such an assumption, however, is the structure of the plate itself in the head of an immature cicada. Here (fig. 14) there is a very evident cartilage-like shaft extending through the middle of the plate from its upper end into the base of the seta. This shaft has the appearance of being of apodemal origin and suggests that the two wings forming the plate have grown from it, the outer coming in contact and fusing with the floor of the sulcus. The retractor apodeme at this stage has an independent origin in the hypoderm at the base of the seta (fig. 14, IRAp). So again we are but led into morphological absurdities. If the plate carrying the insertion of the protractor muscles is a true apodeme it should arise near the base of the seta as does that carrying the retractor muscles, but there is no evidence of its having any such origin (fig. 14) while its distal end is attached to (continuous with) the head plate C at the point g. If g, on the other hand, is its origin, as it should be since the invagination for the anterior arm of the tentorium (fen) is just above it, and we may easily assume that the mandibular base has been moved down, how could it come about that the distal end of a mandibu- lar apodeme should become attached to the mandible! Any way we turn, in an effort to make these parts fit the facts of other insects, we encounter these baffling incongruities. Both Muir and Kershaw (1911 a) and Peterson (1915) homolo- gise the Hemipteran setae with the setae of the Thysanoptera, but they do not agree as to which is which, and both portray internal connections in the Thysanoptera which can not be clearly identified either with those of the mandibles of biting insects or with those of the setae of the Hemiptera. The whole problem seems to become only more bewildering the more we study it, and we may well wish that Mecznikov had been right- in fact, in desperation we can almost believe that he must be right, that the Hemipteran setae can not be and are not either mandibles or maxillae. Of course, it may not be necessary to assume that the ancestor of the Hemiptera ever had biting mouth parts of the type possessed by modern mandibulate insects. Their primitive head appendages may have evolved directly into setae while they evolved into mandibles and maxillae in the others. However, if any such gulf exists between the Hemiptera and the mandibulate orders we should expect it to be indicated also in the rest of their organization. An interesting comparison may be made in two other orders of PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 1, JAN., 1921 11 insects. The Corrodentia and some of the Mallophaga, both possessing strong biting mandibles and simple, one-lobed maxillae have also a pair of short mouth rods, one on each side, issuing from pouches entad to the bases of the maxillae. Each rod has an internal apodemal prolongation of its shaft to which are inserted retractor muscles attached to the epicranium and protractor muscles attached to the base of the maxilla. The distal ends of the rods are usually forked. Some writers explain these rods as being the modified inner lobes of the maxillae which are otherwise one-lobed. Since the embryologists have shown that the lower end of sclerite B of the Hemipteran head is formed from the body of the maxilla, and that the second seta is formed from a maxillary lobe, we can trace here such a clear analogy with the maxillary structure in the Corrodentia and the Mallo- phaga as to suggest that these insects present a more primitive condition of the Hemipteran maxilla than does the Hemipteran embryo itself. It would be a great relief if the supposed man- dibular seta of the Hemiptera could be so easily compared with some other known structure. In any case it should prove highly interesting if we can find in the Corrodentia and Mallophaga a suggestion of the link between the Hemipteran mouth parts and those of biting insects. But the relationship of these orders and the homologies ot the mouth rods and the setae have already been discussed by Borner (1904) in a paper on insect phylogeny. This author would derive the Hemiptera and the Corrodentia, including the Mallophaga, from a common stem, with the Thysanoptera intermediate but related rather to the Hemip- teran branch, while the Siphunculata are doubtfully connected with the Mallophaga. LIST OF SYMBOLS AND LETTERING USED ON PLATES i AND II. A, anterior lateral head sclerite. , lateral wing of hypopharynx. .//, antenna. _''.//>, apodeme of second seta. B, posterior lateral head sclerite. b, free lower end of B. C, side of epicranium f, soft appendicular lobe of b. Clp, clypeus. d, swelling below salivary pump. , compound eye. e , invaginated roof of pharynx. EpAy, epipharynx. /, outer edge of protractor apodeme of first seta. Ft, front g, attachment of protractor apodeme of first seta to C. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23 Mth SNODGRASS MOUTH PARTS OF THE CICADA. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 1, JAN., 1921 13 Ge, gen a. Gl, salivary glands. h, tip of bar from second seta attaching to occipital margin of head. Hphy, hypopharynx. Lb, labium. Ib, base of detached labium. Lm, labrum. mb, neck membrane. Me/, muscle of salivary pump. Md, mandible. md, site of detached mandible. Mth, mouth. mth, external aperture of functional mouth channel. MX, maxilla. mx, stump of removed maxilla. o, ocelli. (E, oesophagus. IPAp, protractor apodeme of first seta. Pge, postgena. Phy, pharynx. phv, supplementary pharynx, or bulb-like anterior end of oesophagus. IPMcl, protractor muscle of first seta. 2PMcl, protractor muscle of second seta. /A'.//), retractor apodeme of first seta. IRMcl, retractor muscles of first seta. 2RMcl, retractor muscles of second seta. S\, sternum of prothorax. Sa/D, salivary duct. SalPmp, salivary pump. TI, tergum of prothorax. Ten, tentorium. ten, origin of anterior arm of tentorium. .v, point on Locustid head corresponding with location of setal pouches of the cicada. BIBLIOGRAPHY. BORNER, CARI. (1904). Zur Systematic der Hexapoden. Zool. An?.. XXVII, 1904, pp. 511-533, 4 figs. BUGNION, E. and POPOFF, N. (1911). Les pieces buccales des Hemipteres. Arch. d. Zool. Exp. et Gen. 5c SSrie, VII, 1911, pp. 643-674, pis. XXV XXVII. HEYMONS, RICHARD (1899). Beitrage zur Morphologic und Entwicklungs- geschichte der Rhynchoten. Nova Acta. Abth. d. Kaiserl. Leop.- Carol. Deutsch. Akad. d. Naturf., LXXIV, No. 3, 1899, pp. 351-44f>, pis. XV-XVII. MECZNIKOV, ELIAS (1866). Embryologische Studien an Insekten. Zeit. f. wiss. Zool. XVI, pt. 4, 1866, pp. 437-478, pis. XXVIII XXXII. PLATE II PROC. ENT SOC. WASH., VOL. 23 SNODGRASS MOUTH PARTS OF THE CICADA. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 1, JAN., 1921 15 MARK, L. L. (1877). Beitrage zur Anatomic und Histologie der Pflanzenlause, insbesondere der Cocciden. Arch. f. Mik. Anat., 13, 1877, pp. 31-86, pis. IV-VI. MARLATT, C. L. (1895). The Hemipterous mouth. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. Ill, No. 4, 1895, pp. 241-249 r MEEK, WALTER J. (1903). On the mouth parts of the Hemiptera. Kan. Univ. Sci. Bull. II, No. 9, 1903, pp. 257-277, pis. VII-XI. MUIR, F. and KERSHAW, J. C. (1911). On the homologies and mechanism of the mouth parts of Hemiptera. Psyche, XVIII, No. 1, 191 1, pp. 1-12, pis. 1-5. MUIR, F. and KERSHAW, J. C. (1911 a). On the later embryological stages of the head of Pristhesancus papuensis (Reduviidae). Psyche, XVIII, No. 2, 1911, pp. 75-79, pis. 9 and 10. MUIR, F. and KERSHAW, J. C. (1912). The development of the mouth parts in Homoptera, with observations on the embryo of Siphanta. Psyche, XIX, No. 3, 1912, pp. 77-89, 13 figs. NIETSCH, VICTOR (1907). Die Mundtheile der Rhynchoten. Mittheil. des naturw. Ver. f. Steiermark, 44, 1907, pp. 304-311. PETERSOX, ALVAH (1915). Morphological studies of the head and mouth parts of the Thysanoptera. Ann. Ent. Soc. Am. VIII, No. 1, 1915, pp. 22-57, pis. 1-7. SMITH, J. B. (1892). The structure of the Hemipterous mouth. Science, XI \, No. 478, 1892, p. 189. TOWER, D. G. (1914). The mechanism of the mouth parts of the squash bug, Anasa tristis De G. Psyche, XXI, No. 3, 1914, pp. 99-108, pis. 1-11. WITLACZIL, EMANUEL (1882). Zur Anatomic der Aphiden. Arbeit aus dem Zool. Inst. d. Univ. Wien. IV, 1882, pp. 397-441, 3 pis. THE GENUS MATSUCOCCUS WITH A NEW SPECIES. (HEMIP- HOMOP.) BY FRAN T K B. HERBERT, Bureau of Entomolo^v. COCCIDAE, SUBFAMILY MARGARODINAE. The Genus Matsucoccus Cockerel!. COCKERELL, T. D. A. In Can. Ent. XLI, 2, p. 56. (1909.) Type Xylococcus matsumurae Kuwana. This genus was erected by Cockerell in 1908 to contain Xylococcus matsumurae Kuwana, from pine in Japan. He characterized it as follows: "Female without marsupium; broad posteriorly, not elongated, antennae 10-jointed, close together; larva with antennae 7-jointed, and very peculiar crab-like legs, the femur large; male without whorls of long hairs on the antennal joints; caudal brush long, arising from apical segment; rudimentary hind wing with very large hooks. (Japan)." 16 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 1, JAN., 1921 With material of the type of the genus at hand together with two other species from pines in America, the genus may now be redescribed so as to include all of them, as follows: Coccidae referable to the subfamily Margarodinae, i. e., adult female and first larva with legs and antennae, and at least one intermediate stage without these appendages. Adult female elongate, broader posteriorly, with 9-segmented antennae, the latter transversely striated, except 1st and 2d segments. Legs well developed, also transversely striated. Tarsus attached at apex of tibia and strongly curved outward; with spines on inner margin ot tibia, two hair-like digitules on tarsus and two knobbed digitules on tarsal claws. Without marsupium or anal tube. Mouthparts sometimes present. Intermediate larval stage without legs, antennae or anal tube, the only con- spicuous characters being mouthparts and spiracles. First stage larva with legs and 6-segmented antennae. All three stages possessing two thoracic and seven abdominal pairs of spiracles. This genus is probably most closely related to Kuwania, Steingelia and Stomacoccus, all being without a marsupium or anal tube, but differs from them in several respects. The adult female, instead of bearing knobbed digitules on the tip of the tibia as in Kuwania, possesses a number of spines on the inner margin. The apodous larva of Kuwania also possesses only 4 pairs of abdominal spiracles, these on the first 4 abdominal segments. Matsucoccus differs from Steingelia and Stomacoccus in the number of antennal segments, the transversely striated legs and antennae and in having the anterior pair of legs normal in size. The tarsus and claw of the adult female bear only four digitules. The marsupium is lacking, in which respect this genus differs from Callipappus and Xylococcus. It also differs from the latter in that the anal tube is lacking. The mouth- parts are sometimes present as is the case with several other genera referred to the Margarodinae. It has been noticed that the antennae of those adult females which have not yet emerged from the skins of the apodous larvae, are retracted. That is, they are pulled back into the body, the distal half being within the basal halt, the latter turned inside out. In each of the species, the first exuvium is cast in a different manner, matsumurae rupturing on the ventor, fasciculensis on the cephalic end, and acalyptus on the dorsum. Key to the Species. A. Adult female with a pair of heavy spines on 5th to 9th antennal seg- ments; apodous larva oval, with all spiracles forming an acute angle with the surface; first stage larva with bases of antennae approximate, and exuvium rupturing cephalically; occurring within fascicles of pine needles in California... ..fasciculensis Herbert. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 1, JAN., 1921 17 AA. Adult female with a pair of heavy spines on 6th to 9th antennal segments only. B. Adult female with 8-shaped pores on tip of abdomen surrounded with a compound ring; apodous larva circular, with only last 4 pairs of spiracles forming an acute angle with the surface; first stage larva with bases of antennae approximate, and exuvium rupturing ventrally; occurring in galls in hark ot pine twigs in Japan and Eastern United States .... ...matsumurae (Kuwana). BB. Adult female with 8-shaped pores on tip of abdomen not surrounded with a compound ring; apodous larva oval, with all spiracles per- pendicular to the surface; first stage larva with bases of antennae distant, exuvium rupturing dorsally; occurring exposed on needles of pine in Rocky Mt. Region ... ...acafyptus n. sp. Matsucoccus matsumurae (Kuwana). KUWANA, S. I. In Insect World, IX, 3 (March, 1905), Figs. - Bull. Agr. Exp. Station, Japan, I, 2, p. 209 (1907), Figs. COCKERELL, T. D. A. In Can. Ent. XLI, 2, p. 56. (1909.) First stage larvae, adult males and females were found on pine in Japan by Mr. Kuwana at the time he described this species. It was placed by him in the genus Xylococcus, to which it is rather closely related, but later removed from that genus by Dr. Cockerell. Lately Mr. Kuwana has found the intermediate stages of both the male and female on Pinus thunbergii. Realizing that the original description needed some correcting and that the inter- mediate stages should be described, he very kindly turned his material over to the writer, being too busy with other matters to describe them himself. In the mean time, Mr. Harold Morrison, Coccidologist for the Bureau of Entomology, had received material from the Eastern United States and recognized that the specimens belonged to Matsucoccus, whereupon they were forwarded to the writer. Upon comparison, the writer was surprised to find that they were identical with matsnmurac. The Eastern material was collected by Mr. J. G. Sanders on twigs of scrub pine (Pinus virgintana) on Good-hope Hill, District of Columbia, in 1905, by Dr. A. D. Hopkins on pitch pine (P. rigidd) in Pennsylvania in 1906, and from the sanir host by Mr. J. T. Morton on the R. W. de Forest Estate, Center- port, Long Island, New York, in 1919. The following descriptions are taken from the Japanese material, augmented by the material from the Eastern United States. Adult female. 2.5 to 4.5 mm. long and 1 to 2 mm. broad, in outline elongate oval, somewhat narrowed anteriorly. In life dark brown. Derm mu^li nr crinkled. Antennae transversely striated (except 1st and 2d segments), 18 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 1, JAN., 1921 9-segmented (not 10-segmented as stated by Kuwana), bases approximate; first segment large, slightly longer than broad, 2d nearly as broad but shorter, the remaining segments becoming successively more slender, each being widest near the outer end. Each segment bearing three or more slender setae, segments 6 to 9 each also bearing 2 heavier spines. Legs are moderately large, trans- versely striated, trochanter bearing 1 long seta, the.femur, tibia and tarsus each a number of small setae, particularly on inner margin. Tarsus bearing two hair-like digitules and the tarsal claw two knobbed digitules. Eyes present, mouthparts sometimes present. Spiracles occurring along the margin of body. Dorsum of abdomen bearing transverse rows of large, simple, circular pores; both dorsum and venter bearing internal ducts, which viewed from above have the appearance of 8-shaped pores; others at tip of abdomen having the appear- ance of 8-shaped pores, each surrounded by a compound ring. (Plate III J.) Small setae present on both dorsum and venter. Anal ring not discernible. Second stage or apodous larva. Body nearly circular in outline, about 1.3 mm. long when full grown and in life of a brownish black color. (Plate III C.) Without eyes, legs or antennae. Spiracles large and conspicuous. (Plate III.) Surrounded by large numbers (more than ten) of small ducts and set at inner end of rather short tubes, the latter perpendicular to the derm, except last 3 on 4 abdominal pairs which are at an acute angle. Derm slightly chitinized or dorsum. Anal tube absent, anal ring not discernible. Male apodous larva very similar to that of female except smaller. First stage larva. Body oval, acute at both ends, in life reddish brown, about .3 mm. in length when full grown. (Plate III B.) Eyes prominent, situated on margin of body, posterior to 6-segmented antennae, the latter with approximate bases. Segment 1 large and broad, 2, 4 and 6 long, 3 and 5 short; segment 4 bearing 2 broad stiff spines and 6 bearing 2 broad stiff spines and a large nipple- like process on its tip. Legs rather small, femur broad, tibia, tarsus and claw slender, the latter bearing 2 knobbed digitules, tochanter bearing 1 long slender seta. Segmentation of abdomen distinct. Spiracles resembling a row of but- tons on each side of abdomen. Tip of abdomen rounded, bearing a short and a long slender seta on each side of the apex. Derm somewhat chitinized. First exuvium rupturing on the venter. Male prepupa very similar to adult female except somewhat smaller. Anten- nae and legs similar in all respects. All 8-shaped pores simple, not surrounded with a compound ring; without large circular pores. Eyes present. Male pupa possessing prominent wing pads, legs and antennae, the latter apparently 9-segmented. Caudal end bearing a blunt central lobe. Male adult, typical male of the Margarodinae, with compound eyes, dusky wings and caudal brush, well described by Mr. Kuwana. Legs and antennae long and slender, transversely striated, the latter 9-segmented. Instead of always being 10, the number of tubes from which the caudal brush arises, varies somewhat, usually more than that number. This peculiar coccid as observed in American material, occurs on the twigs of pine, yet is hardly discernible due to the fact that it lives in a pit or gall under the surface of the bark (Plate III A). No twigs from Japan have been observed by the writer, PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 1, JAN., 1921 19 but Mr. Kuwana believes those live in similar positions. The only indication of its presence is a tiny black pin-hole in the bark and possibly a slight swelling at this point (Plate III A). In the mouth of the pin-hole can be found the cast skin of the first stage larva; under this and in a distinct cell under the surface of the bark can be found the second stage apodous larva or possibly only its cast skin. In emerging the adult female ruptures the skin of the second larva on its back and squeezes out through the tiny pin-hole, knocking away the skin of the first larva. From several hardened nearly dead twigs received from New York, the adult females were unable to emerge and were found still within the skins of the apodous larvae, in which they had secreted a mass of fluffy wax. According to Mr. Kuwana, they surround their eggs with this material when laid. The only live forms found in the twigs collected in New York in October, 1919, were the apodous larvae, some of them con- taining immature female adults. These were found in the most recent season's growth. In Japan, Mr. Kuwana found apodous larvae, male prepupae and pupae in April, male and female adults early in May, and eggs and young larvae later in the same month. There is probably but one generation per year, the larvae hatching in the spring and settling on the growing twigs, where they soon molt to apodous larvae. It is quite astonishing that they are able to form galls in the twigs. It is apparently done simply by the bark growing around and over the insect until it is finally covered in much the same way that a scar is covered up. For this reason it is necessary that they settle on the very young growing shoots. The insect is doing considerable damage to the pines on the de Forest Estate on Long Island. Many of the small twigs are being killed. Probably spraying with a miscible oil in the spring as soon as the eggs hatch, would prove to be an effective remedy. Having been described from Tokyo, Japan, in 1903 and col- lected in Pennsylvania and the District of Columbia in 1905 and 1906, it is a question as to which is its native haunt. There has been a considerable shipment of pines from Japan to America, which would indicate that it probably came from Japan. Also the fact that the insect is doing damage at Long Island would make it appear to be an introduced species, for native species are seldom noticeably harmful. However, its closest relatives, the other two species of this genus, are apparently native to the Western United States, which would be a strong indication that this species also is native to America. There is a slight possi- .bility that this is native to both countries, being a relic of the preglacial period, when the countries were connected. Although scale insects seem to change slowly, one would expect some differ- ence to have taken place during that time. 20 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 1, JAN., 1921 M. fasciculensis Herbert. 1 HERBERT, F. B. In Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., XXI, 7, p. 157. (Oct., 1919.) This species was recently described from California, occurring within the fascicles of three-leaved pines. The antennae of the adult female bear pairs of heavy spines on segments 5 to 9. The apodous larva is oval in outline with all of the spiracles borne at an acute angle to its derm. This species seems to differ from the other two in that it has two larval stages instead of one preceding the apodous form, both of which are similar except for size. In the first larval stage the bases of the antennae are approximate. The antennae were considered to be 7-segmented in the original description, but comparison with the other species indicates that the last segment is in reality a nipple-like process occurring on the 6th. However, it is merely a matter of opinion as a slight lightening of the integument at the base of the former might be interpreted by some as indicating a 7th segment. M. acalyptus, new species. Adult female. 2 to 3 mm. long and .8 to 1.3 mm. broad, elongate oval in out- line, somewhat narrowed anteriorly. (Plate III G.) Derm rough or crinkled. Antennae rather faintly transversely striated (except 1st and 2d segments), 9-segmented, bases approximate. 1st segment large, slightly longer than broad, 2d nearly as long and broad, remaining segments becoming successively more slender, each being widest near outer end. Each segment bearing 3 or more slender setae, segments 6 to 9 each also bearing 2 heavier spines. Legs moder- ately large, transversely striated, trochanter bearing 1 long slender seta, the femur, tibia and tarsus each bearing a number of small setae, particularly on inner margin. Tarsus bearing 2 hair-like digitules and the tarsal claw 2 knobbed digitules. Eyes present, mouthparts usually present. Tracheal system con- sisting of one main trachea paralleling the margin of abdomen, each spiracle being connected to it by a single smaller trachea; a number of auxiliaries also extending from the latter toward the center and appendages of body. (PI. Ill G.) Dorsum of abdomen bearing transverse rows of large, simple, circular pores, both dorsum and venter bearing internal ducts, which viewed from above have ap- pearance of 8-shaped pores. Small setae present on both dorsum and venter. Anal ring not discernible. Second stage or apodous larva. Body elongate oval in outline, about 1.5 mm. long and y as wide when full grown; in life of a brownish black color. (PI. Ill F.) Without eyes, legs or antennae. Spiracles large and conspicuous, each sur- rounded by a number (3 to 10) of small ducts and set at inner end of a rather short tube, its outer end appearing as a dark chitinized circle. (PL III H.) All perpendicular to derm, the latter somewhat chitinized. Anal tube absent, anal ring not discernible. : This species has been made the type of the new genus Americoccus by MacGillivary, "The Coccidae," Jan., 1921, based on the described differences in the antennae. Editor. PLATE III PROC. KNT. soc. WASH., vol.. 23 HERBERT TIIK (JEM'S MATSUCCX ' I 22 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 1, JAN., 1921 First stage larva. Body elongate, .5 mm. in length when full grown, with sides nearly parallel and caudal end abruptly acute. (PI. Ill E.) In lite of a brownish color and surrounded with rays of wax. Head separated from and distinctly narrower than rest of body, and with prominent eyes. Antennae 6-segmented, bases well separated: segment 1 rather large and broad, 2 long without spines or setae, 3 very short, 4 long, bearing 1 broad stiff spine, 5 medium, 6 very long bearing 2 broad stiff spines and a small nipple-like process on its tip. Legs rather small, femur broad, tibia, tarsus and claw slender, the latter bearing 2 knobbed digitules. Trochanter bearing 1 long slender seta. Segmentation of abdomen distinct. Spiracles each on a raised process, together resembling a row of buttons on each side of abdomen; also a very small transparent pore dorsad of each spiracle. Tip of abdomen rounded, bearing a short and a long slender seta on each side of apex. Dorsum somewhat chitinized. First exuvium rupturing on dorsum. Male. Unknown. Types. Holotype, an adult female, and paratypes of adults and larvae from exposed portions of the needles of the single-leaf pinon (Pinus monophylla) from southern Idaho. Holotype and paratypes in the Entomological Collection at Stanford Univer- sity. Paratypes also in the National Collection of Coccidae and the Forest Insect Collection at Los Gatos, California. This material was received by Prof. R. W. Doane from Mr. P. J. O'Gara several years ago, simply with the information that it was apparently doing some damage in Idaho and request- ing a determination. It was recently inspected by Mr. G. F. Ferris, who, upon finding it to be a Matsucoccus, kindly turned it over to the author to be described with the request that the type be deposited in the Entomological Collection at Stanford University. This has been done. To the above mentioned gentlemen the fullest thanks are due for the privilege of describ- ing this species. EXPLANATION OF PLATE III. A. Section of Pinus rigida twig showing pits or galls containing immature forms of M. mastumurae. B. First stage larva of M. matsumurae. C. Apodous larva of same. D. Immature forms of M. acalyptus, n. sp., on needles of Pinus monophylla. E. First stage larva of same. F. Apodous larva of same. G. Adult female of same showing tracheal system. H. Top view and cross-section of spiracle of apodous larva of M. acalyptus. I. Same of M. mastumurae. J. Cross-section of internal duct of M. matsumurae and top view of same, show- ing 8-shaped pore surrounded with compound ring. All greatly enlarged, the early stages more than the later stages. Drawn by F. B. Herbert. For illustrations of adult legs, antennae, etc., see Plates XIII and XIV, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., Vol. 21, No. 7 (Oct., 1919). PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 1, JAN., 1921 23 A NEW GENUS OF BOMBYLIIDAE (Diptera). BY CHARLES T. GREENE, U. S, National Museum. This genus resembles P/oas but has only two submarginal cells instead of three as in P/oas. In Williston's Manual it runs to Sparnopolius but differs greatly in the antennae and shining scutellum. Dr. J. McDunnough of Ottawa, Canada, called attention to the wing having only two submarginal cells. Calopelta, n. gen. First joint of antennae dull gray, greatly enlarged on ventral, apical half; in profile, dorsal surface nearly straight; with very long, black, bristly hairs, sparse above, very thick below, especially dense towards apex on the ventral side; on the upper, outer surface are a few much shorter, yellowish-brown hairs; second joint dull gray, quite small, about as broad as long, faintly larger at apex than at base, with a circlet of long, black bristles on the apical half; third joint flattened dull black, slightly constricted near the base, broadest part at basal third from there tapering towards the apex, at the apex is a small two jointed, black style; first joint of style cylindrical about twice as long as its diameter, with small hairs at the apex; second joint cylindrical and its length is about five times its diameter. Thorax ashen gray covered with medium long yellow pile and very numerous long black hairs around the entire edge. Scutellum shining black with long yellow pile across the base and numerous long black hairs on the black surface. Abdomen ashen gray covered with yellow pile which is longer on the sides; apical edge of each segment and along the sides there are numerous long black hairs; venter clothed principally with long, dense, yellowish white pile with a few black hairs towards the apex. Tibiae with short, well defined black bristles arranged in rows. Wings with only two submarginal cells. Calopelta fallax, n. sp. Genotype (Fig.). Male. Eyes holoptic; orbital cilia long, black; frontal triangle small, black with a silvery dust. Face dull ashen gray with long black hairs above and whit- ish below. Proboscis black, reaching to the apex of the first antennal joint; palpi gray, nearly half the length of the proboscis, very slender with yellow hairs below, apical tuft black. Legs black; femora with long, golden yellow, hair-like scales lying flat and long, numerous, black hairs on under surface; tibiae with the same yellow hair-like scales and short, black, spine-like bristles arranged in rows; tarsi with a row of very fine black spines on under surface. Wings tinged with brown especially on the costal edge and at the base; both hind cross-veins with a faint cloud. Tegulae yellow with yellow fringe. Halteres yellow. Female. The same except as follows: Front broad, dull ashen gray with long black hairs and a few yellow, shorter hairs transversely above the base of the antennae. Described from five specimens. Typejemale, Cat. No. 23086, U. S. N. M. Ft. Garland, Colorado, June 8, 1883, Collection of C. V. Riley. 24 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 1, JAN., 1921 Allotype, male, Cat. No. 23086, U. S. N. M. A male and female specimen labeled "Col." All three speci- mens in collection of U. S. National Museum. A male and female from Royal Oak, B. C., May 19, 1917, R. C. Treherne, are paratypes and were returned to The Canadian National Collection at Ottawa, Canada. The two' specimens from Royal Oak, B. C., have the knobs of the halteres blackish and the stems infuscated with a brownish- yellow. FIG. 1 Calopelta fallax Greene, antenna. Actual date of publication February 10, 1921 VOL. 23 FEBRUARY 1921 No. 2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON MAR 1 6 1921 CONTENTS CAUDELL, A. N. - SOME NEW ORTHOPTERA FROM MOK.ANSHAN, CHINA ... 27 CHAPIN, EDWARD A. - REMARKS ON THE GENUS H VSTRICHOPSYLLA TASCH. WITH DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES CRAIGHEAD, F.C. - LARVA OF THE NORTH AMERICAN BEETLE SANDALUS NIGER K.NOCH .......................... 44 CRAMPTON, G. C. NOTES ON THE ANCESTRY OF THE HYMENOPTERA ... 35 GREENE, CHARLES T. - DIPTEROUS PARASITES OF SAWFLIES ...... 41 PUBLISHED MONTHLY EXCEPT JULY, AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER BY THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM WASHINGTON, D. C. Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under Act of August 24, 1912. Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October 3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918. THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ORGANIZED MARCH 12, 1884. The regular meetings of the Society are held on the first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 i>. M. Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are entitled to the PROCEEDINGS and any manuscript submitted by them is given precedence over that submitted by non-members. OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1921. Honorary President . E. A. SCHWARZ President W. R. WALTON First Vice-President . . A. B. GAHAN Second Vice-President . A. G. BO'VING Recording Secretary . R. A. CUSHMAN Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer S. A. ROHWER U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. Editor . . A. C. BAKER East Falls Church, Va. Executive Committee: THE OFFICERS and A. N. CAUDELL, A. L. QUAINTANCE and E. R. SASSCER. Representing the Society as a Vice-President of the Washington Academy of Sciences . S. A. ROHWER PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON. Published monthly, except July, August and September, by the Society at Washington, D. C. Terms of subscription: Domestic, $4.00 per annum; foreign, $4.25 per annum; recent single numbers, 50 cents, foreign postage extra. All subscriptions are payable in advance. Remittances should be made payable to the Entomological Society of Washington. Authors of leading articles in the PROCEEDINGS will be given 10 copies of the number in which their article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur- nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired accompanies the manuscript: 4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp. 50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00 100 copies 2.25 4.50 6.75 9.00 Certain charges are made on illustrations and there are rules and suggestions governing the make-up of articles published. Contributors. may secure infor- mation on these points by application to the Editor or Corresponding Secretary. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON VOL. 23 FEBRUARY 1921 No. 2 REMARKS ON THE GENUS HYSTRICHOPSYLLA TASCH. WITH DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES. (SIPHONOPTERA.) Bv EDWARD A. CHAPIN, Washington, D. C. Through the kindness of Dr. Gordon F. Ferris, of Stanford University, I have received three specimens of a flea of the genus Hystrichopsylla Tasch. which appears to be undescribed. I describe it herewith as Hystrichopsylla mammoth, n. sp. cf Head. The frontal notch is shallow and is quite low down on the anterior margin of the head. On the front part of the head there are many bristles. Of these bristles, seven are placed in a row from the base of the antenna forward to a point a little below the frontal notch. There are two strong bristles on the anterior edge of the antennal groove above the eye spot and one at the base of the maxillary palpus and there is one more at about the center of the space included by the bristles. In addition to these, there are many smaller hairs on the lower half of the frons. The eye is not pigmented but is indicated merely by a thickening of the chitin. The genal ctenidium is of six stout spines and occupies about the anterior halt of the genal margin. The posterior angle of the gena is heavily chitinized and somewhat prolonged. The occiput bears two rows of bristles, the first (anterior) row of three and the second of five (with several much smaller bristles in the line). The marginal row of spines contains about thirteen on either side of the median line. The rostrum reaches almost to the apex of the fore coxa. Thorax. The pronotum bears on its posterior margin a ctenidium of about thirty-six spines or pairs of spines. That is, commencing with the fourteenth spine from either side, the dorsal spines are very irregular but appear to be grouped in pairs, one superimposed upon the other. The hairs on the meso anil metathoraces are numerous. On the mesothorax, no order of arrangement is maintained but on the metathorax the hairs are in five rows. The metepimeron bears a vertical row of five large hairs directly below the metathoracic spiracle. There are many other and smaller hairs on the sclerite. On the mesosternum there is one very large hair. Abdomen. The tergites are thickly set with spinous hairs, the more posterior of which are in rows. On the second, third and fourth tergites, along the posterior margin there are rows of very short conical teeth, the numbers being in order 7, 2, 2. The anrepynidial bristles are three on each side. Sternites III to VII are thickly set, toward their posterior borders with many hairs. Legs. The spines and hairs which adorn the legs of this species are similar 26 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 2, FEB., 1921 in texture to those in the case of other species and their location is but slightly different. The longest apical spine on the posterior tibia is about two-thirds the length of the first tarsal segment. The plantar bristles of all the tarsi are arranged in five pairs, all lateral. The relative lengths of the tarsal segments are shown by the following table: Legs. Segments 1-5. I 24 14 10 8 17 II 36 22 12 8 17 III 68 52 30 18 24 Modified segments. The eighth sternite is produced posteriorly into a scoop- shaped process, thickly set with fine short hairs. The ninth sternite is club shaped and on the ventral margin toward the apex there are a number of stout teeth, mostly in pairs. The movable finger of the clasper is elongate, thickest slightly beyond the middle. On either side, toward the posterior margin there is a straight row of about fifteen hairs, reaching from the apex to about basal third. The fixed process is obliquely rounded above and bears a few hairs. The eighth tergite is trapezoidal in shape, with many long bristles and shorter hairs toward the upper portion. 9 Essentially similar to the male in vestiture. Antepygidial bristles are four on each side. Compared with H. schefferi Chapin, its length is one-third greater, conical teeth of the abdominal segments are 7, 2, 2 instead of 8, 4, 3, and the body of the receptaculum seminis is nearly square (11:10) instead of rectangular (14:8). Length: c? 7.38 mm.; 9 "7.53 mm. Types. Type cf , Allotype ? collected off Aplodontia cali- fornica Peters, at Mammoth, Mono County, California, July, 1917, by A. B. Howell. Paratype taken at Indian Canyon, Yosemite National Park, California, probably from Aplodontia sp. by Dr. G. F. Ferris. Type and paratype in Collection Ferris, allotype in my collection. At this time it seems best to correct an unfortunate error in my description of H. schefferi. Owing to the contracted con- dition of the specimen it is almost impossible to determine the exact limits of the abdominal tergites. The small combs of short conical teeth do not occur on the third, fourth and sixth segments as stated but on the second, third and fourth as in the present species. There are now four species of this genus known, of which one is palaearctic in range (H. talpac Curtis). The remaining three are found in western North America. For specimens of H. dippiei Rothsch., I am indebted to Mr. J. O. Martin of Berkeley, Calif., who has collected this species in the nests of Neotoma fuscipcs. The following key will serve to separate the four species. 1. Ctenidia of abdominal tergites composed of small tooth-like spines which are in close-set rows; genal ctenidium of more than ten spines; palae- arctic ...talpac Curtis. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 2, FEB., 1921 27 Ctenidia of abdominal tergites composed of small spines which are not in close-set rows; genal cteniclium ot 6-7 spines; nearctic .. 2. 2. Pronotal ctenidium of 46 spines; body of receptacula scminis more than 210 /x long ' schejferi Chnpin. Pronotal ctenidium of 36-38 spines; body of receptacula seminis less than 210 M long... 3. 3. Body of receptacula seminis 184-199 n long; nine bristles in upper row on frons mammoth Chaphi. Body of receptacula seminis 169 /u. long; seven bristles in upper row on frons.... - dippiei Rothsch. For convenience, the exact dimensions of the receptacula seminis in the three species before me are given in the following table. As there are two receptacula in each female in the species of this genus, two columns of dimensions have been given. All measurements given in micra. Species Anterior Posterior H. schefferi Chapin. 215 x 123 230 x 138 H. mammoth Chapin. 199 x 138 184 x 154 H. dippiei Rothsch. 169 x 108 169 x 108 SOME NEW ORTHOPTERA FROM MOKANSHAN, CHINA. BY A. N. CAUDELL, Bureau of Entomology. Among a consignment of Orthoptera recently received for determination from Prof. N. Gist Gee, of Soochow, China, were several forms apparently undescribed. All of these are from Mokanshan, China, and descriptions of them are here given. Types and allotypes are retained in the collection of the U. S. National Museum and the paratypes are divided, some being retained in that collection and some returned to Prof. Gee. Megaulacobothrus, n. gen. (Truxalinae). Agreeing closely with the characters given by Bolivar for his genus Aulacobothrus except that the inner calcaria of the pos- terior tibiae are equal. The species is decidedly larger however than any of those placed in the above genus by its author, and there is probably little relation between the two genera, in spite of the similarity of characters. Description, male and female. Vertex moderately acute in both sexes, some- what more so in the male; above slightly convex and without median carina; fevolae distinct, wholly visible from above, about three times as long as broad in the male and slightly less in the female; antennae filiform, those of the male more than twice as long as the head and pronotum combined, those of the female scarcely twice as long; frontal costa nearly flat, somewhat concave at the ocellus, the sides converging almost uniformly, sometimes more rapidly towards the 28 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 2, FEB., 1921 vertex in the male, the point where it meets the vertex being narrower in the male than in the female, in the former not, or barely, broader than the basal segment of the antennae; face moderately declivous. Pronotum with distinct median and lateral carinae, the former cut at, male, or a liftle behind, female, the middle by the principal transverse sulcus, which also cuts the lateral carinae; lateral carinae converging in the anterior third and then diverging to the pos- terior margin of the pronotum, the broadest part of the disk being about twice as broad as at the narrowest point; anterior margin of pronotal disk truncate, posterior margin obtuse-angulate; lateral lobes quadrate. Organs of flight fully developed, the tegmina and wings of equal length, extending to, or barely be- yond, the tips of the posterior femora; tegmina of the male with the costal area decidedly broadened, the transverse veins parallel ami diagonal, growing more transverse towards the apex of the area; intercallary area subequal in width, about as broad as the ulner area at its widest point, intercallary vein absent; wings less than twice as long as broad, the margins evenly rounded, as a whole, but with moderate undulations between each radiate vein, a more decided notch at the terminus of the first one. Legs moderately slender; posterior femora flattened on the outer face, the carinae well elevated; posterior tibiae with the inner apical calcars equal in length and scarcely more than half as long as the inner ones, and similarly shaped. Abdomen moderately compressed; supraanal plate apically pointed, more so in the male, the sides somewhat rounded; subgeni- tal plate of male apically pointed and directed upwards, that of the female flat and horizontal and apically narrowly cleft; cerci of both sexes conical, somewhat more elongate in the male; valves of ovipositor short, free, the margins smooth. Type. Megaulacobothrus fuscipennis Caudell. In the key to genera of the Truxalinae given by Bruner 1 this genus falls under Stenobothrus on page 122. But it is amply distinct from that genus. Megaulacobothrus fuscipennis, n. sp. Description, male and female. Size large. Head as broad as the anterior por- tion of the pronotum; eyes elongate, apically pointed above, reddish brown, unicolorous; occiput without carina but with a mesial light stripe bordered on each side by a black one, and below that, on each side, with one or two more alternate black and lighter stripes, varying in distinctness in different specimens; antennae dark brown, often lighter basally, and consisting of about twenty-five or twenty-six segments in the male, all but the apical four or five, which are very small and short, being elongate; in the female probably of about the same num- ber of segments, though in the only entire antenna of this sex examined the apical ones are fused into one long indistinctly divided segment. Pronotum light brown in color, the disk with the lateral carinae marked in yellow and margined outwardly along the middle and inwardly behind with fuscus; lateral lobes with some obscure light colored callouses. Abdomen blackish above and laterally at the base, the black giving way laterally along the middle to yellowish and the apical '"Revision du Systeme des Orthopteres et description des especies rapportees par M. Leonardo Fea de Birmania" (Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Geneva, Vol. xxxiii (2a, xiii), p. 1-230, pi. i-vi (1893). PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 2, FEB., 1921 29 half blood-red, especially above and laterally, beneath the yellowish cast continu- ing further towards the tip. Fore and middle legs brown, the tibiae only armed with small black teeth on each side below; hind femora brown on the outer face, sometimes with a little darker marking along the middle anteriody, the genicula- tion blackish, the inner face light brown with one or two strongly diagonal black bands, and below merging into the color of the ventral surface, which is uniformly blood red; posterior tibiae blood red with black tipped spines, about a do/en to fourteen on each dorsal carina. Nymph without special features different from the adult except that the abdomen is not red and the hind tibiae are infuscated in the middle half. Length, antennae, male, 15 mm., female, 14 mm.; pronotum, male, 5 mm., female, 6 mm.; elytra, male, 20 mm., female, 23 mm.; posterior femora, male, 16 mm., female, 18.5 mm. Described from six males, type and paratypes A to E, four females, allotype and paratypes F to H, and one male nymph, paratype I. Type, allotype and paratypes, A, B, C, F, G and I in Collec- tion U. S. National Museum; paratypes D, E and H returned to Prof. Gee. Catalogue No. 22971, U. S. N. M. Geea, n. gen. (Truxalinae). This genus runs in the keys of Brunner's 1893 paper to Parapleuras on page 121. But it is not very closely allied to that genus, which is now relegated to the synonymy under Mecostethus Kelch. The slightly expanded and parallel veined scapular area of the tegmina might lead one to the genus Pnorisa in Brunner's key. But there is little relation between the present genus and that African genus of smaller locusts. Description, female, the male unknown. Head with the face rather strongly retreating; fastigium of the vertex slightly acute-angulate apically, extending beyond the eyes a distance equal to about its own width, dorsally sulcate, with- out median carinae, the margins obtuse; fevolae absent; frontal costa with sides parallel above the ocellus, below which point they diverge moderately to the clypeus, which they barely reach; above the ocellus the costa is not at all sulcate, below and at the ocellus very moderately so; occiput moderately swollen, smooth; antennae triquetrous anil slightly flattened basally, beyond becoming cylindrical. Pronotum scarcely longer than the head, without lateral carinae and with median carina distinct only on the metanotum, and there very slight; disk rounded, an_ terior margin roundly truncate, the posterior margin obtuse-angulate, the tip rounded; lateral lobes subquadrate, the lower-posterior angle rectangular; meso- and metasternal interspaces quadrate. Abdomen with the valves of the ovi- positor well exerted, the scoop of the upper valves about as loim as deep; supra- anal plate dorsally roundly convex, apically semicircularly rounded; cerci a little more than twice as long as basally broad. Organs of flight fully developed, exceed- ing somewhat the tips of the posterior femora; tegmina apically rounded with- 30 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 2, FEB., 1921 out intercallary vein, scapular area very slightly expanded, the veins parallel; wings unicolorous, with veins not swollen. Legs moderately slender; all femora unarmed both above and below, the geniculations rounded; tibiae spined above only, the posterior ones with twelve to fourteen spines in the outer series, none next the apical spur. Type. Geea conspicua, Caudell. Geea conspicua, n. sp. Description, fema/e, the male unknown. This is a large showy locust of a green and black, or dark brown, color in strong contrast. The entire body is blackish above, growing lighter laterally, the clypeus and lower part of the head greenish, the breast and lower surface of the abdomen brownish; antennae, of which all but 11 mm. of the basal portion is missing, entirely piceous and the eyes brown; pronotal disk with a moderately broad median stripe which continues slightly on to the occiput, vanishing before reaching the eyes; the eyes are narrowly margined with yellow and the anterior aspect of the vertex is of the same color, and a streak of yellow extends down each side of the face, from the base of the antennae to the outer margins of the clypeus; ocelli red. Tegmina almost entirely membranous, slightly coriaceous basally, dark brown in color except the anal margin, which is bright green for the entire length, reaching to near the tip of the tegmina, wings uniformly hyaline, the membrane made dusky by innumerable microscopic black specks, and a slight greenish tinge along the anal margin; the veins black. Fore and middle legs bluish green, the femora yellowish ventrally; hind femora green on the outer face, yellowish beneath and on the inner side, the apex black and with a preapical black band; hind tibiae dark blue with a broad subbasal greenish yellow band, the spines light in the basal half and piceous in the apical half; tarsi light yellowish with slight dark variegation. Length, pronotum, 7 mm.; tegmina, 35 mm.; posterior femora, 22 mm. Described from a single female, the type. Type in Collection U. S. National Museum. Catalogue No. 22975. Phlaeoba brachyptera, n. sp. (Truxalinae). The abbreviated wings of this species will serve to distinguish it from the other members of the genus, to none of which it appears very closely allied. Description, male and female. General color wood-brown. Head about as long as the pronotum in the male, noticeably shorter in the female; vertex acuteangulate in male, rectangulate in female, extending beyond the eyes a distance a little greater than the interocular space, dorsally shallowly sulcate in front of the eyes, convex posterior of that point, the transition from the concave to convex being sudden and conspicuous; there is a distinct median carina extending for the entire length of the concave portion of the vertex and con- tinued some distance back on to the convex portion; face very rapidly retreating in the upper part, more gradually below; frontal costa persistent and very nar- row, expanding somewhat below, the sides about as elevated as the lateral facial PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 2, FEB., 1921 31 carinae, with which they are subparallel; eyes about one and one-half times as long as broad, diagonally situated, when viewed dorsally, and brown in color, obscurely mottled with darker; antennae very moderately ensiform, longer than the head and pronotum together. Pronotum with median and lateral carinae, the latter parallel to near the anterior margin of the disk, where they diverge briefly; anterior margin of pronotal disk truncate, the posterior margin obtuse angulate; lateral lobes subquadrate. Organs of flight more abbreviated than in the other species of the genus, falling considerably short of the tips of the pos- terior femora, in male scarcely passing the middle of the hind femora, in the female attaining to about the base of the apical third; tegmina a little longer than the wings, the tips rounded, not accuminate, the costal margin moderately expanded subbasally; no distinct intercallary vein, though such is indicated by a disconnected median series of veinlets; wings hyaline with the longitudinal veins black, the costal and apical areas being somewhat infuscated. Legs slen- der, brown; hind femora moderately swollen in basal half, the dorsal margin carinate and with a few dark specks, unarmed both above and below, the geniculations blackish, the angles briefly angulate, a sharp median point termin- ating the femora apically; hind tibiae brown with a bluish tint, the spines ten or eleven on each side, and with the apical half piceous. Supraanal plate of male elongate rectangular, very slightly and briefly sulcate longitudinally above; subgenital plate narrowly pointed above; cerci simple and pointed in both sexes, more elongate in the male, where it is fully four times as long as basally broad; last dorsal segment of abdomen in female elongate, above basally flattened and laterally carinate, mesially shallowly concave; last ventral segment elongate, broader behind, with a barely noticeable median carina, the posterior margin truncate with a median brief obscure tooth projecting between the lower valves of the ovipositor, the lateral margins of this segment are posteriorly rounded; valves of ovipositor well exerted, unarmed, the scoop of the upper ones compris- ing about half the length. The anal field of the tegmina and the disk of the pronotum in the male are lighter colored than the rest of the ground color, giving a general appearance of a broad dorsal stripe; this may probably be true also in some females, though in the single specimen of that sex now available for study it is not. The lateral lobes of the pronotum in two of the three males examined are blackish above, especially bordering the lateral carinae, while in the female and the third male this is true only to a lesser extent. There is a narrow and usually obscure postocular dark stripe present on the head, anil there is sometimes a greenish tint on the sternum and on the lower surface of the fore and middle femora and tibiae. Length, pronotum, male, 4 mm., female, 5.5 mm.; antennae, male and female, 12-13 mm.; tegmina, male, 10 mm., female, 12.5 mm.; posterior femora, male, 11 mm., female, 15 mm. Described from three males, type and paratypes A and B, and one female, allotype. Type, allotype and paratype A in Collection U. S. National Museum. Paratype B returned to Prof. Gee. Catalogue No. 22973, U. S. N. M. 32 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 2, FEB., 1921 Chrysochraon anomopterus, n. sp. (Truxalinae). Description, male, female unknown. Very like japonicus Bolivar and genicul- aribus Shiraki, but does not agree with either sufficiently well to be considered identical. It differs from both the above mentioned species in lacking a longi- tudinal stripe of brown on the sides, the entire insect being an almost uniform brownish yellow color, faint indications of dorsal and lateral longitudinal stripes on the head, and the genicular arcs of the hind femora are barely darkened; the spines of the tibiae are black in the apical half; there are no spines on the femora; the hind tibiae slightly more clear yellow than the rest of the insect. The FIG. 1 Tegmen of Chrysochraon anomopterus. antennae are noticeably flattened in the basal third and are longer than the head and thorax. The tegmina are much broadened in the apical half and the tip truncate and mesially notched, as shown in the accompanying figure; the hind wings are aborted, being decidedly shorter than the thorax. The cerci are simple, cylindrical and pointed, as long as the flat triangular apically pointed supraanal plate; subgenital plate with the tip broken off. Mesosternal inter- space more than twice as long as broad, the metasternal lobes but little separa- ted. Length, pronotum,4 mm.; antennae, about 10 mm.; tegmina, 12.5 mm.; hind femora, 13 mm. Described from a single male, the type. Type in Collection U. S. National Museum. Catalogue No. 22974, U. S. N. M. Catantops viridifemoratus, n. sp. (Acridinae). This rather pretty grasshopper is placed in the above already unwieldy genus with considerable doubt. It runs to that genus in the keys of Brunner, however, and the specimens show no characters incompatible with those of Catantops. Description, male and female. General color brownish. Head greenish brown with broad black postocular bands and some small maculations on the occiput, varying in size, position and number, sometimes forming a rather uni- form dorsal infuscation; eyes large and globose, especially in the male where they are but a little longer than broad while in the female they are almost half as long again as broad; frontal costa entending almost to the clypeus, sulcate only at and below the ocellus, the sides parallel, or converging slightly at the ocellus; interocular space approximately as broad as the frontal costa, slightly narrower in the male than in the female; vertex lightly sulcate above, without median carina, anteriorly meeting the face roundly, in the male with a scarcely PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 2, FEB., 1921 33 perceptible angulation; antennae of female slightly compressed, yellowish brown in color and about twice as long as the pronotum, in the male absent from the single specimen seen. Pronotum yellow greenish brown on the sides and a little darker above, the sites of the lateral carinae marked by a broad black stripe continuous with the postocular stripes of the head; pronotal disk truncate anteriorly, roundly angulate posteriorly, rounding into the moderately elongate lateral lobes without forming lateral carinae except very bluntly so on themeta- zona; median carinae very slight, especially in the female, a little more distinct in the male; prosternal spine conical, apically broadly rounded; mesosternal inter- space very slightly longer than broad in the male, a little broader than long in the female. Legs moderately slender, the hind femora moderately swollen basally; the color of the legs in general is greenish, the outer face of the hind femora very noticeably so, the tibiae with a bluish cast, those of the posterior legs being decidedly blue; the posterior femora apically and corresponding tibiae basally piceous, the femora marked dorsally by a broad medial and pre- apical band, sometimes somewhat obscured but usually very noticeable, even conspicuous; spines of hind tibiae black in apical half, yellowish basally, ten to twelve in the outer series, the basal two or three minute. Organs of flight fully developed, but barely or scarcely attaining to the tips of the posterior femora; elytra brown, the costal margin basally infuscated, intercallary area narrow and with a distinct intercallary vein; wings moderately and uniformly fuliginous, the veins black. Abdomen greenish yellow, with a few black markings apically; supraanal plate of male triangular, black on the greater part of the median portion, the tip and base only light and with a narrow median longitudinal stripe, broadly sulcate medially in the basal third and narrowly in the apical third, and more broadly so for the entire length on each side of the medial fur- rows; on each side of the narrow apical median sulcation is a pair of raised longi- tudinal carinae, short and black; subgenital plate with the upper margin thin and forming a brief, acute, depressed and posteriorly directed point, the apical half of this plate is mottled with blackish; fercula mere rounded lobes shorter than the last dorsal abdominal segment from which they arise, but rather conspicuous from their color, which is black, in decided contrast to the yellowish color of the surface beneath them; cerci of male simple, apically clavate, shaped as shown in the figure (Fig. 2), the whole cercus extending slightly beyond the tip of the supraanal plate and is black on the apically expanded portion, except along the lower margin; just beyond the tip of the supraanal plate; between it and the tip of the subgenital plate, the integument of the abdomen forms an erect blunt tubercle; cerci of female about twice as long as basally broad, conical, usually tapering more rapidly in the basal half, apically narrowly rounded; valves of ovipositor well exerted, the margins without serrations, or with very rounded FIG. 2 Cercus of ('.aitinti.ps oiridifemoratus . 34 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 2, FEB., 1921 ones on the upper valves, where the scoop is about as long as the basal portion; last ventral segment of the abdomen of the female longer than broad, with a median apical angulation projecting between the lower valves of the ovipositor, and on each side of this median angle there are emarginations forming a flattened triangular lobe on each side, overlying the lateral apophystegal plates. Length, antennae, male ? mm., female, 14 mm.; pronotum, male, 5 mm., female, 7.5 mm.; tegmina, male, 15.5 mm., female, 20 mm.; posterior femora, male, 13 mm., female, 16.5 mm. Described from one male, type, and five females, allotype and paratypes A to D. Type, allotype and paratypes A and B in Collection U. S. National Museum; paratypes C and D returned to Prof. Gee. Catalogue No. 22972 U. S. N. M. Drymadusa mokanshanensis, n. sp. (Tettigonidae, Decticinae). Description, male and female. Color almost uniformly yellowish green, probably green in life. Head as broad as the pronotum; fastigum of the vertex narrower than the basal segment of the antennae, from a front view triangular, the narrow point touching the fastigum of the front; basal segment of the anten- nae very broad, the second intermediate between the basal and the succeeding ones, which are cylindrical and very gradually growing smaller towards the tip of the antenna; the ends are broken from the antennae of the only two specimens known; eyes moderately protuberant, semicircular and brown in color. Pro- notum with lateral carina roundly present only on the metanotum, where the disk is flat, the rest being rounded, the anterior margin truncate, the posterior margin broadly rounded; lateral lobes about as high as broad, the lower margin inclined anteriorly, the posterior-inferior angle rounded, the humeral sinus shallow; prosternal spines long and sharp; meso- and metasternal lobes pointed, the first more than twice as long as basally broad, the latter scarcely longer than broad. Abdomen plump, slightly compressed; supraanal plate ot male with an apical u-shaped notch, the resulting points triangular, that of the female small, triangular and dorsally sulcate, with a black spot situated mesially; cerci of male sub-cylindrical, tapering, apically gently incurved, the whole five or six times as long as the basal width, a prominent broad triangular tooth situated on the inner side at about the basal fourth, the tip of this tooth being black, sharp and decurved; cerci of female simple, cylindrical, gradually tapering to a point and five or six times as long as basally broad; subgenital plate ot male forming a long hollow, perpendicular sided scoop, verntrally concave with a low median carinae and more prominent margins, the tip triangularly notched mesially and bearing a pair of simple cylindrical tapering styles about six times as long as the basal width; subgenital plate of the female much smaller than that of the male, flat below, the apex broadly notched and turned outward so as to form a diagonal lateral furrow; ovipositor not quite three-fourths as long as the posterior femora, gently decurved and with the tip diagonally truncate. Legs slender; fore tibiae with four long dorsal spines on the outer margin in the male and three in the female; middle tibiae with several dorsal spines on each margin in both sr\is; hind tibiae with many dorsal spines, all of the tibiae being armed below on both PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 2, FEB., 1921 35 margins, all spines black at the tip and along the lower margins, those of the posterior ones more conspicuously black; anterior and intermediate femora with blunt blackish teeth on the anterior margins only, the posterior femora long and strongly swollen in the basal two-fifths, armed below on both margins with a few short piceous teeth; plan tula of posterior tarsus free but short, about one half as long as the 'basal tarsal segment. Organs of flight fully developed, extending to or beyond the tips of the posterior femora; tegmina broader in the male than in the female, greenish in both sexes and with the main veins in the female blackish basally; tympanum of male abou! as long and broad as the pro- notum; wings clear hyaline with a greenish cast along a narrow costal strip in the apical half of the wing, the longitudinal veins mostly dark colored. Length, pronotum, male, 8 mm., female, 9.5 mm.; tegmina, male, 47 mm., female, 42 mm.; posterior femora, male, 34 mm., female, 36 mm.; cerci, male, 4.5 mm., female, 2.75 mm.; anal stylets, male, 2.75 mm.; ovipositor, 23 mm. Described from one male and one female, type and allotype. Type and allotype in Collection of the U. S. National Mu- seum. Catalogue No. 22976. The collection contained an adult male and a male nymph of another species of this same genus which seems allied to the one described above, except that the cerci and anal stylets are shorter and there are other characters, both structural and colorational, that indicate specific distinctness from mokanshanensis. The absence of all legs, except the right fore leg, from the only adult specimen makes determination difficult, and it is deemed best to leave this form unplaced until more and better preserved material is obtained. NOTES ON THE ANCESTRY OF THE HYMENOPTERA. BY G. C. CKAMPTON, PH. D., Massachusetts Agricultural College, Amherst, Mass. To any one who makes a study of a large number of structures from different parts of the body, in attempting to determine the origin and affinities of the various orders of insects, it very soon becomes apparent that it is utterly impossible to arrange the lines of descent of the insectan orders in a dichotomously branching tree drawn in one plane, since several orders are fre- quently connected by mutual bonds of relationship, and many lines of descent may converge toward a common ancestry, which is anatomically intermediate between two or more primitive groups, and is related to the one scarcely less closely than to the others. If we disregard the factor of time (i. e., whether one order was derived from the common ancestral group sooner, or later, than certain others derived from the same ancestral group) and consider the ancestral group from which the others were derived as merely an anatomical "point of origin," the 36 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 2, FEB., 1921 lines of descent drawn as though springing from such a point of origin would form a cone-like figure, solid at its base (where many annectant forms connect the various lines of development in all directions), but gradually splitting up into distinct lines of development as the connecting forms are lost. Some of these lines of descent parallel each other quite closely for a greater or less extent of their course, while others diverge more markedly as evolution progresses. While a diagram of the lines of descent of the insectan orders, such as that described above, would represent the actual inter- relationships of the orders much more accurately, there is great danger of making the figure so intricate that it is incompre- hensible to any one save its author, thereby defeating its main purpose, which is to aid in visualizing the interrelationships and points of convergence of the lines of descent in question. I have therefore represented the lines of descent of the insects grouped about the Neuroptera (;'. e., those of the Diptera, Mecoptera, Trichoptera, Lepidoptera, Neuroptera, etc.) by a single line in the appended diagram, and I have used only the Neuroptera, with their immediate relatives the Mecoptera, to typify these lines of descent, since the Neuroptera and Mecop- tera are the most important representatives of the group, and have retained many features exhibited by the other forms as well. In this connection, it should be noted that although the Hymenoptera are represented in the diagram as a little lower down than the Neuroptera and Psocida, this fact has no phylo- genetic significance, since the three lines originate at about the same level, and the Psocida (and probably the Neuroptera also) are if anything a little more primitive than the Hymenoptera are. On the other hand, the Mallophaga, Pediculidae, etc., which are descended from Psocida-like forebears advance much further along the road to morphological specialization than the Hymenoptera do, and similarly the higher Diptera, etc., which are descended from Neuroptera-like forebears, likewise travel further than the Hymenoptera do along the road to morpholo- gical specialization, so that it has seemed preferable to draw these two lines of descent somewhat longer that that of the Hymenoptera, in the diagram. With regard to the often debated question as to which order of insects is the "highest," it would seem to the disinterested observer that such arguments are quite pointless unless one considers the order as a whole, and takes into consideration the character of its most primitive representatives, rather than the degree of specialization of its most modified representatives. Thus for example, the Crustacean Sacculina is much "higher' or more specialized than any known insect, yet no one would argue from this that the Crustacea are "higher" than the Dip- PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 2, FEB., 1921 37 tera, or any other insects simply because one Crustacean has surpassed these insects in specialization! In any phyogenetic study we must consider the lowest representatives rather than the highly specialized members of a group, giving particular attention to the primitive characters retained in its lowest representatives, and when we consider the Hymenoptera taken as a whole from this point of view, they are seen to be a much more primitive group than they are generally supposed to be, and their line of development apparently arose at the point where the line of development of the Neuroptera began to diverge from that of the Psocida, as shown in the diagram. The Hymenoptera are somewhat intermediate, anatomically, between the Psocida and the insects grouped about the Neurop- tera (/. e., Neuroptera, Mecoptera, Diptera, etc.), but their closest affinities are with the latter insects. This is shown by the similarity between the Hymenoptera and the "Neuropter- oids" (/. M< (LOGICAL SOCIETY Ol- \Y \SI 1 1 \GTON U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM WASHINGTON, D. C. Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under Act of August 24, 1912. Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1 103, Act of October 3, 1917, authorized Julv i, THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ORGANIZED MARCH 12, 1884. The regular meetings of the Society are held on the first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 i>. M. Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are entitled to the PROCEEDINGS and any manuscript submitted by them is given precedence over that submitted by non-members. OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1921. Honorary President . E. A. SCHWARZ President . W. R. WALTON First Vice-President . . A. B. GAHAN Second Vice-President . A. G. BOVING Recording Secretary . R. A. CUSHMAN Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer . . S. A. ROHWER U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. Editor . A. C. BAKER East Falls Church, Va. Executive Committee: THE OFFICERS and A. N. CAUDELL, A. L. QUAINTANCE and E. R. SASSCER. Representing the Society as a Vice-President of the Washington Academy of Sciences . S. A. ROHWER PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Published monthly, except July, August and September, by the Society at Washington, D. C. Terms of subscription: Domestic, $4.00 per annum; foreign, $4.25 per annum; recent single numbers, 50 cents, foreign postage extra. All subscriptions are payable in advance. Remittances should be made payable to the Entomological Society of Washington. Authors of leading articles in the PROCEEDINGS will be given 10 copies of the number in which their article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur- nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired accompanies the manuscript: 4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp. 50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00 100 copies 2.25 4.50 6.75 9.00 Certain charges are made on illustrations and there are rules and suggestions governing the make-up of articles published. Contributors may secure infor- mation on these points by application to the Editor or Corresponding Secretary. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON VOL. 23 MARCH 1921 No. 3 DESCRIPTION OF A NEW GENUS OF NEMOCERA. (Dipt.) BY W. L. MCATEE. Mr. D. W. Coquillett identified the fly here described as belonging to the genus Eupeitenus 1 Macquart, of the Bibionidae, relying, however, overmuch on "Macquart's well-known inac- curacy" to cover discrepancies between the characters of his specimen and those given in the original description and figure. As a matter of fact the rly not only does not belong to the genus Eupeifenus, nor to the family Bibionidae, but is so aberrant a genus that it is the type of a new sub-family characterized by Mr. Raymond C. Shannon in the appended paper. Axymyia new genus. Second longitudinal vein long, extending into terminal fourth of wing, radial sector forking anterior to median crossvein, third vein forked, its upper branch joining second vein at its termination, fourth vein extending to apex of wing; no discal cell; fifth vein forked, a little beyond median crossvein; anal vein not reaching wing margin (venation well shown in Coquillet's figure); thorax some- what humped and swollen, head inserted low; antennae 15-jointed about as lony as height of head. Genotype: Axymyia furcata new species. Axymyia furcata n. sp. Female: General color hiscous, paler along sutures and incisures; eyes black, ocelli on a prominent tubercle which is rather darker than surrounding surface; basal joints of antennae and area about insertion of antennae pruinose; halteres pale fuscous; legs the same, terminal joints of tarsi darker; wings slightly fumose, veins brown. Type a female, Germantown, Pa., April 26, 1908, H. S. Har- beck (U. S. N. M.). Pnrutype female, Great Falls, \'a., April 20, 1916, W. L. McAtee (Biological Survey). The species has been collected also in Dead Run Swamp and near the mouth of Dead Run, Va., and at Ithaca, N. Y. Rediscovery of the Bibionid Genus Eupeitenus. Km. News, Vol. \\, \O. 3, March, 1909, p. 10'.. fig. 50 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 3, MAR., 1921 ANOTHER ANOMALOUS DIPTERON ADDED TO THE RHYPHIDAE. Bv RAYMOND C. SHANNON. In connection with the preceding paper by Mr. W. L. McAtee in which the aberrant dipteron Axymyia furcata McAtee is newly described, it seems desirable to publish the following notes on its systematic position. Under the title "Rediscovery of the Bibionid Genus Eupei- tenus 1 " Coquillett records his identification of a dipteron as Eupeitenus atra Macq. He is evidently confident of its position in the Bibionidae as he states: "The head and its members, as also the body and legs, are essentially those of Plecia" (Bibioni- dae). Critical examination of the same specimen shows that it is not a member of the Bibionidae and the characters given below show that it finds its natural position with the Rhyphidae. The genus Plccia possesses the following characters: Radial sector forking far beyond R-M crossvein; R2 and R3 fused and very short; antennae consisting of scape and an eight-jointed flagellum; scutellum very much reduced and not separated from mesonotum by a distinct suture; Cu2 recurrent at distal end, thus narrowing the anal cell. Axymyia differs in having the radial sector forking well before the R-M crossvein; branch R2-|- R3 long and R2 present as a distinct vein; flagellum of antennae composed of fourteen segments; scutellum well developed and separated from mesonotum by a distinct suture; anal vein evanesces some distance from wing margin, hence anal cell not narrowed at margin. Mr. F. W. Edwards has proven that Mycetobia (formerly placed in the Mycetophilidae) is a member of the Rhyphidae. 2 The principal character used in both these cases, namely the forking of the radial sector basaci of the R-M crossvein (origi- nally discovered by Edwards), apparently is a fundamental one in the suborder Nemocera. Recently Alexander has added the Trichocerinae to the Rhyphidae. Dr. C. P. Alexander has very kindly examined this manuscript and approves of the posi- tion of the Axymyinae in the Tipuloidea, for which favor the author expresses his sincere thanks. The writer is much indebted to Prof. O. A. Johannsen for a number of points relating to the classification of the Nemocera and for some very timely advice. Characters of the Rhyphidae: Radial sector forking anteri- orly to R-M crossvein; anal cell widening towards wing margin; antennae with a many-jointed homomomous flagellum; no true macrochaetae present; ocelli present. This last named 'Knt. News, p. 106, 1909. Wing figured. 2 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 8, vol. 17, 1916, p. 108-116. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 3, MAR., 1921 51 character distinguishes the Rhyphidae from the other Tipu- loidea. Table of Subfamilies of Rhyphidae: 1. Discal cell present.. 2. - Discal cell absent 3. 2. Two distinct anal veins; radial sector three-branched Trichocerinae. One distinct anal vein; radial sector two-branched-- . .Rhvphinae. 3. R2 fused with R3; vein R2-f-R3 short, entering wing margin short dis- tance beyond Rl; anal cell extending to wing margin ... .^Mycetobinae. - R2 present as a distinct vein; anal vein evanescent some distance from wing margin. (New subfamily, type genus Axymyia McAtee). Axymyinae. THE LARVA OF POPILLIA JAPONICA. NEWMAN AND A CLOSELY RELATED UNDETERMINED RUTELINE LARVA. A SYSTEMATIC AND MORPHOLOGICAL STUDY. BY ADAM G. BOVING, Bureau of Entomology. Popillia japonica Newman belongs to the Scarabaeid tribe Rutelim. In his conspectus systematicus of the larvae of the series Lamellicornia Schiodte has characterized the larvae of this tribe. 1 Like the entire paper of which the conspectus systematicus forms a part that characterization is given in Latin. Translated and in a few places slightly modified it may be presented as follows, the footnotes and the textnotes in parentheses or brackets being by the present author: Characterization of the Rutelini. I. Stridulating instrument formed by a dentate carina, on the dorsal side of the maxillary stipes, rubbing against a finely tuberculate area on the ventral side of the mandible (figs. 4 and 14). Antenna consisting of four joints. Legs all well developed, gradually increasing in length from first to third pair. Anterior abdominal segments dorsally with three transverse areas. Maxillary palp four jointed (Schiodte says, "three jointed," interpreting the basal joint as palpiger). No ocelli. Mandible with manducatorial portion (the portion with the molar or grinding structure) deeply separated from the scissorial portion (portion with the cutting edge) (m, s fig. 13); molar structure with posterior heel bearing a tuft of bristles (figs. 24, 25). [By the given combination of characters the Trogini, Geotrypini, Lucaiihii and Passa/ini sensu Schiodte 'are excluded]. U. C. Schiodte: De metamorphosi Eleutheratorum observationes, Naturhist. Tidsskrift, series 3, vol. 9, 1874, pp. 227-376, pi. VIII-XIX. 52 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 3, MAR., 1921 A. Respiratory plate of spiracles surrounds the major part of bulla (R and B fig. 1). Legs with covering of fine hair. [By these two characters the Copridini sensu Schiodte are excluded.] 1. Maxilla with both malae ( = inner and outer lobes) completely fused (fig. 6). Anal opening transverse and terminal (fig. 15). [By these characters the Sericini sensu Schiodte are excluded.] b. 1 Scissorial portion of mandible depressed; apically obliquely truncate with terminal angle acute, posterior angle obtuse and by a short incision sepa- rated from a small tooth (figs. 8, 11). Labrum with lateral margins of the ventral side flattened and transversely striate (fig. 7). Length of antenna equal to length of head; subapical antennal joint distally and internally produced into a conical and pointed, incurved appendix. Claws (abbrevi- ated expression for clawshaped tarsi) slender, subulate. [By this combination of characters the Cetoniini and the Dynastiini* sensu Schiodte are excluded.] f. Stridulating area of mandible, placed in the manducatorial portion, oblong, transversely ribbed with very fine and densely set ridges (figs. 4 and 13). Molar structure of right mandible with bicarinate crown (cr 1, cr 2 fig. 24). Maxilla with interior mala ( = inner lobe = lacinia) bidentate and with [about] six acute, recurved Stridulating teeth (figs. 14,17 and 21). Anal valvules not well defined, anal slit crescent shaped (figs. 15, 23). Abdomen clavate-cylindrical. [By this series of characters the Rutelini are separated from the Melolonthini' 1 ' sensu Schiodte.] The two forms described by Schiodte as typical Rutelini larvae on which his characterization of this tribe is based are 1 Under "a" Schiodte characterizes the Dynastiini and Cetoniini. 2 The Dynastiine larva of Cyclocephala immaculata Olivier is mentioned by John J. Davis as one of those white grubs, which most likely could be mistaken for Popillia japonica. (John J. Davis: The green Japanese beetle, Circular No. 30, New Jersey Dept. of Agric., 1920, p. 20, fig. 11.) 3 Some Melolonthine larvae of the genus Phyllophaga ( = Lachnosterna), as P. hirticula Knoch and P. tristis Fabricius, are mentioned by John J. Davis as likely to be mistaken for Popillia japonica (I.e. in footnote 3). As another larva which can be mistaken for Popillia japonica, John J. Davis also mentions (I.e.) Macro- dactylus subspinosus Fabricius. According to the character of the adult beetle, the genus Macrodact\lus is placed among the Melolonthini. The larva, however, only approaches this tribe but can not be placed in it, differing in the following essential characters: 1. No Stridulating area on mandible, no Stridulating teeth on maxilla (the Melolonthini having a transverse Stridulating mandibular area formed by irregularly distributed granules and twelve maxillary teeth). 2. Mandibular molar structure indistinctly bicarinate (the Melolonthini having tricarinate mola). 3. All claws of equal size (the Melolonthini have third pair abruptly abbreviated). I'ROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 3, MAR., 1V2I 53 .hiomala acnea Degeer, hy Schiodte named Euch/ont j'risc/iii Fabricius, and Phyllopertha horticola Linnaeus, both Kuropcan species, common in Denmark. His brief characterizations of these larvae are as follows: Anomala aenea. "Epicranial suture with elevated margins. Antenna with length of subupical joint in proportion to basal joint as 3:4. Maxillary palp with length of post- apical joint in proportion to prebasal joint as 2:4 (the Latin text has 'articulus secundus palporum maxillarium articulo primo duplo brevior, ' our prebasal joint being identical with Schiodte's 'articulus primus' and our basal joint being his 'palpiger'). Length of tibia in proportion to femur as 3:4. Claws of third pair of legs abruptly shorter. Respiratory plate with oblong holes, placed in transverse series. " Phyllopertha horticula. "Epicranial suture inconspicuous. Antenna with subapical joint as long as basal joint. Maxillary palp with length of postapical joint in proportion to prebasal joint as 3:4 (the Latin text has, 'articulus secundus palporum maxU- larium articulo primo dimidio brevior'). Length of tibia in proportion to femur as 2:4. All legs with claws of about same size. Respiratory plate with angulate- rotundate holes, irregularly distributed." The following definition of Popillia japonica Newman is given in exact conformity with Schiodte's formula. Popillia japonica. Epicranical suture with medianly slightly elevated margins (fig. 18). An- tenna with subapical joint as long as basal joint. Maxillary palp with length of subapical joint in proportion to prebasal joint as 3:4 (fig. 6). Length of tibia in proportion to femur about equal (fig. 16). All legs with claws of about same size. Respiratory plate with angulate-rotundate holes, irregularly distributed (fig- 5). The Popillia larva is more closely allied to the Phyllopertha larva than to the Anomala larva as these forms aredefined by Schiodte, Popillia only differing from Phyllopertha in having slightly elevated margins of epicranical suture ami proportionally some- what longer tibia; trom Anomala it differs, besides in the pro- portional length of the joints of the articulated organs mentioned, in having equally long claws and a differently constructed res piratory plate. Systematic and Morphological Description of Popillia Japonica Newman. (Mature larva; in U. S. National Museum; from Rivcrron, New jersey, 5 Nov., 1917; coll. \Vm. (). F.llis. Species reared.) (Figs. 1 IS, 21, 23 and 24.) Length af mature larva, nearly 25 mm. ( =onc HH li I. 54 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 3, MAR., 1921 Extreme width of head, 3.1 mm. Cranium?- narrower than prothorax, its extreme width in proportion to the extreme width of prothorax being 2:3; transverse with width to length as 2:1.5, widest immediately behind antennae; surface finely reticulate. Frons, (fig. 18) indistinctly limited, wider than long, with width to length as 3:2; frontal suture with anterior half slightly convex, posterior half slightly con- cave; posterior frontal angle shortly accuminate. Anterior margin with four setae, two are exteriorly placed, between articulation of mandible and base of antenna; two are interiorly placed, between articulation of mandible and median line of frons; behind and close to the two exterior marginal setae is one seta; behind the interior marginal setae and towards the middle of frontal suture is a short series of three setae. Epicranial suture, in proportion to length of frons as 1:3; elevation of margin along epicranical suture slight and dark colored; epicranical setae are about seven in series along the frontal suture and about ten in an irregular group laterally from antennal base to a point almost at the level with posterior angle of frons (figs. 12 and 18). Clypeus, about two and a half times as wide as long, trapezoidal; in front with a transverse, slightly lighter colored, naked, ribbon shaped region, limited posteriorly by a low ridge; behind the ridge two lateral setae and one seta between anterior lateral seta and longitudinal middle line of clypeus. Labrum, with length to width as 1:1.5, and with length to length of clypeus as 1:0.75, not much narrower than clypeus; laterally rounded, anterior margin irregularly and slightly crenulate, medianly somewhat obtusely produced; dorsal surface roughened with numerous small, rounded projections; posteriorly slightly elevated, flatly descendent forward; lateral border (fig. 7) ventrally flattened, with rather dense transverse striation; at apical margin (fig. 18) with one well developed and one rather small seta; at lateral margin dorsally with a series of about five setae and ventrally with a series of almost as many short, curved setae as striations; close to and parallel to posterior margin with a series of four setae; on disk with two setae, one placed anteriorly, one larger near the transverse middle line. Antenna, almost as long as cranium, rather slender, four jointed; basal joint clavate, about one-fifth the length of entire antenna; prebasal joint clavate, about twice as long as basal joint; subapical joint about same length and pro- portions as basal joint, but anteriorly on the inner side produced into a well developed accessory process of pointed conical shape; apical joint somewhat shorter than first joint, twice as long as thick, elliptical, anteriorly pointed; a few setae on prebasal joint; thin, semitransparent sensorial area on apical joint of accessory process. Mandible, slightly longer than cranium. Scissorial portion (s fig. 18) three times shorter and approximately half as wide as rest of mandible, depressed, above smooth, below rugose with longitudinal groove along exterior margin, and a shallow cavity at base (figs. 8 and 18); cutting edge thin with terminal angle pointed and posterior angle obtuse, separated by small incision from minute J The term cranium is here used for the capsule, formed by the two fixed parts of the head, frons and epicranium. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 3, MAR., 1921 55 tooth (t fig. 18). Lateral exterior mandibular portion (1 figs. 13 and 18) subtrian- gular, flat, punctate and wrinkled, limited by two apically converging carinae from base of mandible to scissorial portion; with several setae. Manducatorial ( = mola bearing) portion dorsally and ventrally somewhat convex, smooth and shining, separated from scissorial portion by oblique impression declining towards outside of mandible. Stridulating area elliptical, on right mandible twice, on left two and a half times as long as wide, densely set with minute asperities (figs. 3, 4 and 13), regularly arranged in fine, parallel lines. Right molar part oblique, anteriorly low, posteriorly prominently projecting, sloping gradually downwards from the upper part of crown to the heel; crown ( = corona) (figs. 8 and 24) bicarinate, transversely trilobed with one small anterior (cr 1 fig. 24) and two large posterior lobes (cr 2 and cr 3) ; anterior lobe rounded, almost globular, limited by neckshaped narrowing; both posterior lobes fungiform and obtusely carinate; heel ( = calx) (fig. 8 and ca fig. 24) strong, with flat, granulose surface, transverse, subtrapezoidal, about twice as broad as long, posteriorly truncate and emarginate with dorso-posterior angle (a fig. 24) developed as a short, broad, obtuse process about as long as wide, and only slightly projecting over a large, rounded, deeply excavate, dorsal portion of the bristle bearing base (bb fig. 24). Left molar part (figs. 9, 10 and 25) anteriorly prominent, posteriorly retracted; crown bilobed, anterior lobe (L 1 fig. 25) strong, fungiform, crenulate along free margin, shielding deep excavation, which receives poster- ior carinated lobe of right mola (cr 3 fig. 24); posterior lobe of left mandible frontally carrying an obtuse, transverse carina (L 2 fig. 25) between one strong dorsal and one less developed rounded ventral tooth; heel (Ca fig. 25) rather small, slightly concave, anteriorly limited by a low transverse carina, coming from a broad, dorsal, piliferous hook ( = hamus) (H fig. 25) and disappearing to- wards ventral tooth of posterior lobe; bristle bearing base (Bb fig. 25) pos- teriorly with obtusely conical outline, and anteriorly almost contiguous with grinding surface of heel. Maxillary lobes ( = lacinia and galea) fused into a single, solid, conico-quad- rangular, slightly depressed, setose structure; ventrally (fig. 6) with surface entirely plain, dorsally (fig. 14) with a rather deep, longitudinal sulcus, which is the limiting line between the areas of the exterior and interior lobes; exterior lobe ( = galea) with single, terminal, curved and very strong tooth ( = uncus) (gt fig. 17); interior lobe (lacinia) with two strong, conical teeth (It 1, It 2 fig. 17); long and strong, conical setae on dorsal side along bases of teeth; two strong conical setae (vs fig. 17) on the ventral side of bases of teeth; a single, short, strong seta (ps fig. 17) posteriorly to second lacinia-tooth. Stipes, with Stridulating teeth (figs. 14 and 21) on dorsal side, about six, slender, pointed and recurved; dentiferous carina apically curvilinear, with obtuse tubercle. Maxillary palp (fig. 6), projecting beyond exterior maxillary lobe by half the length of the apical joint; four-jointed; basal joint short, obconical; second joint three times as long as basal joint; subapical joint three fourths the length of second joint; apical joint as long as second joint and obovate. Epipharynx, (fig. 7) membranous, densely set with short spinules on each side of a nude, fleshy ridge along the middle line; four, pointed teeth asymmetrically placed near anterior margin. 56 PROC. EXT. soc. WASH., VOL. 23, N T O. 3, MAR., 1921 Glossa (= Lingua, sensu Schiodte) (lin figs. 13 and 14) fleshy, cushioned, densely set with spines. Hypopharyngeal chitinization, (fig. 14) obliquely transverse, asymmetrical, with right angle heavily chitinized and dorsally produced into a strong, obtuse process which together with upper part of right molar structure forms a hard strata against which upper portion of left molar part works; left angle triangular, dorsally semimembranous, interiorly limited by a longitudinal series of numer- ous spines; ventrally (hy fig. 13) both right and left angle with articulating fossa for hypopharyngeal condyle (he fig. 13) of mandible. Legs (figs. 12 and 16). Rather long and slender, gradually and slightly increasing in length from first to third; third leg about as long as lengths of meso- and meta-thorax together; long, fine hairs scattered over entire surface of legs; coxae cylindrical, distal end near trochanter without conical prolongation; coxa of first leg twice, of third leg four times as long as thick; trochanter obconical, about twice as long as thick and almost as thick as coxa; femur clavate-cylindri- cal, slightly constricted at the middle inferiorly, about twice as long as thick; tibia ovate-cylindrical, about three times as long as thick, length in proportion to the length of femur as 4:5, thickness in proportion to thickness of femur as 2:3; claws subequal, all subuliform, somewhat incurved and about one third as long as tibia. Body form (fig. 12). Clavate-cylindncal, about six times as long as thick; hairs numerous and short, from seventh abdominal segment longer and scarcer. Color. Head testaceous, with heavily chitinous parts dark brown; body pale; legs pale flavescent; prothorax with an irregularly outlined, chitinous, testaceous impression in front of and almost as large as lower half of first dorsal area (prescutum) of mesothorax. Body areas (fig. 12). Prothorax with one dorsal area; meso- and meta- thorax with three dorsal areas (prescutum, scutum, scutellum); the first six abdominal segments with three dorsal areas (prescutum, scutum, scutellum). Tenth abdominal segment ( = annulus analis, figs. 12, 15 and 23). Dorsally distinct, considerably longer than ninth abdominal segment; one and a half times as long as head (from tip of labrum to foramen occipitale); below with scattered, apically hook-shaped setae, and with two posteriorly diverging rows of about seven, short, straight, very pointed spines which are at a distance in front from the anal slit almost equal to the length of the rows. Anal slit, transverse, terminal; upper anal lip (ua fig. 23) with rounded, concave margin; lower lip (loa fig. 23) with margin rounded and convex and with a slightly marked, straight, transverse impression between the two ends of the slit (ti fig. 23). Spiracles (figs. 1, 2, 5 and 12). Orbicular; respiratory plate (R fig. 1) C- shaped almost surrounding bulla (B fig. 1), with width less than half the length of bulla; holes of plate (fig. 5) comparatively large, angulate-rotundate, irregu- larly distributed. Concavity of thoracic respiratory plate facing posteriorly; of abdominal plates anteriorly. An Undetermined Closely Related Ruteline Larva. (Possibly Strigoderma arboricola Fabricius.) (Mature larva; in U. S. National Museum; from Riverton, PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 3, MAR., 1921 57 New Jersey, 4 October, 1920; coll. C. H. Hadley; among mixed material of various Scarabaeid larvae of same size. Species not reared.) (Figs. 19, 20, 22, 26 and 27.) Length of mature larva, nearly 25 mm. ( = one inch). Extreme, width of head, 3.1 mm. Larva close to Popi/lia japonica and identical with this species in every character mentioned in the "brief characterization" of that form (p. 5). Both have same size, same general proportions; however, the unidentified form differs in the following structural details from Popillia japonica. Frons (fig. 19) with only two setae between the interior marginal seta and the middle of frontal suture. Labrum (fig. 19) with posterior transverse elevation rather distinct and sculptured with closely set, rather large, obtuse, oval protuberances. Molar part of right mandible (fig. 26) with heel (ca) almost square; dorso- posterior angle (a) slender, twice as wide and projecting over and entirely cover- ing the bristle bearing base; small anterior lobe (cr 1) of crown fusiform, with elongate elliptical outline. Last abdominal segment (fig. 27) with two parallel rows of about ten spines; distance between posterior end of rows and anal slit somewhat shorter than length of rows. The present larva probably belongs to the genus Strigoderma, being that North American genus which most closely approaches Popillia. According to the size of the mature grub and the fact that the only Strigoderma species which occurs in the locality in question is Strigoderma arboricola Fabricius, the larva must belong to this species, if it is a Strigoderma larva at all. That possibility, namely, can not be disregarded that the grub might be an Anomala larva. All the American species at present included in the genus Anomala may not be congeneric, and con- sequently the brief characterization given by Schiodte of Anomala aenea may agree only with part of the many Anomala- species. The larva of Anomala binotata Gyllenhal, which is reared from egg by Dr. F. C. Craighead (Hopk. L T . S. 1 1872 x) corresponds exactly with Schiodte's characterization of Anomala. If, however, the grubs, mentioned by John J. Davis (I.e.) as Anomala spf>., really belong to that genus, it certainly will be necessary to separate those species from the rest of the genus, as they according to Davis are "distinguished by the angular anal split." It must at the same time be borne in mind that this character never, like the arrangement of the anal spines, has been considered one of specific or generic value, but always as a character of tribal value. Serving as a summary the following key may express the systematic differences between those North American and European grubs which are closely related to or recorded as most likely to be mistaken for Popillia japonica. 58 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 2, MAR., 1921 All forms included in the key have: Four jointed antennae; all legs of approximately same length; a stridulating organ is never formed by special development of second and third pair of legs; ocelli are not present; cutting edge of mandible never tridentate. Key: 1. Antenna shorter than headcapsule; antenna! appendix obtuse; ventral margin of labrum without transverse striation; cutting edge of mandible without tooth; (North American)... ...Cyclocephala. Antenna as long as headcapsule; antennal appendix pointed conical; ventral margin of labrum transversely striate; cutting edge of mandible poster- iorly with a small tooth ... ...2. 2. Stridulating structures absent on mandible and maxilla; (North Ameri- can) ...Macrodactylus. Stridulating structures present on mandible and maxilla ... ...3. 3. Stridulating area of mandible with granules irregularly distributed, of maxilla with about twelve teeth; anal slit transverse, medianly angular; (North American) ...Phyllophaga (Lachnosterna). Stridulating area of mandible with granules in transverse fine lines, of maxilla with about six teeth; anal slit transverse, crescent-shaped 4. 4. Claws of third pair of legs abruptly shorter than of first and second pair of legs; respiratory plate with oblong holes in transverse rows; (North American and European)... ...Anomala. Claws of third pair of legs same length as of first and second; respiratory plate with angulate-rotundate holes, irregularly distributed 5. 5. Epicranical suture inconspicuous and without elevated margins; (Euro- pean)... ...Phyllopertha. Epicranical suture with slightly elevated and medianly dark colored margins .... ...6. 6. Labrum coarsely granulate; mandibular mola with heel posteriorly concave and dorso-posterior angle shortly prolonged; with anterior lobe of crown globular; anal segment ventrally with two posteriorly diverging rows of about seven spines; (North American, introduced from Japan) Popillia. Labrum posteriorly with closely set, rather large, oval, obtuse elevations; mandibular mola with heel almost square and the dorso-posterior angle slender, twice as long as wide; with anterior lobe of crown fusiform; anal segment with two parallel rows of about ten spines; (North Ameri- can) ...Undetermined grub; possibly Strigoderma. EXPLANATION OF FIGURES. Figures drawn by author. Plate V'. POPILLIA JAPONICA Newman. Fig. 1. Abdominal spiracle: B, bulla with spiracular opening; R, respiratory plate with fine holes. Fig. 2. Longitudinal section of spiracle: A, atrium; b, bulla; o, spiracular opening; r, respiratory plate; t, trabecula (one of those branched PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23 PLATE V B6VING LARVA OF POPILLIA JAPONICA PLATE VI PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23 B6VING LARVA OF POPILLIA JAPONICA PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 3, MAR., 1921 61 supports of the spiracular plate which originate from the wall of the spiracular atrium); Trach, trachea. Fig. 3. Small, highly magnified part of the stridulating area of mandible, showing the form and arrangement of the granules. Fig. 4. Left mandible, ventral side, with stridulating area. Fig. 5. Terminal part of respiratory plate, showing form and arrangement of the holes of the plate; highly magnified; external view. Fig. 6. Right maxilla, ventral surface; showing sensorial area of apical joint of palp; completely fused lacinia and galea; the two lacinia teeth and the galea tooth; bidivided cardo; articulating area between maxilla and submentum. Fig. 7. Epipharynx; four anterior asymmetrically placed small hooks; lateral margin with transverse stnations. Fig. 8. Right mandible. Fig. 9. Left mandible. Fig. 10. Diagram showing the way in which the molar parts of right and left mandibles fit together. Fig. 11. Right mandible. Fig. 12. Side view of larva. Fig. 13. Ventral surface of mandibles and hypopharyngeal chitinization; hy, supplementary ventral condyle of mandible; fossa in hypopharyngeal chitinization receiving supplementary condyle of mandible; 1, exterior and lateral part of mandible; lin, glossa; m, manducatorial ( = mola bearing) part of mandible; o, stridulating, oval organ of left mandible; oo, same of right mandible; s, scissorial ( = cutting) part of mandible. Fig. 14. Dorsal surface of maxillae, glossa (lin), hypopharyngeal chitinization, pharynx and wide entrance to oesophagus (oe). Fig. 15. Terminal portion of tenth abdominal segment. Fig. 16. Second and third pair of legs. Plate VI. POPILLIA JAPONICA Newman and "STRIGODERMA ARBORICOLA Fabricius?" Fig. 17. Popillia. Malae ( = fused lacinia and galea) of left maxilla, innerside, viewed from buccal cavity: gt, galea-tooth; It I and It 2, lacinia-teeth; ps and vs, large setae. Fig. 18. Popillia. Dorsal surface of head: s, scissorial part of mandible; 1, lateral part of mandible. Fig. 19. "Strigoderma?" Dorsal surface of head. Fig. 20. "Strigoderma?" Malae of left maxilla; view as fig. 17. Fig. 21. Popillia. Posterior part of dorsal surface of right maxilla, exhibiting creaking teeth of stridulating organ. Fig. 22. "Strigoderma?" Same view as fig. 21. Fig. 23. Popillia. Posterior part of ventral side of tenth abdominal segment: loa, lower anal lip; ua, upper anal lip; ti, transverse impression between the two ends ot anal slit. Fig. 24. Popillia. Molar structure of right mandible: a, dorse-posterior angle 62 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 3, MAR., 1921 of heel; bb, bristle bearing part of heel; ca, heel ( = calx); cr 1, first lobe of crown ( = corona); cr 2 and cr 3, carinated second and third lobes of crown. Fig. 25. Popillia. Molar structure of left mandible: Bb, bristle bearing base of heel; Ca, heel ( = calx); H, hook ( = hamus); L 1 and L 2, first and second lobes of crown. Fig. 26. "Strigoderma?" Same view as fig. 24. Fig. 27. "Strigoderma?" Same view as fig. 23. ANAPHOIDEA CONOTRACHELI GIRAULT (HYM.) AN EGG PARASITE OF THE APPLE MAGGOT. Bv B. A. PORTER AND C. H. ALDEN. In the course of studies of the apple maggot, Rhagoletis pomonella Walsh, carried on at Wallmgford, Conn., it was noted by the junior author that a number of eggs dissected out of apples collected in the field were parasitized. Adults were reared, and determined by Mr. A. B. Gahan as Anaphoidea conotracheli Girault. This Mymarid is very common as an egg parasite of the plum curculio, having been reared from that host on various fruits from many localities, including most of the Atlantic States from Connecticut to Georgia, and from Kentucky and Texas. It has also been reared from the eggs of the grape curculio, Craponious inaequalis Say, but so far as is known, no record has been made of this species as a parasite of the apple maggot. Individuals were reared by the writers from apple maggot eggs from two localities in the vicinity of Wallingford. The life cycle from egg to adult for this parasite in the eggs of the curculio has been shown to be ten to eleven days, and is presumably not very different in that of the apple maggot. The egg-laying period of the second host follows shortly after that of the first, offering a very favorable succession of host material, enabling the parasite to breed almost without inter- ruption from June until September. The process of oviposition has not been observed. Parasi- tized eggs turn dark, especially in the middle portion, the part usually occupied by the parasite, the eyes showing through the shell as dark red. In emerging, the tiny parasite chews a hole in the side of the egg, and, instead of emerging through the egg puncture, it makes its way directly to the surface of the apple and chews its way through the skin, making an exit hole con- siderably smaller than the egg puncture and at a little distance from it. As has been noted with the eggs of the curculio, a few of the maggot eggs contained two parasites. Counts made of material collected near Wallingford gave per- PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 3, MAR., 1921 63 centages of parasitism ranging from twenty-five to thirty per- cent, indicating that the parasite may prove of great importance in the natural control of the apple maggot. REFERENCE. 1912. QUAINTANCE and JENNE. Bur. Ent. Bull. 103, pp. 140-142. 1918. BROOKS, F. E. Bur. Ent. Bull. 730, p. 14. REVISION OF THE GENUS LYGAEUS FAB. (HEMIPTERA-HETER- OPTERA). H. G. BARBER, Roselle Park, N. J. Characters of the genus. Pronotum either without a median longitudinal keel or with a keel not reaching anterior margin; posterior margin straight before scutellum. Scutellum depressed, with a longitudinal median keel commonly joined to a median or premedian transverse ridge. Metapleura with posterior margin straightly or somewhat roundly truncate not oblique, the anterior and posterior margins of this nearly parallel. Corium almost or quite impunctate; its posterior margin straight. Mem- brane not at all or usually narrowly but never with the apex more widely white margined; rarely entirely or for the most part clear of whitish. Head (except in Melanocoryphus Stal) with a red or pale spot or longitudinal fascia near base; eyes in contact with the anterior margin of pronotum. Species mostly black marked with red or sometimes with the latter color predominating. Key to Subgenera and Species. 1. Pronotum black provided with a postmedian transverse red band or three red spots, remote from posterior margin. Venter most commonly red with fascia at anterior angles of segments 2-5 and all of sixth and genital segments black or most rarely (formosns) venter entirely black. Odoriferous orifices black. Head with red fascia at least at base. Larger species, 10-12 mm. Subgenus (Graptolomus Stal) Lygaens Fab., Van Duz... 2. Pronotum unprovided with a transverse postmedian red fascia, remote from posterior margin. Species smaller . 6. 2. Clavus pale margined within, never furnished with a subapical black spot. Venter of abdomen entirely black. formosus Blanch. Clavus never pale margined, either entirely black or anteriorly red; opposite apex of scutellum furnished with an opaque black spot. Venter red marked with black... 3. Membrane in great part pale with fuscous veins. Broad margins of all pleurae posteriorly, propleurae anteriorly, bucculae and acetabulae pale fusco-reddish .. Membrane either entirely black or most commonly pale margined with concolorous veins, with or without white discal spots. Bucculae, acetabulae and margins of pleurae not pale 64 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 3, MAR., 1921 4. Membrane entirely black without pale margins or white discoidal or basal spots. Clavus anteriorly red. Head with a Y-shaped red fascia, the anterior arms of which are extended beneath the antenniferous tu- bercles ( = trimaculatus Dall.) turcicus Fab. Membrane pale margined, with or without white discoidal spots. Clavus either entirely black or anteriorly red. Red fascia at base of head most commonly reduced in size .. 5. 5. Clavus entirely black. Membrane variable, either only narrowly mar- gined with white and occasionally furnished with less conspicuous white discal spots (Eastern forms) or broadly margined and furnished with conspicuous white discal spots (Western forms) ... ...kalmii Stal. Clavus anteriorly red. Membrane narrowly margined and most com- monly furnished with white discal spots which are often reduced and sometimes wanting .... rec/ivatus Say. 6. Pronotum entirely black or sometimes only humeral angles red. Odor- iferous orifices black. Head with red basal spot (sometimes obscured in bis 'triangular -is). Corium and clavus bright red. Membrane very narrowly and evenly white margined. Sixth and genital ventral segments black... Subgenus Melanopleurus Stal 7. Pronotum rarely entirely black (pyrrhopterus] , if so then as in the other members of the subgenus Ochrostomus the odoriferous orifices are pale. Commonly the anterior, lateral at least in part and most fre- quently the posterior margin of the pronotum red or pale or the latter trimaculate with red .. 8. 7. Size larger, 8-9 mm. long. Bucculae variable but commonly higher and more semicircularly elevated. Bucculae, acetabulae, anterior margin of propleurae and posterior margins of pro- and mesopleurae rather broadly and conspicuously pale .. ...beljragei Stal. Size smaller, 5-6 mm. long. Bucculae lower, less semicircularly elevated. Bucculae, acetabulae, margins of pleurae, inconspicuously, narrowly pale bordered .. .bistriangularis Say. 8. All margins of pronotum and hemielytra conspicuously bordered with red or yellow. Orifices black. Base of head with red spot. Bucculae, acetabulae, anterior margin of propleura and posterior margins of all pleurae broadly pale or yellow. Venter red with sixth and genital segments black. (L. uhleri Stal.).. .. Subgenus Craspeduchiis Stal. Rarely with entire margins of pronotum and hemielytra bordered with red or pale, if so then is the venter entirely black or margined with red or the head is without a red spot at base.. 9. 9. Head with a red or pale spot at base. Orifices pale. Coloration of venter variable, entirely black or margined with red or pale or only the sixth and genital segments black ....Subgenus Ochrostomus Stal. 10. Head entirely black. Orifices black, rarely pale (mimulus) in which case base of legs and apices of femora pale. Coloration of venter variable, most frequently entirely black or narrowly red margined, rarely for the most part red (bicrucis). Membrane with or without median white discoidal spot 14. 10. Venter red, sometimes more or less infuscated, sixth and genital segments PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 3, MAR., ]<>!] 65 black. Pronotum Mack. Hemielytra red, more or less infuseated, apical margin pale. Membrane more broadly bordered with white along outer lateral margin. ( = var. nichiun^lfitrii^ I'hl.i pyrrhopterus S&\. - Venter either entirely black or fuscous or sometimes pale or red margined. Pronotum either with posterior margin trimaculate with red or entire pronotum reddish 1 1 . 11. Venter entirely fuscous. Corium fuscous with apical angles only red. Membrane embrowned not margined with white tripli^aliis Barb. Venter black or fuscous, disk sometimes and margins pale or red. Corum either fuscous, margined with red or for the most part reddish. Mem- brane margined with white 12. 12. Pronotum ochraceous-red, provided with tour short, premidian impres- sions. Corium ochraceous-red more or less infuscated, apical margin yellow. Membrane more narrowly pale margined in brachypterous forms. Pale spot at base of head often obscure ...rubricatus n. sp. Pronotum posteriorly trimaculate with red. Corium fuscous, costal. Commissural and apical margins and apical carina of scutellum red or pale. Membrane margined with white ...13. 13. Pronotum with anterior margin red, fuscous markings form a T shaped fascia on each side of median line. Membrane rather narrowly and evenly bordered with white. Bucculae, acetabulae, anterior and lateral margins and posterior angles of prosternum broadly ochraceous-red. lineola Dall. Anterior margin of pronotum not bordered with red. Apical margin of corium and membrane except at apex rather broadly bordered with white. Bucculae, acetabulae, anterior margin of prosternum broadly and posterior margins of all pleurae narrowly white. ( associus Uhler ms.)--- ...carnosulus Van D. 14. Membrane with a median white discoidal spot or variegated with white. Species pilose, small ...Lygaeospilus new subgenus. 15. Membrane without median white discoidal spot, entirely fuscous or pale margined or rarely lacteus with fuscous veins (nigrinervis). Entirely nude or only slightly pilose. Larger species, over 5 mm. Subgenus Melanocoryphus Stal. 16. 15. Membrane fuscous, pale margined and provided with a rather clean cut transverse median white spot, often prolonged and continuous to middle base of membrane. Hemielytra red often more or less infus- cated. Venter entirely fuscous or sometimes margined with red. ( = Lvgaeus albulus Dist. and Lygaeosoma solida Uhl.) pnsio Stal. Membrane fuscous, variegated with white, discoidal spot more or less confused with pale variegations of surface; not pale margined, pro- vided with triangular white fascia at outer basal angles. Hemielytra generally entirely fuscous or fusco-rufescent, rarely pale margined. Lateral margins of venter sometimes red or pale. ( = ulbitlns of various authors nee Distant and obsuripennh Stal.' tripunctiitus Dall. 16. Posterior lobe of pronotum, corium, venter except uenital segments and small vittae, red. Anterior margin of pronotum, clavus, posterior margins of corium, bucculae, acetabulae, anterior margin ot prostern- 66 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 3, MAR., 1921 um and posterior margins of all pleurae conspicuously white or pale yellow... bicrucis Say. Posterior lobe of pronotum, corium, clavus and venter entirely or for the most part fuscous .. ...17. 17. Anterior lobe of pronotum and head between eyes and tylus ochraceous- red; posterior lobe bivittate with fuscous. Costal, apical, commissural margins of hemielytra, apical carina of scutellum, lateral margins and central disk of venter, pale yellow. Bucculae, antenniferous tubercles beneath, acetabulae, prosternum for most part and posterior margins of pleurae, pale yellow. Orifices, bases of legs and apices of femora pale. Membrane scarcely pale marginal . ...mimulus Stal. Anterior and posterior lobe of pronotum concolorous fuscous; sometimes the anterior or the posterior margin red or the latter trimaculate with red; sometimes the lateral margins bordered with red. Orifices, legs and venter black, the latter sometimes red or pale margined ... ...18. 18. Membrane lacteous with prominent fuscous veins and spot near outer basal angle .. .. nigrinervis Stal. Membrane entirely fuscous or most frequently margined with white, sometimes in lateralis provided with a sub-basal white spot... ...19. 19. Corium entirely fuscous, never margined with red or yellow. Membrane scarcely pale margined. Anterior and humeral margins and sometimes posterior median fascia, red. Venter not red margined rubicollis Uhl. Corium with at least costal margins bordered with red or yellow. Pro- notum with anterior, humeral or entire lateral margins and median posterior fascia red or yellow ...20. 20. Humeral red fascia not extended anteriorly beyond middle of pronotum. Anterior margin of prosternum, bucculae, and acetabulae very obscurely pale. Apical carina of scutellum not red. Membrane margined with white. Venter entirely fuscous or rarely margined with red ...21. Humeral red fascia extended beyond middle or entire edge of pronotum reddish. Anterior margin of prosternum, bucculae and acetabulae prominently and more broadly pale or yellow. Apical carina of scutellum red. Membrane with or without white margin. Margin of venter red .. ...22. 21. Margins of venter rarely red. Costal margin only of hemielytra red. Sunken disk of pronotum on either side of post median ridge closely and coarsely punctate. Larger species, about 8mm. Membrane sometimes with a lunate white spot near base .. ...lateralis Ball. Margins of venter red. Costal, apical, commissural and inner claval margins of hemielytra red, sometimes entire apical angle of corium red. Disk of pronotum on either side of post median ridge finely or obscurely punctate. Smaller species, 5 mm. ....admirabilis Uhl. 22. Membrane very obscurely, narrowly white margined. Costal margins of hemielytra prominently and sometimes commissural and inner claval margins very narrowly red or yellow. (= ? rubniger Stal.) facetus Say. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 3, MAR., 1921 67 Membrane plainly white margined. Costal, apical, commissural and inner claval margins of hemielytra plainly red .. ...circittnlitHS Stal. Lygaeus rubricatus, n. sp. Coloration. Ochraceous-red, with antennae, head and sometimes more or less of the hemielytra infuscated; narrow apical margin of corium and frequently apical carina of scutellum pale yellow. Membrane fuscous, narrowly pale margined in brachypterous forms, more broadly pale in macropterous forms. Obscure pale spot at base of head. Beneath, head, rostrum, meso- and meta- s tern urn, venter and legs for the most part brownish. Prosternum reddish- ochraceous. Bucculae, acetabulae, sometimes the posterior margins of meso- and metapleura, disk and lateral margins of venter and frequently base of legs, pale ochraceous. Odoriferous orifices pale. Head, lateral margins ot pronotum and surface of hemielytra sparsely short pilose. Bucculae rather low, not extended much beyond middle of head. Tip of rostrum reaching between posterior coxae. Reddish-ochraceous pronotum impunctate, with anterior margin rather strongly concave, submargin impressed on, either side; provided just before middle with four short pronounced trans- verse impressions, the two inner ones more narrowy separated; median longi- tudinal carina faintly indicated; disc on either side scarcely depressed. Hemi- elytra fusco-reddish with lightly elevated veins sometimes paler. Membrane frequently abbreviated, then scarcely reaching beyond apex of 5th abdominal segment and more narrowly margined with white. Length, 5-6 mm. Type. d" Tucson, Ariz., Apr. 21, Coll. by H. G. Hubbard (Type No. 24116 U. S. N. M.). Paratypes. d" Tucson, Ariz., Apr. 29, 2 9 's Tucson, Ariz., 1 9 Ft. Yuma, Ariz., Jan. 28, 4 9 's "Ariz" (U. S. N. M.); 3 $ 's Scottsdale, Ariz, (my Coll.). This species belongs in the subgenus Ochrostomus, being most closely related to L. carnosulns Van D. from which it can easily be separated by color differences as given in the preceding Key. Eight of the twelve specimens mentioned above are brachypterous. SYNONYMY AND DISTRIBUTION. Subgenus Lygaeus (Fab) Van Duzee. formosus Blanchard Fla., Neotropical. trnculentus Stal Calif., Neotropical. tiircicus Fab ( = trininciiliitiis Dallas). U. S. as far west as the Rocky Mts. ktilmii Stal. U. S., Mexico. subspecies kalmii (Stal) Parshley Western U. S. angustomarginatus Parshley Eastern U. S. recliratiis Say West and Southwest U. S., Neotropical, var. tnotiis Say ( = costalis H. S.) Mexico. 68 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 3, MAR., 1921 Subgenus Melanopleurus Stal. belfragei Stal Western and Southwestern U. S. bistriangularis Say Southwestern U. S., Neotropical. Subgenus Craspeduchus Stal. uhleri Stal, Southwestern U. S., Neotropical. Subgenus Ochrostomus Stal. pyrrhopterus Stal ( = melanopleurus Uhler) Southwestern U. S., Mexico. tripligatus Barber Flu. rubricatus, n. sp. Ariz. lineola Dallas Southeastern U. S. to Texas. carnosulus Van Duzee ( = associus Uhler ms.) Calif. Subgenus nov. Lygaeospilus. [Genotype. Lygaeus (Lygaeospilus) tripiinctatus Dallas.] pusio Stal ( = albiilus Distant, Lygaeosoma solida Uhler) Southwestern and Western States, Mexico. tripunctatus Dallas ( obscuripennis Stal, albulus of various authors nee Distant) New England, N. Y., Fla., Tex., Calif. (Records uncertain confused with preceding.) Subgenus Melanocoryphus Stal. bicrucis Say. N. Y. to Fla., southern and western states. mimulus Stal Va. to Fla. and west to Texas. nigrinervis Stal Col. rubicollis Uhler Southwestern U. S., Mexico. lateralis Dallas (= ? californicus Walker) Western and Southwestern U. S. facetus Say (= ? rubniger Stal) Southeastern U. S. to La. and Texas. (Some records uncertain, confused withjatera/is.) circumlitus Stal Ariz., Neotropical. admirabilis Uhler Col. and Southwestern U. S. CHARLES HENRY FERNALD. MARCH 16, 1838 FEBRUARY 22, 1921 The Society regretfully records the death of the well known entomologist and teacher, Doctor C. H. Fernald. For twenty- four years, from June 2, 1892, until December 31, 1916, Doctor Fernald was a member of our Society. Actual date of publication March 25, 1921 VOL. 23 APRIL 1921 No. 4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON CONTENTS HOLLAND, \V. [. A NEW SPECIES BELONGING TO THE GENUS GOODIA. (LEP.) 99 WALTON, W. R. ENTOMOLOGICAL DRAWINGS AND DRAUGHTSMEN: THEIR RELATION TO THE DEVELOPMENT OF ECONOMIC ENTOMOLOGY IN THE UNITED STATES . 69 PUBLISHED MONTHLY EXCEPT JULY, AUGUST AND SEPTKMBKR BY THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1,919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C, under Act of August 24, 1912. Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1 103, Act of October 3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918. THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ORGANIZED MARCH 12, 1884. The regular meetings of the Society are held on the first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 P. M. Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are entitled to the PROCEEDINGS and any manuscript submitted by them is given precedence over that submitted by non-members. OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1921. Honorary President . E. A. SCHWARZ President . \\. R. WALTON First Vice-President . . .A. B. GAHAN Second Vice-President ... A. G. BO'VING Recording Secretary . R. A. CUSHMAN Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer S. A. ROHWER U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. Editor . A. C. BAKER East Falls Church, Va. Executive Committee: THE OFFICERS and A. N. CAUDELL, A. L. QUAINTANCE and E. R. SASSCER. Representing the Society as a Vice-President of the IVashington Academy of Sciences . S. A. ROHWER PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON. Published monthly, except July, August and September, by the Society at Washington, D. C. Terms of subscription: Domestic, $4.00 per annum; foreign, $4.25 per annum; recent single numbers, 50 cents, foreign postage extra. All subscriptions are payable in advance. Remittances should be made payable to the Entomological Society of Washington. Authors of leading articles in the PROCEEDINGS will be given 10 copies of the number in which their article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur- nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired accompanies the manuscript: 4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp. 50 copies 2.00 4.00 . 6.00 8.00 100 copies 2.25 4.50 6.75 9.00 Certain charges are made on illustrations and there are rules and suggestions governing the make-up of articles published. Contributors may secure infor- mation on these points by application to the Editor or Corresponding Secretary. PROCE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON VOL. 23 APRIL 1921 No. 4 ENTOMOLOGICAL DRAWINGS AND DRAUGHTSMEN: THEIR RELATION TO THE DEVELOPMENT OF ECONOMIC ENTOMOLOGY IN THE UNITED STATES.' Bv W. R. WALTON. I have chosen this title as the subject of my address, not because I felt especially competent to speak authoritatively upon it, but knowing that the society would expect a communi- cation on some subject related to entomology, with which I might be supposed to be more familiar than most of you, I have selected one with which many were likely to be unacquainted, with the idea that you might be led to believe that I really knew something about it. Seriously speaking, however, I have been largely influenced in my selection of this subject by the feeling that many workers in entomological illustrative art have not received the notice, or the praise, which their efforts toward the advancement of entomology in this country have deserved. This, it has seemed to me, was particularly true of the earlier workers in this field, many of whom accomplished most remark- able work, but whose names, for the most part, have been allowed to lapse into unmerited oblivion. It has been the aim, therefore, in the preparation of the present paper, to collate the most easily available records regarding the personalities and accom- plishments of these pioneers, together with certain relevant (and possibly some irrelevant) remarks on this and kindred subjects. In the preparation of this paper I have been greatly aided by suggestions and notes supplied by various members of the staff of the Biyeau of Entomology, and especially those supplied by Dr. L. O. Howard, Dr. \<\ H. Chittenden and Mr. E. A. Schwarz. Dr. Henry Skinner has very kindly furnished a personal note regarding Mrs. Mary Peart, and in the biblio- graphical work my assistant, Mr. J. S. \Yade, together with Miss Mabel Colcord and the Bureau Library staff, have been of the greatest assistance. I am greatly indebted also to Mr. Theo- dore E. Bolton of the Congressional Library staff for the use of manuscript notes which he generously contributed. Psychology tells us that all sensory experiences in man somehow are mentally preserved; that in reality we never forget anything and that the question of whether a person be clever or 'Presidential address, presented at the January meeting, \')ll. 70 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 4, APRIL, 1921 stupid depends almost entirely upon his ability to extract from the storehouse of his subconscious mind the appropriate or necessary impression or thought at the psychological moment. That illustrations are potent in evoking mental impressions must be obvious to all observant persons, and naturalists, especially, will readily admit the important part played in the natural sciences by well drawn illustrations. The most obvious function of such illustrations, of course, is their explanatory office. They aid the imagination in visualizing the subject treated. But illustrations have another equally valuable function regarding which we seldom think, namely: The fixation in our memories of the gist of the related text; in other words, they render available through the association of ideas those memory complexes containing all we know regarding the sub- ject illustrated. Illustrations therefore must necessarily have played a most important role in the remarkable advance of applied entomology which has taken place in the United States during the past century. In spite of the many mechanical and other refinements that photography has undergone during the past forty years, it has not yet reached a stage where it is possible by that means to produce truly satisfying representations of most insects, and especially where magnifications of more than a few diameters are required. Photography, of course, is an invaluable aid to entomology in many ways, especially for the purpose of showing pathological changes due to insect work or the environmental atmosphere of the species under discussion, but its limitations in recording the insects themselves are perfectly obvious. It is difficult, if not impossible, even in the case of large insects, to reproduce them by photo-engraving methods alone, in a manner approaching the crisp, clear image limned by the human hand with the aid of pen and ink, and pencil. The mental impressions left by the perception of most published photographic representations of insects may be compared with those produced by eating unsalted food. One immediately recognizes the fact that something is missing, but fails to per- ceive for the moment just what the missing element is. This feeling of dissatisfaction proceeds, I believe, from the absence of the vivid image as produced, in the line drawing, by the per- fectly black line on the clear white paper; a sparkling effect which no other method of illustration has yet been able to equal. Another factor which tends to make drawings more acceptable than photographs, especially to entomologists, is the custom observed by the best draughtsmen of emphasizing, to just the right degree, those cardinal characters of the model which are recognized by the eye as constituting the habitus of the insect. This, of course, is the principle of caricature exercised in a modi- fied degree. Photographs may indeed record habitus, but very PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, \O. 4, APRIL, \'>2\ 71 often they fail to do so, probably because the important charac- ters are lost to the eye among the multitude of halftones and non- essential details appearing m the photographic image. Broadly speaking, entomological drawings may be said to comprise three general categories or classes: First, those intended solely for the amusement, or (as in the case of the newspapers), the horrification of the lay public. To this cate- gory belong the crude caricatures of insect life incorporated in certain cheap works of general reference, which it is unnecessary to name. To this class also must be referred the bizarre, and often impossible, representations of insects included in books designed for juvenile minds. Last and by far worst are those delirious night-mares sometimes spread in full-page prodigality over the Sunday supplements of American metropolitan news- papers. Superlative condemnation is assigned to the latter variety of incubus not only because of the great numbers of susceptible minds which it serves to infect, but also because often it is accompanied by an equally distorted and misleading text which serves to vivify the monstrosity suggested by the illustration. I do not refer here to the frankly humorous variety of entomological illustration which not only is harmless, but often contributes not a little to the gaiety of nations. I mean rather those pseudo-scientific revelations with which the papers are wont to regale an innocent and unsuspecting public. That the world would be the better for the elimination of such things is self-evident to the natural scientist. It is to be feared that the time is still far distant when such a reform may be expected to materialize; recently, however, an effort has become evident on the part of the better class of writers to present authoritative entomological matter in company with accurate illustrations and this movement may in time react favorably on the daily press. The second class of entomological drawings comprises those illustrations prepared for the exclusive use of the scientist. They fill a useful and restricted sphere but have little or no gen- eral interest or educational value. The third class includes a very large and important field and embraces all conscientiously drawn illustrations, showing insects in their entirety, either separated from or surrounded by their environmental atmosphere, and which are of value both to the laity and the professional entomologist. By far the greater number of entomological illustrations belong to this general purpose category and the following discussion is intended to apply to this class of figures. No mention has been made so far of colored illustrations which, when well done, are of the utmost importance anil have the highest educational value. I'nfortu- nately, the cost of good rotor print is still so hisjh as practically to preclude its general use, and the poorer kinds of such work are 72 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 4, APRIL, 1921 far inferior in value to good line or stipple work. The recent appearance of a few good, colored illustrations in Federal entomological publications is an encouraging symptom which we hope will be followed by others in increasing numbers. In surveying the work of the pioneers in American entomo- logical illustrative art, one is apt to be impressed most forci- bly by the excellent results achieved in spite of the optical difficulties and crude methods of reproduction under which most of the early draughtsmen must have worked. In these days of the perfected binocular microscope with its prisms for erecting the image of the model, its improved lighting facilities, its ample working distance, and of the intervention of photo- graphic means of reproducing our drawings at any desired scale, it is difficult indeed for us to realize the almost disheartening obstacles that had to be overcome by these early draughtsmen. Many, if not most of the early worker were compelled to draw with the aid of simple magnifying glasses of comparatively low power, which gave a distorted image except in the center of the field. Even the best of microscopes in those days were compara- tively crude affairs affording but a very short working distance and small field, and were designed almost entirely for slide work with transmitted light, and therefore of limited use in the preparation of drawings where direct illumination is necessary and it is ciesirable to have the entire model in the field of view at one time. Add to these difficulties the necessity of producing the drawing on the exact scale on which it was to be reproduced, that it must be drawn on or afterward transferred to wood, stone, or metal, and etched or engraved by a craftsman who possibly knew nothing of insects and had little sympathy for any one who did, and it seems wonderful that even a recognizable likeness of any insect could be produced by such methods. The fact that, in the face of such serious difficulties, illustrations of a very high character were produced, speaks volumes in praise of the patience, determination and skill of these early draughts- men whose individual work will be mentioned later on. Here and there among these men there occurred one whose physical, or rather whose optical deformity seems to have fitted him in a remarkable way for his chosen work. I refer to the intensely myopic vision of such men as Herman Loew and Townend Glover, whose otherwise defective vision permitted them to study and even to draw small insects with little or no artificial visual aid. Baron Osten Sacken has given us a very good account of Loew's powers in this way and Mr. Charles R. Dodge has mentioned Glover's abnormal vision as being of distinct advantage in his work. It would be of interest to learn just how greatly such visual defects may have influenced these men in the direction of entomological research. Little, very little, is recorded in entomological literature PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 4, APRIL, 1921 73 regarding the personalities or achievements of the earlier draughtsmen. Too often their work has been absorbed or sub- merged without any, or with but scant mention, in the reputa- tion of the entomologist who produced the text accompanying the illustrations. "Sunk without trace," as a notorious Teutonic diplomat has put it. There is no reason to believe that such occurrences were always intentional as doubtless this was not the case in many instances, but the fact that these over- sights did occur with great frequency argues, to my mind, a lack of appreciation of the real and valuable service performed by the draughtsman and which it is my purpose to point out in the present paper. Here and there a few lines of biography regard- ing them have been penned in works of biography or entomo- logical publications, to remind us that they were at least human beings, and a few of the most prominent men, such as John Abbot, T. R. Peale, and Townend Glover have received at the pen of some kindly writer like George Ord, the Rev. J. G. Morris, Charles R. Dodge, or Dr. Henry Skinner, a portion of the recognition which was due them. Dry and defective indeed would be most of the standard works on American entomology in the absence of the excellent illustrations which have served so well to fix them indelibly in our memories. Say, Harris, Packard, and others too numerous to mention would be poor indeed if robbed of the fine illustrations which adorn their pages, but nevertheless very little is included in most of these works to tell us aught of the -persons who contributed this important part of the task. Compare, for instance, the early editions of Harris' "Insects Injurious to Vegetation," with the later editions of 1862-63, or better still, with the handsomely colored Mint edition, in which appear the fine plates drawn by Antoine Sonrel. The enhanced interest and value conferred by these illustrations is not merely obvious but truly astonishing. The Rev. J. G. Morris, in his History of Entomology (1846), remarks the absence of illustrations in the then existing editions of the book as a very serious fault in Dr. Harris' work. As in the case of other branches ot natural science, there are two very distinct types of intellect attracted to entomology. One of these is the purely investigational mind, actuated by a sense of curiosity or desire to know and to analyze or interpret what it discovers. The other has its origin principally in the emotions, that is to say, an appreciation of the beautiful in nature and art. Each struggles in its own way to tell what it sees; the one by means of that most artificial of all human conventions, the printed page; the other by the much more primitive but natural medium of a visual representation of the subject. Neither can be entirely successful without the aid of the other, but because of their fundamentally different view- points, neither understands fully the meaning or importance of 74 I'ROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 4, APRIL, 1921 the other's effort. Both, I believe, are equally important to the advancement of the science and therefore should share equitably in such glory as may accrue from the results of their labors. It is true, of course, that here and there in the vast field of the natural sciences is to be found a fortunate individual who seems to combine with considerable success the two faculties mentioned but, generally speaking, the great successes are achieved by men who specialize in one or the other provinces of the field, but who make an honest effort to appreciate each other's services. Entomological draughtsmen, as well as other workers in art, have suffered under the stigma cast by that hoary delusion "the artistic temperament." In point of fact, however, we of the cult know that entomological draughtsmen as a class are "just folks" and are fully as stable, temperamentally speaking, as other workers in natural science entomologists, for instance, and I think that musicians especially, among other classes of artists, have been largely responsible for the origin and growth of the current popular belief in the idea that artists of all varieties are creatures apart from all other classes of mankind in the possession of a "black beast," in the form of the "artistic temperament." There is no denying the fact that musicians, I mean professional musicians, from their earliest childhood have the emotional and motor elements of the brain stimulated and developed at the expense of other important functions of that complex organ, to the end that many of them, especially the virtuosi, become finally nothing more or less than emotional monstrosities. But this is not necessarily true of other branches of art and especially is it not true with regard to the illustrators of scientific subjects whose profession calls for the exercise of something more than mere emotion and even at times of the employment of something resembling pure reason. It is true, moreover, that a very considerable number of the most success- ful entomological draughtsmen have been entomologists as well and if some of them have exhibited peculiarities of temperament, doubtless this has been due more to their associations than to any inherent predisposition. Dr. Howard maintains that there is "no such thing as the entomological temperament," and says that "it is much easier to make an entomologist out of an artist than to convert an entomologist into an artist." 1 agree with the latter statement, and it all goes to prove the old adage that "you can't make a silk purse out of a sow's ear." In any event it seems true that a knowledge of entomology is an asset of the greatest value to the person who undertakes entomological illustrative work. Such knowledge not only permits him to perceive many details which otherwise would be overlooked but, what is of greater importance, it places him in rapport with his work and adds that seasoning of real interest, in the absence of which no trulv successful work of anv kind ever is accom- I'ROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 4, AI'RIL, 1921 75 plished. It must he admitted, however, that the path of the entomological draughtsman not seldom is bestrewn with conflict and trouble, especially if he be required to work under the direc- tion of a specialist who knows little or nothing of drawing. Where the entomologist "knows that he knows not" and is con- tent to permit the draughtsman to represent the insect as nature made it, all may be well. But when, as is sometimes the case, the entomologist "knows not that he knows not" and insists, for instance, that parts of the model actually seen in perspective, be projected as appearing in a single plane, or that appendages be twisted at impossible angles in order to reveal concealed anatomical peculiarities, etc., the results are likely to be painful as well as unfortunate. The skilled draughtsman is apt to be a self-respecting person who is in the habit of representing his model as seen from a single viewpoint, and who, when called upon to violate the laws of optics, is troubled immediately with an outraged sense of propriety which might be interpreted as an exhibition of the so-called "artistic temperament." In such a case, the greater the knowledge and skill of the draughtsman, and the larger the ego of the specialist, the louder the noise and the denser the smoke of the battle. It is to be regretted that such conflicts have in some cases caused the separation of skilled workers whose amicable association would have led to the most valuable of results. The well trained entomological specialist undoubtedly should be competent to criticise a drawing with respect to the representation of important morphological characters, but unless he have a thorough knowledge of drawing, it will be the part of wisdom for him to stop there and permit his draughtsman to follow the dictates of his own mind, in the strictly pictorial phases of the work. In my personal experience I have met with very few persons indeed, not themselves draughtsmen, who were able to criticise unfinished drawings properly and helpfully. The bare outline of a drawing, for instance, may seem to unskilled eyes badly proportioned or even misshapen, when, in point of fact, it may be quite correct and merely require skillful modeling to make it assume the proper appearance. It is obviously true, of course, that one who is devoid of technical knowledge as regards drawing may through reading, observation, and the study of pictures themselves, acquire a thorough appreciation of the good and bad qualities of a drawing and be able to recognize good finished work at sight; but such knowledge can not and does not enable him to criticise drawings in the making. Such powers are conferred only by personal experience with the pencil and only then on those having the requisite sense of form, mass, and color. I mention these things not in a spirit of captious criticism, but rather with the hope that my remarks may lead to a better understanding regarding such matters, between the artist and 76 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 4, APRIL, 1921 the entomologist in their future relations. The subject is not a very agreeable one, and recalls to my mind the lines of an old song as follows: "Now if you don't like it, it's nothing to me, For I'm telling you things that I don't like to see." Right at this point I should like to introduce another subject upon which something should be said, and this is the desirability of having all major drawings signed by the person who makes them. It seems to me quite as important that the author of a drawing be recorded with his work as the author of a text or even as the originator of a specific name in taxonomic zoology. If the identity of the draughtsman be known, this alone often will be sufficient to establish the accuracy of the work, and of course the converse is obviously true, for, sad to relate, people who do not realize their limitations will make drawings, and not all of such illustrations are either reliable or ornamental. It is to be regretted that so little of an intimate biographic character has been published relating to the entomologists of America. It would, I believe, be difficult to name a profession which is richer in the possession of quaint and interesting human character (including, of course, the artist-entomologists) than is ours; but in spite of this fact, most of the published biographic sketches are largely devoid of purely human interest and deal principally, if not exclusively, with the scientific work or attain- ments of the persons involved. There is, as a rule, little in- cluded that conveys to the reader even an inkling regarding the human characteristics of the person who is the subject of the sketch. A notable exception to this rule is the intensely inter- esting and intimate picture of Townend Glover presented by Mr. Charles Richards Dodge (Bui. 18, Old Series), excerpts from which are given later on in this paper. The brief obituary notice of Benjamin D. Walsh (AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGIST AND BOTANIST) written presumably by Dr. C. V. Riley, abounds in that human quality of which I speak, but leaves one with the feeling of having read the first chapter of a good story that never can be finished. We have here, restricted within the limits of four short pages, the mere outline of a delightful character to whom many pages of similar text might and should have been devoted. Would that we had more biographers such as Mr. Dodge to picture for us other prominent students of insect life who have gone before. Who of us, for instance, would not delight in similarly intimate and complete pictures of such celebrities as John Abbot, T. W. Harris, or indeed even of a personage so recently departed as Dr. C. V. Riley, whose personality has been but dimly delineated in any published work, but who, judging from current tradition, I'ROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, \O. 4, APRIL, \<)2\ 77 richly deserves, tor many and various reasons, very much more extended biographic treatment than has yet been accorded him. It is to be hoped that some one of his contemporaries will yet record many significant tacts and incidents bearing upon his career and its contact with the lives and the work of his associ- ates which no one has yet been willing to place on record. In a paper of so limited a character as the present one it has been possible to consider only those draughtsmen who have work- ed or are supposed to have worked, in this country in connection with illustrations of American insects. As a result of this plan we find included herein the names of many men of foreign birth who were among the foremost illustrators of insects in this country, but it also excludes a few distinguished men such as Herman Loew, tor instance, who did much to advance the study of entomology in this country, but who never even visited the United States. However, this is scarcely to be avoided as time and space forbid the preparation of a book on this subject at present. One of the earliest, if not the first, illustrator of North Ameri- can insects was Mark Catesby, born in England in 1680, and who made his first voyage to America in 1712, landing in Virginia in April of that year. Catesby says he resided in America for Geven years during this visit, returning to England in 1719, tak- ing with him a collection of plants and products of the colonies which created such intense interest as to induce him to return to America for the purpose of making serious studies and collections of the fauna and flora of the " Carolina " region. Accordingly he returned to America in 1722 and during his subsequent explora- tions lived among the Indians, as he says, "hunting Buffaloes, Bears, Panthers and other wild Beasts," and engaged in paint- ing objects of natural history. He spent four years in America on this occasion, returning to England in 1726, where he died in December, 1749. After his final return to Europe, Catesby published a work in two volumes, of which the following is an abridged title: "The Natural History of Carolina, Florida and the Bahama Islands, Containing Figures of the Birds, Beasts, Fishes, Insects, and Plants, etc., by Mark Catesby, F. R. S., Printed at the expense of the author, London, MDCCXXXI- MDCCXLIII." This is a quaint and interesting work of large folio size, the text of which is printed in both French and Eng- lish, as was then the fashion with such publications. The dedi- cation of Catesby's first volume to Queen Caroline is a fine example of what might appropriately be termed the anthology of natural history. It seems well worth reproducing here: To the QUEEN MADAM: As these Volumes contain an Kssay towards the \iitnni/ Histwy ot" that Part of Your MAJESTY'S Dominions, which is particularly honored by lieariim Your 78 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 4, APRIL, 1921 August Name CAROLINA, this and Your great Goodness in encouraging all sorts of Learning, have emboldened me to implore Your Royal Protection and Favor to my slender Performance. I hope Your MAJESTY will not think a few Min- utes disagreeably spent in casting an Eye on these Leaves, which exhibit no contemptible Scene of the Glorious Works of the Creator, displayed in the New World; and hitherto lain concealed from the View of Your MAJESTY as well as of Your Royal Predecessors tho' so long possessed of a Country, inferior to none of Your MAJESTY'S American Dominions. Wherefore I esteem it a singular Happiness, after several Years' Travel and Enquiry in so remote Parts (by the generous Encouragement ot Your MAJESTY'S Subjects, eminent for their Rank, and for their being Patrons of Learning), that I am the first that has had the Opportunity of presenting to a QUEEN of GREAT BRITAIN a sample of the hitherto unregarded, tho' beneficial and beautiful Pro- ductions of Your MAJESTY'S Dominions. I am May it please Your MAJESTY, Your Majesty's Most humble^ and most dutiful Subject M. CATESBY. The plates accompanying Catesby's work were etched on copper by him personally from his own paintings and afterwards colored under his supervision. They are of large size, measuring about 10 by 13 5^ inches. There are represented in all some 27 figures of insects, of which the first volume contains 3 and the second 24, including one centipede. The insects proper are dis- tributed according to order as follows: Lepidoptera 12, Orthop- tera 4, Hymenoptera 4, Coleoptera 4, Siphonaptera 1, and Diptera 1. The. latter for some reason has but four legs, per- haps because a fly catcher, which is pursuing it off the edge of the plate, has eaten the other two. The insects for the most part are introduced in the plates incidentally and at random, and often are associated with plants to which they bear no ecologic relation. In general, the illustrative work may be said to be rather crude as compared with that of contemporaneous illustrators of the better class, and does not approach the excellence of the artists of a slightly later period, such as that of Abbot, Wm. Wood Jr., or Peale. Catesby frankly acknowledges that he was not educated as a painter and apologizes for the "faults of perspective and other niceties" which are so plainly evident in his work. The next illustrator of note of whom there seems to be any record is John Abbot, a man of most excellent attainments and admirable skill. John Abbot, according to his collaborator, Sir James Edward Smith, founder and first president of the Linnean Society, was born in London, England, about the year 1760. Dr. Smith says that he resided in Georgia for many years, where he collected insects for sale in England and other parts of PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, XO. 4, APRIL, 1921 79 Europe. Evidently Abbot was a close and enthusiastic student of the biology and ecology of insects as his drawings and notes demonstrate this unmistakably. He was content to labor in this field of entomological research, leaving the taxonomic phases of the science entirely to others. Fortunately a competent and amiable collaborator appeared in the person of Dr. Smith, who has been fair and even generous in awarding Abbot full credit for his share in the fine work which was the result of their joint labors. Dr. Smith makes it perfectly obvious that the text of this work was written around the Abbot drawings and that with- out these admirable illustrations the taxonomic notes supplied by himself would have but little value. Regarding Abbot's work Dr. Scudder says "He was the most prominent student of life histories we ever had." The work of Smith and Abbot was published under the title of 'The Natural History of the Rarer Lepidopterous Insects of Georgia," printed in London in 1797, although some of the plates were engraved as early as 1793. It contains 104 plates of folio size, engraved intaglio on copper by Moses Harris from Abbot's drawings. The engraving is of excellent quality but some of the figures have not fared so well at the hands of the colorist whose identity is not revealed, but it certainly was not Abbot, who never saw the work until long after publication occurred. In most cases the figures are about life size or slightly enlarged, showing the larva, pupa and adult of each species associated with its favorite host plant. Where the sexes differ materially in appearance, both of them are figured. Abbot is said to have been still living in England in 1840, at the age of about 80 years, but the date of his demise does not seem to have been recorded in any of the publications to which I have access. It is indeed most deplorable that very little is known regarding the personality' of John Abbot. What is perhaps the best account of him is given by Dr. S. H. Scudder, 1 who says he quotes Swainson on the subject, but who also secured additional infor- mation from Dr. A. Oemler of Wilmington Island, Georgia. It is supposed that Abbot was an Englishman who was engaged, when about 30 years of age, by certain entomologists of England to undertake a collecting expedition to America. After consid- erable travel in this country he settled in the province of Georgia, where he lived for a period of nearly 20 years at or near Jackson- burgh, Scriven County, that State. All traces of this early settlement have now disappeared, although there were aged persons living in Georgia in 1885, but since deceased, who kneu and remembered Abbot. None of these persons survu ed at the time Dr. Scudder's article was written in 1 S88. It has been said that Abbot returned to England in 1.810 and that he was still 'Canadian Knt., Vol. XX, p. 153. 80 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 4, APRIL, 1921 living there in 1840, but the accounts are somewhat conflicting. What is supposed to be a miniature portrait of John Abbot has been found in the 16th volume of a series of his drawings in the British Museum. This portrait was reproduced by Dr. Scudder as a frontispiece to the first volume of his work on. American Butterflies. The portrait is a left profile bust, apparently done in water colors. It reveals Abbot as a man of spare figure, clothed in the lightest of attire, and therefore probably was executed during his residence in the warm climate of Georgia. The face is strongly featured, the nose being of the distinctly Roman type and quite prominent. The head is thickly clothed with what appears to be natural gray hair and the face is deeply lined and wrinkled beneath and around the corners of the eyes and the mouth, giving the countenance a distinctly humorous expression. The complexion is florid and apparently the eyes are blue. The forehead is deeply lined and in spite of the thick gray hair, the entire appearance of the. portrait is that of a man far beyond middle age, but still retaining youthful vigor. John Abbot's correspondent in England was one John Fran- cillon, a silversmith in the Strand, London, who had a famous collection of insects and who made a business of supplying his correspondents with specimens and drawings of plants and insects, made or furnished by Abbot. The specimens were said to be of the very finest quality, as we may well imagine, and sold for sixpence a specimen, by the boxfull. He was also an expert in the art of inflating larvae and dealt in these inflated skins through his agent Francillon. In addition to the work edited by Dr. J. E. Smith, previously referred to, there are deposited in the British Museum no less than 17 quarto volumes of drawings similar to those of the Smith & Abbot publication. These are listed by Dr. W. F. Kirby as follows: 1-4 Coleoptera, 5 Orthoptera, Hemiptera, Homoptera and Heteroptera, 6 Lepidoptera, Rhopalocera, 7-11 Lepidoptera, Heterocera, 12 Neuroptera, Hymenoptera, 13 Diptera, 14 Arachnida, 15 Myriopoda, Mallophaga, Acanna, Crustacea, Lepidoptera, (transformations), etc., 16 Portrait, Orthoptera, Coleoptera (transformations), etc., 17 Lepidoptera (transformations). The drawings of the Lepidoptera are not duplicates of those published by Smith except rarely and there are nearly three times as many of them. About a dozen drawings of the trans- formations of the Coleoptera are given, many of which are believed to represent undescribed species. Mr. Robert P. Dow has discussed the fragmentary records of Abbot's career in an interesting way. He concludes his article with a letter from Abbot addressed to Dr. T. W. Harris, together with his autograph signature, in a round flowing hand of most remarkable firmness and beauty for a man supposed to have been past 80 years of age at the time. The letter contains errors of PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 4, APRIL, 1921 81 grammar and for this reason Mr. Dow says "His education was limited. His grammatical blunders would be unpardonable in any grade above elementary school." I do not agree with Mr. Dow in his deductions from this evidence; in point of fact I have known college-bred men who could not or did not express themselves on paper nearly so well as Abbot has done in this communication. The errors noted may evince, in my opinion, the careless lapses of a fairly well educted person, and may possibly have been due to Abbot's lack of contact with educated persons for long periods of time, or even to the approach of senility. Witness, for instance, the following passages from this epistle: "I find it very difficult to know what insects are rare and what are common, " "Every year I have observed some very few kinds to be plenty," and again, 'There is a gentleman in Savannah who wanted me to make an Herbarium for him but I was very seriously indis- posed in the spring. " This does not seem to be the language of illiteracy; the occasional capitalization of the nouns which may be noted in Abbot's letter is a relic of the middle English usage which at that time was fading out of the literature but which may be noted in the extracts from Catesby which have already been given. The records of the London Society of Artists show that John Abbot exhibited still life studies about the year 1770 and it seems quite probable that this was the work of John Abbot the entomologist of whom we have been speaking. During the period of 27 years elapsing between the appearance of Abbot's work and the first edition of Say's Entomology, no illustrated work of importance dealing with American insect's .seems to have appeared (with the exception of the brief papers by W. D. Peck). The first edition of Say's work was published in 1824, and curiously enough the title page bears the following announcement: "Illustrated by Colored Figures from Original Drawings executed from Nature by Thomas Say." This amus- ing error was subsequently corrected in the Leconte edition of the work, and in view of the warm friendship known to have existfed between Say and at least some of his illustrators, it must be viewed as a mere error of the types. The most prominent illustrator of Say's work was Titian Ramsey Peale, born in Philadelphia in 1800 and who died there March 13, 1885. Peale executed the first plates for Say's Entomology when but 16 years of age and these were printed in 1817, although the first edition of the work did not appear until 1824. T. R. Peak was later curator of the Philadelphia Museum and left a collec- tion of Lepidoptera which is preserved in the Academy of Natural Sciences at Philadelphia. He was a distinguished naturalist as well as an artist and accompanied the \Yilkes South Sea exploring expedition as naturalist in 1S3S 42. He was also the author of most of the plates for Bonaparte's Ameri- 82 PROC. ENT. soc. WASH., VOL. 23, NO.. 4, APRIL, 1921 can Ornithology and of many other drawings of natural history subjects. Although T. R. Peale has generally been spoken of as the illustrator of Say's American Entomology, an examination of the published records fails to establish his authorship of more than 28 of the 54 plates contained in the work. Of the 26 remaining plates, 9 are credited to C. A. Lesueur, 9 to W. W. Wood, and 2 to H. B. Bridport. The remaining 6 plates are unsigned and there appears nothing in the text to inform us who prepared them. Titian R. Peale was a member of the well known Philadelphia family of that name, of which no less than 7 members were artists of greater or less renown in America. Several of them were interested in the natural sciences and did much to foster the science of entomology in the early days of its development in this country. The Peale family was a most remarkable one for the longevity of its members, as six of the artist members before referred to each lived to be more than 80 years of age. One lived to be 97 and the sum of the ages of the 6 amounts to no less than 522 years; here is evidence that the so-called "artistic temperament" is not nearly so wearing on the system as some persons would have us believe. T. R. Peale's record bears but one stigma, in that he served as a "government clerk," having been employed as an Examiner in the Patent Office in Washington from 1 849 to 1 872. Perhaps it would have been more charitable not to mention this, in view o'~ his otherwise exemplary life. Charles Alexander Lesueur, who was a collaborator of Peale's in the illustration of Say's work, was a Frenchman by birth and was born in Havre-de-Grace, France, in January, 1778, where he died on December 12, 1846. Before his departure from his native country Lesueur was known as an artist of great ability and had been called "the Raphael of zoological painters." When Lesueur was in his 23d year, he shipped as a ship's apprentice for a voyage to Australia with what has been called the " Baudin Expedition." This was an exploring expedition fitted out at national expense and placed under the command of one Nicholas Baudin, who, judging from the account of the voyage given by George Ord, was as arrant a rascal as ever went unhung. He not only sold a large part of the stores that had been provided for the subsistence and safety of the members of the expedition, but reduced all hands to starvation rations, thus superinducing scurvy and other diseases from which a consider- able number of the crew and scientific staff lost their lives. Lesueur had not been long at sea before his remarkable talents as an artist were discovered with the result that he was promptly "transferred by the commander-in-chief from the humble position he occupied among the crew, to the honorable station of painter of natural history, and his appointments and privi- PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 4, APRIL, 1921 83 leges were made to correspond with his rank." Fortunately Baudin died during the voyage, otherwise it seems extremely doubtful whether the expedition would ever have returned to France. After three years of perilous adventure and almost indescribable hardship, the expedition returned, in March, 1804. Although Lesueur nearly lost his life from disease and the bite of a venomous reptile during the voyage, he found opportunity to execute no less than fifteen hundred drawings and paintings of the zoological collection which was said to have numbered more than one hundred thousand specimens. Some, but not nearly all, of these drawings appeared in the history of the voyage published in 1807. In the fall of 1815 Lesueur was invited by a wealthy Scotch-American, Mr. William Maclure, to accompany him as traveling companion on a voyage to the West Indies and thence to the United States. Maclure was a pioneer geological explorer who did much to advance the natural sciences in their early days in this country. Lesueur accepted and the party arrived at Barbadoes in December of that year. The winter was spent in collecting marine animals which after- wards formed the basis of Lesueur's admirably illustrated papers. In the spring of 1816 he arrived in the LInited States, and after considerable travel, settled in Philadelphia where he soon became a member of the American Philosophical Society and the Academy of Natural Sciences. Here he remained, according to Ord, for nine years, engaged in scientific pursuits and the teaching of drawing in the educational institutions of that city- It was during this time that Lesueur doubtless met Thomas Say, although it is not known exactly how they became associ- ated. As Lesueur afterwards accompanied Say to New Har- mony, they must have been on very friendly terms. Probably they met through the agency of the scientific societies to which they both belonged, Say having been elected to membership in the Academy in 1812. Dr. Morris says "It was during this period that Thomas Say came under Lesueur's influence and it is said that it was to him that Say owed his first acquaintance with marine invertebrates and other departments of zoology." In 1825 Lesueur accompanied his friend Say to Indiana and took up his residence in the socialistic colony founded by Maclure and Owen at New Harmony. Of this event Dr. George Brown Goode says: "But for their sacrifice to the socialistic ideas of Owen, Say and Lesueur would doubtless be counted among the most distinguished of our naturalists, and the course of American zoological research would have been entirely different." Although American entomologists doubt- less will agree with Dr. Goode regarding the unfortunate results of this venture, most of us will be slow to accept the idea that Thomas Say is not already enrolled among the "most dis- tinguished" of earlv American naturalists. 84 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 4, APRIL, 1921 The name of W. W. Wood appears as the author of nine of the plates in Say's Entomology; these are of equal quality with the plates drawn by either Peale or Lesueur. It seems possible that these plates may have been prepared by Mr. Wm. Wood, author of "Linnean Genera of Insects," and the beautiful plates of the "Illustrated Catalogue ot the Lepidopterous Insects of Great Bnttam," etc., who was a contemporary of Say and Les- ueur and a most exquisitely skilful draughtsman and engraver. It was Mr. Wood's habit at that time, however, to sign himself ' W. Wood, Junr.," whereas the plates in Say's work are signed " W. W. Wood. " Mr. William Wood's skill with the pencil and graver amounted to real genius, and he was the author of literally thousands of beautiful figures of insects, many of which were drawn directly on copper with the graver. No evidence has been found, however, that Mr. Wood ever visited America. An examination of the city directories of Philadelphia from 1815 to 1835 discloses the name of but one W 7 .W. Wood, who is recorded not an an artist but a stationer, located at 88 Walnut Street; however, perhaps he was the author of the plates in question. Who knows?. There is a homogeneity of treatment about the entire set of illustrations in Say's work which leads one to suspect that some one artist supervised the reproduction of the original illustra- tions and managed to impart his personal touch to them, although it seems possible that the engraver may have been responsible for this rather stereotyped effect. Plates 19 and 33 of Say's Entomology bear the name of H. B. Bridport. Mr. Hugh B. Bridport was born in London, England, in 1794, but emigrated to America in 1816, where he resided principally in Philadelphia. He was a painter of miniature portraits, having studied the art under Mr. C. Wilkin in London as well as at the Royal Academy, and followed this profession in various parts of this country. In 1817 Hugh Bridport estab- lished a drawing academy in Philadelphia in connection with his brother George, where he taught the arts of drawing and water color painting. Shortly afterwards he was associated with the English architect, John Haviland, in a school of archi- tecture and drawing; Mr. Bridport is said to have engraved a very few good portraits in the stipple manner. While we have no positive evidence that Hugh Bridport was the author of the plates in Say's Entomology bearing that name, the information given above makes it practically certain that he should be credited with this work. Among the early entomological illustrators, regarding whom little has been published, was Maj. Jno. Eatton Leconte, the father of Dr. J. L. Leconte, the famous Coleopterist. Jno. E. Leconte was born at Shrewsbury, N. J., Feb. 22, 1789, and died at Philadelphia, Nov. 21, 1862 (Appleton's Cyclopaedia), and PROC..ENT. SOC. WASH., vol.. 23, \<>. 4, APRIL, 1V2I 85 is said to have left an extensive collection of water color paintings of American insects and plants, executed by himself. In for- tunately the drawings have never been published; they are said to be the property of the Missouri Botanical Garden at present. Dr. A. S. Packard states in the introduction to one of his volumes of the Monographs on the Bombycine Moths: "I have also copied in the plates a number of excellent colored drawings of caterpillars made by the late John E. Leconte which were loaned me for such purpose by his son, Dr. John L. Leconte." Unfortunately these drawings were incorporated in two plates with the drawings of other artists, so that it is not possible to identify those made by Major Leconte. It is certain that he did publish one very handsomely illustrated volume on the Lepi- doptera in collaboration with Boisduval. 1 This volume, accord- ing to Dr. Goode, was almost solely the work of Major Leconte, although published under joint authorship. Boisduval states in -the preface to the work that the drawings were colored by John Abbot and intimates that Leconte collaborated with Abbot in the preparation of the illustrations, although Lecortte's name appears on but a single plate. All of the illustrative work is beautifully done and Abbot's name appears on 62 of the 78 plates. The choice and application of the pigments evinces the work of a consummate expert, as the colors to-day are as brilliant as though they had been applied but yesterday and there appears no trace of the oxidation which mars many of the older colored illustrations of insects where the pigments have been chosen without regard to their chemical affinity and possible reaction upon each other. In most cases the larva and pupa are shown as well as the adult insect. In reviewing the work of the entomological illustrators of the L^nited States, one can not omit, but naturally is reluctant to mention, that farcical volume on entomology which has been dignified by the title of "The Natural History of New York," published in 1854, under the authorship of the geologist Ebene- zer F.mmons. This absurd publication has received the unqualified condemnation of several competent critics such as our colleague, Mr. K. A. Schwarz, who says: "It is utterly worthless from whatever side it may be considered." This emphatic language from one who is ever inclined to speak in terms of charitable tolerance has led me to examine the work with more than usual care and interest in order to discover in what respects the illustrations have merited the strong terms used by our amiable friend. These illustrations consist of 50 lithographed plates, colored by hand. They bear the name of 'Kntirled Historic Generale et loonographie des Lepidopteres cr des C'lirnillrs de 1'Amerique Septentrionale, par Ic Hoi- rcu r Boisduval, i-r M. John .!e New York, Paris, IS.o. 86 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 4, APRIL, 1,921 Emmons as draughtsman and that of R. H. Pease as litho- grapher. The mechanical work is of good quality and at first glance some of the plates, especially those of the Coleoptera, impress one rather favorably. But upon more careful exami- nation this feeling is speedily dissipated because of the fact that, while some of the figures are recognizable, the drawing is execrable and inaccurate to a lamentable degree. The appen- dages often are unequal in number and different in shape on the two sides of the same insect; the outline of the subject is badly distorted and carelessly drawn, and in spite of the fact that a certain neatness of technique is apparent throughout, the work is an example of the possible results of sloppy, careless drafts- manship, coupled with a lack of competent supervision. What little merit the drawings may originally have possessed has been very effectively obscured by the colorist who might well have used his thumb in applying the colors, so far as it is possible to judge from the effects secured. The drawing and coloring of the Lepidoptera are especially atrocious and I feel sure there are plenty of talented children who could do better work. It is a relief to turn our attention from this absurdity to the work of such men as Antoine Sonrel, who was the chief illustrator of Harris' ''Insects Injurious to Vegetation." All of the work which we have hitherto been discussing was in color, the outlines having first been printed either from engravings on copper or from lithographs, and afterward tinted by hand. They have consisted, for the most part, of Lepidoptera, but with the appearance of Harris' work we find for the first time in American books on entomology, with the exception of the short papers by W. D. Peck, a serious attempt at rendering in black and white the forms and true color values of insects in other orders, and it is a tribute to Dr. Harris' appreciation of good entomological illustrative work to remark the really wonderful success that was achieved. Not only have the plates been rendered with the very highest of artistic skill, but the wood engravings from which the text figures were printed are among the very best that ever have been produced in American works on entomology. The figures of the Bombycine moths, for instance, have never been equalled in any subsequent work. The figures of the Poly- phemus and Cecropia moths are far superior to those of Riley's Missouri Reports and several of Riley's figures of the other larger moths, such as the Promethea and Luna moths, are rather inferior reprints of Harris' figures. The fact that Harris' Treatise on the Insects Injurious to Vegetation is still a standard work on entomology, is, I believe, due largely to the great excellence of its illustrations and constitutes strong evi- dence that honest, painstaking work in the natural sciences is practically imperishable. According to Charles R. Dodge, Dr. Harris first requested PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 4, APRIL, 1921 87 Townend Glover to make the illustrations for his work, stating at the same time that "Sonrel, a Swiss engraver, is the . 4, APRIL, \'2\ SV them were redrawn from other works on entomology, mostly of the European authors. Glover's figures, while good, are by no means strictly accurate or of the highest quality. The perspective is often faulty, due to the fact that the several parts of the model have been drawn from distinctly different viewpoints. This fact becomes quite apparent when his figures are compared with actual specimens of the species represented. Many of the figures have a flat, poorly modeled appearance as if their author had intended them to be colored after they were printed. Nevertheless, if these illustrations could be made easily available to students, together with their modern names, they would fill a field not at present occupied by any other work on American entomology and would be of great value in this field. While Glover was serving as Entomologist for the Fed- eral Government, he frescoed on the ceiling of a room in the northwest corner of the old Department of Agriculture building an oval or circular centerpiece. This unique design consisted of lepidopterous insects such as Papillio, Vanessa and some of the Sphingidae. The decoration remained for many years but finally became obliterated and no trace of it now is to be seen. Mr. Dodge's admirable word picture of Townend Glover, with which all entomologists should be familiar, leaves the reader con- vinced that he was a genius but a most peculiar and eccentric character, and that this fact interfered seriously with his com- plete success in life. Had he been of a more companionable tem- perament, or even a little more fortunate, undoubtedly he would sooner or later have attracted the allegiance of some entomolo- gist possessing complemental qualities of mind who could have furnished the steadying and directing force, which was all that was needed to render Glover one of the most momentous figures that has appeared in American entomology. He was the unfortunate victim of misdirected energies and talents of a very high order which could have been made entirely effective by proper management and assistance. Dipterists will under- stand what is meant if I say he was a Loew without his Osten Sacken. It seems remarkable that following the time of T. R. Peale's activities a period of more than forty years elapsed before the appearance of a native born entomological draughtsman of any note. It was not until the appearance in ISf/y of the first edition of "Packard's Guide to the Study of Insects," thus introducing to the entomological public the excellent drawings of Mr. James H. Emerton, that the pursuit of entomological delineation was resumed by persons of American bith. I.esucur, Bridport, Sonrel, Burckhardt, and Glover were of foreign birth, and even during Rtley's time this field was occupied In natives of European countries; in truth it is only within comparatively recent years that this branch of art, in the I'nited States, has 90 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 4, APRIL, 1921 fallen very largely into the hands of American born draughts- men. Although it is not my intention to discuss the work of living entomological illustrators it would be doing a great injustice to that grand old man among American illustrators of entomo- logical subjects, Mr. James H. Emerton, to mention the work of his early contemporaries without paying tribute to his long and useful service in this field. Mr. Emerton was born at Salem, Mass., in 1847, and at this time is enjoying a vigorous old age in the environs of Boston. He it was who drew many of the line drawings and figures of larvae and pupae for Scudder's Butter- flies of the Eastern United States and Canada, and also more than one hundred of the text figures for Packard's Guide to the Study of Insects. Mr. Emerton is the author and illustrator of a standard work on spiders, entitled "The Structure and Habits of North American Spiders," and has shown his versatility by the construction of many models of marine and other animals for the large museums of this country. It is remarkable that one of Mr. Emerton's colleagues in the illustration of Scudder's Butterflies, Mr. James Henry Blake, also survives. Mr. Blake was born in Boston July 8, 1845, and at present resides at West Somerville, Mass. He was educated at the Lawrence Scientific School, was Prof. Louis Agassiz' assistant at the time of his death and accompanied him on the Hassler Expedition and served as assistant paleontologist in the U. S. Geological survey for several seasons. Mr. Blake is also known as a public lecturer and especially as a zoological artist. He drew a large number of the very beautiful colored plates for Scudder's "Butterflies of the Eastern United States and Canada," and illustrated his "Tertiary Insects of North America," as well as other entomological publications of note. Mr. Blake has the honor of being dean of entomological illustrators in this country, as he is Mr. Emerton's senior by about two years. Two other artists contributed drawings to Packard's Guide regarding whom little or nothing appears on record; they are, L. Trouvelot and C. A. Walker. The former also executed some drawings for Scudder's Butterflies. The latter may have been Chas. A. Walker, a well known etcher of the period, who achieved an enviable reputation as an interpreter .of famous paintings bur this must apparently remain in doubt. A distinguished colleague of Blake and Emerton in the work on "Scudder's Butterflies" was Edward Burgess, who was born at West Sandwich, Massachusetts, in 1848, and died at Boston, that State, in 1891. Mr. Burgess graduated from Harvard in 1871 and became secretary of the Boston Society of Natural History. He served as instructor in entomology at Harvard from 1879 to 1883, afterwards becoming a designer of sailing yachts. He was the creator of the Puritan, the Mayflower, and PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, \O. 4, APRIL, 1921 91 the Volunteer, the international cup-winners for 1885, 1886, ami 1887 respectively. Mr. Burgess was an enthusiastic entomo- logist and specialized in the Diptera. Strange to say, however, he did little or no illustrative work in this order, in spite of the fact that a great need of such illumination existed in those days. Dr. S. H. Scudder states that Burgess not only made 1 7.> drawings for his work on the butterflies, hut also made the dis- sections and preparations from which these drawings were exe- cuted. Mr. Burgess was an insect anatomist of great skill and published several valuable papers on this subject. Among the most beautiful and skillfully drawn illustrations of Lepidoptera that have appeared in any work relating to that order in North America are those published in William Henry Edwards' " Butterflies of Northeastern America and Canada." These wonderful illustrations were drawn by a woman, Mrs. Mary Peart, who has set a standard which it will be difficult for the human hand ever to surpass. Their excellence is, of course, due in part to the fine manner in which her drawings were repro- duced, as the publication in which they occur is the most luxuri- ous work on entomology that ever has appeared in this country. Mr. Edwards states in the prefatory remarks to his various volumes that Mrs. Peart's work began with plate VI, Part 2 of the work. That she supervised the drawing of all the plates on stone and made in all close to 1,000 figures for him in connection with his studies of the butterflies. He also states that Mrs. Peart aided in the rearing of the larval stages of the insects, which she afterwards drew, first on paper and afterwards on stone. Judging from the statement made by Mr. Edwards that Philadelphia in 1868 was four days' journey from his home in Coalburgh, W. Va., and that it was almost impossible to send material for drawing there for that reason, one is led to suppose that Mrs. Peart did her work in the former city. Dr. Henry Skinner of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, in answer to my letter of inquiry, has been kind enough to furnish the following information: "I can not tell you much about Mrs. Peart, although I knew her for many years. She lived near this institution, and the first time I met her she came in with Mr. \V. H. Edwards, who remarked that 'the American Entomo- logical Society should make her an honorary life member, as she had contributed more toward his work on American Rhopalo- cera than he had.' She was a delightful woman; cultured, refined and modest to a high degree. A good many years ago I visited her home with the late Dr. James Fletcher, who greatly admired her work and wished to meet her. She died in Phila- delphia a few years ago and, if I remember correctly, was buried in some other place." Mr. Edwards states in the preface to his third volume that Mr. Edward Ketterer made the drawings for 92 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 4, APRIL, 1921 some 49 plates of that volume. No further information has been secured regarding this man. Herman Strecker, who published an illustrated work on tht Lepidoptera in 1872-1877, and who amassed a very remarkable collection in that order, was born in Philadelphia, March 24, 1836, and died at Reading, that State, November 20, 1901 . The illustrations for Strecker's work consist of 15 quarto sized plates which were drawn by himself on stone and afterward colored by hand. Miss Emily Morton is said to have acted as his colorist in this work. The drawings are good but not of the very highest quality. They do not compare favorably, for instance, with those by either J. Henry Blake or Mary Peart. The coloring also is of mediocre quality and this is particularly noticeable in some of the larger moths, but, considering the difficulties under which Strecker labored, his work must be considered as quite remarkable. Miss Emily Morton, born at New Windsor, New York, April, 1841, drew many larvae for A. S. Packard's "North American Lepidoptera," and colored many of the plates for Herman Strecker's work on the Lepidoptera. Miss Morton is quite an entomologist and has been especially active in the study of the biology of the Lepidoptera and has succeeded in hybridizing several of the larger Bombycine moths. There is no doubt that the artist-entomologist best known to the general public in America was Charles Valentine Riley; born at Chelsea, London, England, September 18, 1843, and who died as the result of an accident at Washington, D. C., September 14, 1895. Dr. Riley holds preeminence in the pub- lic eye in this particular respect, not necessarily because he was actually the foremost exponent of this difficult art in this coun- try, but rather because he was the best advertised draughtsman that we ever had. There is no doubt whatever that Dr. Riley was a most excellent draughtsman of the German school and that the earlier years of his career he did a large amount of very good work with the pencil. This period of activity in America was confined principally to the years 1868 to 1877 while he was engaged in the production of his famous Missouri Reports, which Riley himself considered the greatest achievement of his Ife. It is not generally known that Riley made several fine paintings of insects in oil colors for the Missouri Reports which were not included and still remain unpublished. After his arrival in Washington, Dr. Riley made practically no entomological drawings, doubtless because he was too busily engaged with administrative and other duties. The illustrations for his publications of this period were all made by other draughtsmen, excepting, of course, those which were reprinted from published works such as the "Missouri Reports," and even in the case of the latter papers Dr. Lugger is responsible for the statement PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 4, APRIL, \<>2\ 93 that Lugger made some of the drawings in the rough, to which Dr. Riley simply contributed the finishing touches and his initials. One of the draughtsmen who should be given first rank as re- gards the value of work accomplished, and honest, sincere effort in the delineation of insects, was Dr. George Marx, who acted as Dr. C. V. Riley's illustrator from 1878 to 1883 (excepting 1X79 SO, when J. H. Comstock was entomologist). Dr. George Marx was born in Laubach, Germany, June 22, 1838, and died at Washington, D. C., January 3, 1895. He was educated at Darmstadt, where he became interested in botany and graduated in pharmacy at Giessen sometime previous to 1 860, during which year he came to America. t'pon the outbreak of the Civil War he enlisted as a private in the 8th New York Volun- teers, but was soon afterward transferred to the medical corps as assistant surgeon, because of his pharmaceutical and medical knowledge. In 1862 he was wounded and disabled and after re- covery engaged in the pursuit of his profession as a pharmacist in New York and at Philadelphia. In 1 878 he was employed by the United States Department of Agriculture as a natural history draftsman, and began his work in Washington. Most of the very excellent plates and figures published by the Division of Entomology from 1878 to 1883 were the results of Dr. Marx' labors. These include several fine colored plates, such as those of the cotton worm, the boll worm, the army worm, etc., although many of these bear the initials of C. V. Riley. It will be a surprise to most entomologists to learn, for instance, that such admirable figures as that of the walking-stick insects, Plate III, of Riley's first report, the fine group figure of the clover leaf weevil of his report for 1882-83, and many other excellent illustrations, which have been reproduced again and again in later years, and credited to Dr. Riley, were in reality the work of Dr. Marx but which were calmly appropriated by Dr. Riley without a word of apology. It seems more than likely that this was done with perfect honesty on Riley's part who doubtless regarded the action as entirely within his rights. Miss Lilly Sullivan, who was a protege of Dr. Riley's, after the death of Dr. Marx took up the work of illustrating the vari- ous reports and bulletins issued by the entomologist. What appears to be the first of Miss Sullivan's illustrative work appears in Dr. Wiley's Report for the year 1882, which contains two plates in color bearing Miss Sullivan's name. One of these shows a group of the Lepidopterous enemies of the cabbabge plant and the other, some of the principal insect enemies of the larch and spruce. A long series of drawings in black and white subsequently came from Miss Sullivan's pencil, among the most excellent of which are those contained in Howard and Marlatt's notable work entitled "The Principal House-hold Insects of the 94 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 4, APRIL, 1921 United States," published as an Entomological Bulletin in 1902. Many of these illustrations have been widely copied and repro- duced throughout the entomological literature of the world, and particularly those illustrations relating to medical entomology, such as the mosquitoes, the house flies, the roaches, etc. An amusing anecdote regarding Miss Sullivan is told by Dr. F. H. Chittenden, under whose direction Miss Sullivan worked at various times. Miss Sullivan came to him one day with a very troubled expression on her face, and asked the following ques- tion: "Doctor, what is to become of me after I have drawn all of the insects that are of economic importance?" I have been unable to find that any notice of Miss Sullivan's death was published in any of the entomological periodicals of the time, but the records of the Department show that her ser- vices terminated on June 26, 1903, and as she died very suddenly it is probable that her death occurred about that date. It is needless to say that poor Miss Sullivan's worry over the narrow- ing field of illustrative work was groundless and that although thousands of drawings of insects have been made since her day, the limits of such work are still enshrouded in the mists of the dim and distant future. Mr. H. G. Hubbard, whose bulletin on the Orange Insects was one of the most popular publications ever issued by the old Division of Entomology, was a very good and painstaking draftsman. He made the drawings for plate XIV of that publication and also the single plate accompanying Hubbard and Schwarz' list of "The Coleoptera of Michigan." The engraver who cut many of the blocks for illustrations in the various reports and bulletins of the olci Division of Ento- mology was Otto Heidemann, who afterwards developed into one of the foremost authorities on the Hemiptera in this country. Mr. Heidemann was born in Magdeberg, Germany, September 1, 1842, and died at Washington, D. C., November 17, 1916. He learned the art of wood engraving in Leipzig and practiced his profession in southern Germany for about three years before coming to this country. Mr. Heidemann arrived in Washing- ton some time during 1876 and was employed shortly afterward in making illustrations for government publications. In 1880 he was employed as a topographical draughtsman with Wheeler's Geographical Survey and in 1883 was appointed engraver for the Department of Agriculture. He remained in this capacity for about 12 years or until the development of commercial photography completely revolutionized the methods of illustra- tion, when he took up the study of insects and became a very successful specialist in the order Hemiptera. While Mr. Heide- mann's art work in connection with entomology consisted mainly of engraving the drawings made by George Marx, Miss Sullivan and others, he was a good draughtsman and made quite a number of entomological drawings, some of which were published, but PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 4, M'RII., 1<>2! 95 there remain many others, made tor the purpose of illustrating the work of the late T. H. Pergande, which still remain unpub- lished. Mr. Heidemann was an unusually obliging, gentle, courteous man, and even at an advanced age retained his vigor and activity to a remarkable degree. Probably the most valuable feature of Dr. A. S. Packard's Monographs on the Bombycine Moths is their extensive series of fine illustrations in color of the early stages of these insects. The drawings for these plates were very largely the work of two men, namely, Mr. Joseph Bridgham and Mr. Louis H. Joutel. Mr. Joutel was born in Delaware County, New York, August 19, 1858, and died in New York City, September 6, 1916. He studied art at Cooper Union in New York City, where he resided for some 35 years. Mr. Joutel was a naturalist as well as an artist and took great delight in collecting and rearing the larvae of moths as well as those of amphibians, fish and other small animals. His most important contribution to entomo- logical science no doubt are the drawings which he prepared for Packard's monographs and the fine monograph on the Coleop- terous genus Saperda, published in collaboration with Dr. E. P. Felt, which was illustrated by Mr. Joutel in a most admirable manner. In addition to his art work, however, Mr. Joutel published many brief papers on the Coleoptera, principally relating to the longicorn beetles, regarding the biology of which he was very well informed. Most of Mr. Joutel's publications occurred in the Journal of the New York Entomological Society, with which organization he was long identified. Mr." Joseph Bridgham, who was Mr. Joutel's colleague in the work on the Bombycine moths, and who was responsible for no less than 41 of the plates in that monumental work, also aided in securing many of the specimens from which the early stages of the moths were drawn. CONCLUSION It would be a great pleasure to go on and tell in detail of the work of such men as the late J. H. Grossbeck, who made so main- excellent drawings for Smith's studies of the " Mosquitoes of New Jersey"; of the fine line work of the late John K. Strauss, who did a great deal of work for the various branches of the Federal Bureau of Entomology, and especially of the beautiful, and indeed exquisite, wash drawings of the mosquitoes executed by our recently departed colleague, Mr. Fred Knab, and which were published in the monumental Monograph on The Mosquitoes of North and Central America and the West Indies in which Mr. Knab also participated as one of the authors. It would be a still greater pleasure to extend the present 96 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 4, APRIL, 1921 remarks to include a survey of the living exponents of entomo- logical illustrative art in this country, both, veterans and recruits, but this obviously is impossible for several reasons, but especially because of the limitations imposed by time and space. A survey of that kind, however, would be interesting, and doubtless would reveal the names of many entomologists who, at one time or another, have wielded the pencil but who have relinquished it in favor of the pen, or perhaps one should say the stenographic clerk, in these strenuous days. For instance, who among the younger men remembers that Mr. C. L. Marlatt, even as far back as his student days, made some excellent drawings which were published by Professor Popenoe and that these works attracted the attention of Dr. Riley who induced Mr. Marlatt to come to Washington where his marked ability soon led him into other fields of entomological endeavor. Before this occurred, however, he had executed a considerable number of drawings such as those of the tree hoppers in Volume 7 of Insect Life, the mouth parts of mosquito larvae and the illustrations for his studies of the saw-flies. Who knows too that Professor R. H. Pettit was the author ot a number of good drawings of the insects affecting domestic animals while serving as Dr. Lugger's assistant in Minnesota many years ago, etc. There are many other veterans of the pencil, such as Dr. Herbert T. Osborn, for example, whose work it would be a pleasure to review, but this must be left for the pen of some future writer. My purpose, as stated in the beginning of this paper, was to show the importance of the work of the draughtsman in advancing the science of ento- mology in this country and also to drag from unmerited obscurity the names of the earlier men whose work is in almost daily use but who, for the most part, have been utterly forgotten by those who participate in the results of their labors. If the present paper attains even the latter end I shall feel amply repaid for the slight labor of its preparation. It may be seen from what has been said that in some cases, even the name of the draughtsman has been disconnected from his work, and there is now no way of telling who was responsible for certain important drawings; in others the name of quite another person than the author has been substituted and it doubtless is true, also, that in many more cases very scant and altogether inadequate acknowledgment has been made the skillful and patient artist collaborator whose work contributed very greatly to the success of many a famous entomological publication. Ruskin believed that "the greatest thing a human soul ever does in this world is to see something, and tell what it saw in a plain way. " This is precisely what the skilled draughtsman does for the entomologist, and whether or not we agree with Ruskin, who will say that this service is not a great one? PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, \O. 4, APRIL, 1921 97 PUBLICATIONS CONSUI.TH ) AGASSIZ, Louis: Lake Superior, its Physical Character, Vegetation, anil Ani- mals, with Narrative of Tour by J. Eliot Cabot. Boston, 1850. Gould, Kendall, and Lincoln. (8 plates by Antoine Sonrel.) AJMM.ETON'S CYCLOPEDIA OF AMERICAN- BIOGRAPHY: Edited by J. (',. Wilson and John Fiske. Rev. ed. 1900, 6 vols. (John Mat ton LeConte, Mark Catesby, T. R. Peale, et al.) BOISDUVAI., J. A., and LECONTE, JOHN EATION: Histoire gi-nrrale et icono- graphie des lepidopteres et des chenilles de I'Amerique septentrionale. Paris, 1833. CATESBV, MARK.: The Natural History of Carolina, Florida, and the Bahama Islands. London, 1731-1743, 2 vols. DAVIS, WM. T.: Louis H. Joutel. Joitrn. N. Y. Ent. Soc., vol. 24, 1916, pp. 239-243, portrait. DODGE, C. R.: The Life and Entomological Work of the Late Townend Glover. U. S. Dept. Agr. Div. Ent. Bull. 18, Washington, 1888. Dow, R. P.: The Rector of Barham and his Times (William Kirby). Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., vol. 8, 1913, pp. 68-74. (Many references to contem- poraneous entomologists. Abbot.) Dow, R. P.: John Abbot, of Georgia. Joitrn. N. Y. Ent. Soc., vol. 22, 1914, pp. 65-72. DUNLAP, WILLIAM: History of the Rise and Progress of the Arts of Design in the United States. New ed. illustrated with additions by Frank W. Bay- ley and Charles E. Goodspeed. Goodspeed Press, Boston, 1916, 3 vols. (Hugh B. Bridport, vol. 3.) DYAR, H. G.: See HOWARD, L. O. EDWARDS, VV. H.: The Butterflies of North America. Boston, N. Y., Houghton, Mifflin and Co., 1879-1897, 3 vols., col. plates. Imprint of Vol. 1, Phila- delphia, The American Entomological Society, 1868-72; text reprinted, Boston, Houghton, Osgood, and Co., 1879. Mary Peart.) EMMONS, EBENEZER: The Natural History of New York * with De- scriptions of the More Common and Injurious Insects. Alban\, I $54. (Vol. 5, the insects of New York.) GOODE, GEORGE BROWN: Memoir of George Brown Goode together with a Se- lection of his Papers on Museums and on the History of Science in America. Ann. Kept. Smithsonian lust, for 1897, Washington, 1901, 515, />/>. 109 ph. (The Beginnings of American Science, pp. 409 4(i(\ Bibliographic Notes on James E. Smith, p. 429. John Abbot ami Chas. Alex. Lesueur, pp. 448-449.) GROSSBKC-K, JOHN A.: Obituary Notice of, in: Ent. AVir.f, vol. 25, l''I4, p. 288- HARRIS, THADDEI \s WILLIAM: A Treatise on Some of the Insects Injurious to Vegetation. Edited by Chas. L. Flint. Boston, ISf>2. First illustrated edition. Flint edition with colored plates, 1XS4. (Antoine Sonrel, J. Burckhardt, et al.) Entomological Correspondence of. Edited b\ S. H. Scuddcr, Boston, 1869. HEIDEMANN, OTTO: Obituary Notice of, in: /'roc. Ent. Sue. ll'ush., vol. AV, /, pp. 201-205, portrait. 98 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 4, APRIL, 1921 HOWARD, L. O., DVAR, H. G. and KNAB, FREDERICK: Mosquitoes of North and Central America and the West Indies. Carnegie Inst. of Washington, Pub. 159, 1912-1917, 4 vo/s. in 3. HUBBARD, H. G.: The Coleoptera of Michigan: H. G. Hubbard and E. A. Schwarz. Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc., vol. 17, 1878. Insects Affecting the Orange. U. S. Dept. Agr. Div. Ent. publication, 1885. KIRBV, W. F.: John Abbot, The Aurelian. Can. Ent., vol. 20, ISSS, pp. 230 232. (Portrait referred to in above reproduced as frontispiece in Scudder's Butterflies of U. S. and Canada.) "KNAB, FREDERICK: Obituary Notice of, in: Proc. Ent. Soc. IV ash., vol. 21, 1919, pp. 42-52. : See also HOWARD, L. O. LECONTE, JOHN EATTON: See BOISDUVAI , J. A. MARX, GEORGE: Obituary Notice of, in: Proc. Ent. Soc. tl'ash., vol. 3, 1895, pp. 195-201, portrait. MORRIS, JOHN G.: Contributions towards a History of Entomology in the United States. Amer. Journ. Sci. (Sillimans Journ.), ser. 2, vol. 1, 1846, pp. 17-27. (Catesby, Abbot, Lesueur, et al.) NEWCOMB, H. H.: Emily L. Morton. Ent. News, vol. 28, 1917, pp. 97-101, portrait. ORD, GEORGE: A Memoir of Charles Alexander Lesueur. Amer. Journ. Sci. (Sillimans Journ.) ser. 2, vol. 8, 1849, pp. 189-216. PACKARD, ALPHEUS SPRING: Guide to the Study of Insects. Salem, Mass., 1869. (J. H. Emerton, J. H. Blake, Edw. Burgess, et al.) : Monograph of the Bombycine Moths of North America. Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci., vo/s. 7, 9, 12, 1895-1914. 3 vols. (A. S. Packard, J. E. LeConte, Louis Joutel, et al., PECK, WILLIAM DANDRIDGE: The Description and History of the Canker- Worm. Mass. Mag., 1795, No. 7, pp. 323-327, 415-416, pi. 1. Reproduced in: Mass. Agr. Repository, 1796. : Natural History of the Slug-Worm (Tenthredo). Mass. Agr. Repository, 1799, pp. 9-20, pi. 1. : Important Communication Relative to the Canker-Wonn. /. c., vol. 4, No. 1, 1816, pp. 89-92. : On the Insects which Destroy the Young Branches of the Pear Tree, and the Leading Shoot of the Weymouth Pine (Rhynchaenus strobi and Ichneumon). /. c., vol. 4, No. 3, 1817, pp. 205-211, pi. 1. : Some Notice of the Insect which Destroys the Locust-Tree (Cossus robiniae). /. c., vol. 5, No. 1, 1818, pp. 67-73, pi. 1. : Insects which Affect the Oaks and Cherries (Stenocorus puta- tor; Rhynchaenus cerasi). /. c., vol. 5, No. 3, 1819, pp. 307-313. RILEV, CHARLES V.: Obituary Notice of, in: Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 3, 1895, pp. 293-298, portrait. SAY, THOMAS: American Entomology, or Descriptions of the Insects of North America. Philadelphia, 1824-28, 3 vols. : Complete Writings on the Entomology of North America. Edited by John L. LeConte. Philadelphia, 1859, 2 vols. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, \O. 4, AI'Rll,, 1921 1 >V SCHWARZ, E. A.: North American Publications on Entomology, /'roc. l-'.tit. Soc. Wash., vol. 2, 1890, pp. 5-23.. (W. D. Feck, Kmmons, Abbot.) : See also HUBBARD, H. G. SCUDDER, S. H.: John Abbot, The Aurelian. Can. Ent.,i"j/.20, 1888, pp. 150- 154. : The Butterflies of the Eastern United States ami Canada, with Special Reference to New Kngland. Cambridge, Mass., 1SS9, .>' :'o/s. I J . H. F.merton, et al.) SMITH, JAMES EDWARD: The Natural History of the Rarer.Lepidopterous In of Georgia * * * collected from the observations of John Abbot. Lon- don, 1797, 2 vols. STRAUSS, JOHN F.: Obituary Notice of, in: J'roc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 19, /'>//", p. 29. STRECKER, FERDINAND HEINRICH HERMAN: Obituary Notice of, in: Ent. News, vol. 13, 1902, pp. 1-4, portrait. THIENE und BECKER: Kunlstler Lexikoner, vol. 1, p. 1. Wilhelm Enge/mann, Leipsig, 1907 . (John Abbot as an exhibitor at the Society of Artists, London, England, 1770.) U.S. DEPT. AGR. ENTOMOLOGY rs: Reports 1878 to 1884. (Riley, George Marx, Lilly Sullivan, et al.) WHO'S WHO IN AMERICA, 1920-1921. (J. H. Emerton, J. H. Blake, Ewd. Bur- gess, et al.) WOOD, WILLIAM: Index Entomologicus Lepidopterous Insects of Great Britain. New rev. ed. by J. O. Westwood. London, 1854. A NEW SPECIES BELONGING TO THE GENUS GOODIA. (LEP.) Bv W. J. HOLLAND, Carnegie Museum. In recently examining the collections of the Satnrniidae in the Carnegie Museum I have found a species belonging to the genus Goodia, which I believe has not heretofore been described and a brief description of which is herewith presented together with a cut, which may enable it to be recognized. I take pleasure in naming it after my amiable associate, Mr. Hugo Kahl. Goodia kahli, sp. no\. cf. The prevalent color of the wings on the upper side is fawn inclining to vinaceous. The fore wings are marked by a crenulated postbasal dark line, and by a postmedian, more strongly crenulated, dark line. These lines are furthest apart in the region of the end of the cell and come closer to each other as they approach the inner margin. The area between these two lines is darker inwardly and is outwardly marked by diffuse pale reddish spots, these being somewhat sharply defined externally by the post -median line. The transverse lines of the tore wings are continued upon the IIIIHI wings, the postbasal line on the hind wing being faint, except near the inner margin, where it is broad and diffuse; the postmedian line being complete trom ]()() I'ROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 4, APRIL, 1921 the costa to the inner margin. There are no hyaline spots on the fore wing. There is a minute hyaline spot, bounded by a fine dark annulus near the middle of the hind wing. The upper side ot the thorax and the anterior portion of the abdomen above is darker than the ground-color of the wings. The collar is pale, inclining to whitish. On the under side the wings are marked as 0:1 the upper side, but the transverse lines on the fore wings are very feebly indicated or wanting. There is a rather conspicuous brilliant reddish spot beyond the end of the cell in the type. This spot is scarcely seen in the paratype. On the underside of the hind wings the crenulated postmedian line is distinctly marked, but not as conspicuously as on the upper side; the postbasal line is obscure, or obliterated. The genitalia, which I have examined at the request of Dr. Karl Jordan, who is studying the insects of this group, are like those of G. nitbilata Holl., the uncus of the prehensores being median in its position, and not terminal, as in G. lunata Holl. The species in general appearances recalls Goodia impar. as described and figured by Aurivillius (Cf. Ent. Tidskr., XX, 1899, p. 246), but is very different, especially in lacking the hyaline spots near the end of the cell of the fore wirg shown in the figure cited. It also somewhat resembles G.vesti^iata Holl., but is quite distinct. Expanse of wing, 60-62 mm. The description I have given is based upon two specimens, both males, one of which, the type, was taken at Efulen, Cameroon, May 21, 1914; the other, the paratype, was taken on October 24, 1913, at the same place. The female, which is unknown to me as yet, is probably a much larger insect with broader wings, as is the case with the other species of which the female sex is known to me. Actual date of publication April 16, 1921 PKOC.. I:.\T. SIK. WASH., vol.. 23 PL ATI \ II GOODI A (ORIHOGONIOPT1LUM) KAH1.I HOI. I AN IX SR NOV. (NATURAL SIZE) VOL. 23 MAY 1921 No. 5 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON IMY 18 1921 CONTENTS BAKER, A. C. ON THE FAMILY NAME FOR THE PLANT LICE CUSHMAN, R. A. THE MALES OF THE ICHNEUMONID GENERA MYERSIA AND THAUMATOTYPIDEA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. (HYM.) . 109 > GAHAN, A. B. REMARKS ON THE GENUS PLEUROTROPIS WITH DESCRIPTION OF A PARASITE OF TRACHELUS TABIDUS FABRICIUS. (HYMENOPTERA : CHALCIDOIDEA.) 113 GREENE, CHARLES T. FURTHER NOTES ON AMBOPOGON HYPERBOREUS GREENE. (DIPTERA.) 107 MC ATEE, W. L. DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA DIPTERA: SCATOPSIDAE 120 PARKER,J. B. NOTES ON THE NESTING HABITS OF TACHYTES. (HYM.I . . 103 PUBLISHED MONTHLY EXCEPT JULY, AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER BY THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OK WASHINGTON U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM WASHINGTON, D. C. Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under Act of August 24, 1912. Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October 3, 1917, authorized July 3, 191S. THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ORGANIZED MARCH 12, 1884. The regular meetings of the Society are held on the first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 P. M. Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are entitled to the PROCEEDINGS and any manuscript submitted by them is given precedence over that submitted by non-members. OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1921. Honorary President E. A. SCHWARZ President W. R. WALTON First Vice-President A. B. GAHAN Second Vice-President A. G. BO' VING Recording Secretary R. A. CUSHMAN Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer S. A. ROHWER U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. Editor A. C. BAKER East Falls Church, Va. Executive Committee: THE OFFICERS and A. N. CAUDELL, A. L. QUAINTANCE and E. R. SASSCER. Representing the Society as a Vice-President of the JVashington Academy of Sciences . S. A. ROHWER PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON. Published monthly, except July, August and September, by the Society at Washington, D. C. Terms of subscription: Domestic, $4.00 per annum; foreign, $4.25 per annum; recent single numbers, 50 cents, foreign postage extra. All subscriptions are payable in advance. Remittances should be made payable to the Entomological Society of Washington. Authors of leading articles in the PROCEEDINGS will be given 10 copies of the number in which their article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur- nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired accompanies the manuscript: 4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp. 50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00 100 copies 2.25 4.50 6.75 9.00 Certain charges are made on illustrations and there are rules and suggestions governing the make-up of articles published. Contributors may secure infor- mation on these points by application to the Editor or Corresponding Secretary. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON VOL. 23 MAY 1921 No. 5 ON THE FAMILY NAME FOR THE PLANT LICE. BY A. C. BAKER. The origin 1 of the word Aphis and the correct spelling of the family name based upon it have given rise to no little discussion among students of this group of insects. On the face of it the word appears to be Greek but it is found nowhere in the classical Greek writers. For bug Aristotle used K&PIS and for lice he employed <}>0dp but nowhere in his works, so far as I can find, does he refer to forms which might be considered aphids. One would naturally expect to find them under the discussion of lice for the Latin writers of the revival period treated them under Pediculus as the lice found on plants or in some cases those generated by plants. ' From Aristotle's word for louse we can have only Phthirius and other similar generic terms and from its Latin equivalent such generic names as Pediculus. All modern students, seemingly, have believed that the word Aphis originated with Linnaeus and our dictionaries (Murray's, Century, etc.) give this view and list Aphis as modern Latin. If this view is adopted we have a d'-stem and the family name should be written Aphid-idae for Linnaeus used aphides in the plural. Aphididae is generally employed to-day as the spelling for the family name of the plant lice. But it is not with the meaning "louse" but rather in the sense of bug that we find the early use of the word. Aldrovandi 1 in his huge work wrote as follows: Cimex uttpis, ut dixi, Graecis nominatur, nonnunquam etiam K6pvs. Sed a Dioscoride /c6peis oi airi) K\ivrjs, hoc est Cimices lectularii dicuntur: In glos- sario in pluruli Kopides utiam inuenio, & in Epigrammate Antiphanis (ciptes. Recentiores Grseci Kopi^a. nominunt: reperio deniq; in veteri Lexico A"0is pro C'imice. This passage is of considerable interest for it indicates not only our generic name Corixa and its Latin equivalent Cimex but it indicates also the original use of the word Aphis. The first thing proven is that the word is not modern Latin and that it did not have its origin with Linna-us. This granted, the derivation given in our dictionaries is, of course, incorrect. It must be remembered that Buckton was on the consulting staff U'lyssis Aldrovandi -De Animaliluis Insectis 1602, Lib. Quintus, 535. 102 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 5, MAY, 1921 of Murray's and Murray's simply gives as derivation the speculation he indicated in the first volume of his British Aphides. It is entirely a product of his imagination. Aphis, then, as we find it, is a Greek word and upon the declen- sion depends the spelling of our family name. As before mentioned it appears to have been used nowhere in classical Greek. If Linnaeus had found it there he could scarcely have written aphides in the plural for the declension would be S0, &4>eus. As a matter of fact the word is not Attic but belongs to the Ionic dialect in which we have the genitive ->s for i-stems. This is indicated by the presence of the word in a Latin-Greek lexicon 1 dated 1554 in which I find the follow- ing entry: Cimex, icis. f. g. o0is, wr In an earlier lexicon by Gulielmus Mainus (1523) I also find the word aphis but no genitive is indicated. The word is here written a^ts in one section and &ia in another. In both of these lexicons I find the Attic word /c6/ns as well. Of the many examined, however, these two are the only ones in which the word aphis appears. How did Linnaeus come to write aphides in the plural? Several possibilities suggest themselves. It must be remem- bered that until a very late period with the Greeks Ionic was associated with medicine in much the same way as Latin has been with our biological sciences. In the island of Cos, for example, which was originally a Doric colony, Hippocrates and his school employed a form of Ionic and it was for long years afterwards the official medical dialect. The discussion of Cimex would in all probability be associated with medicine. More- over the evidence seems to indicate that in Asia Minor words in like &2\ 105 wholly pure fine sand. The burrows were approximately three- eighths of an inch in diameter and extended downward vertically to a depth of from nineteen to twenty-tour inches. From the bottom of the vertical tunnel lateral tunnels from four to eight inches in length were constructed at right angles to the vertical shaft and in radiate arrangement. In some cases the radiating laterals were at two levels one about four inches above the other. A brood chamber is constructed at the end of each lateral and when provisioned the lateral between the brood chamber and the main shaft is filled up with sand. I found no evidence of two or more brood chambers in any single lateral. This species like the preceding species carries its prey to the nest in flight and like it makes a loud humming noise as it flies. The weight these wasps carry in flight is astonishing. Two wasps and their victims were weighed immediately after capture. One 'wasp weighed 160 mg and her prey 200 mg, the prey being in this case 1.25 times as heavy as the wasp; the other wasp weighed only 130 mg but her prey weighed 230 mg, the prey being in this case 1.77 times as heavy as the wasp that carried it. The first wasp carried her prey with little difficulty but the second found her task laborious. In searching for the entrance to her nest this second wasp was compelled to alight several times to rest, and the rapidity and violence of her respiratory movements plainly showed how great were the exertions required to enable her to carry her heavy load. The entrance to the nest is always left open and when the wasp returns with prey she endeavors to alight in the opening, which, on the nesting site under observation, was a conspicuous . hole in a pile of light sand. Consequently when she approaches her nest with her heavy load she circles about in the air or poises on the wing at about the height of a man's head until she locates the opening of the nest when she drops down directly into it. Frequently, perhaps because of fatigue, on coming down she lands a few inches to one side of the entrance. In such cases she invariably rises on the wing with her load, circles about and tries for the entrance again. I saw this performance repeated by one wasp no fewer than four times before she succeeded in landing in the entrance to her nest. I observed one wasp do this when she had missed the entrance less than two inches and with no obstacle whatever between her and the opening of the burrow. In the brood chamber the grasshoppers are neatly arranged upon their backs lengthwise of the chamber with their heads pointing towards its outer end. The number of grasshoppers found in the different chambers varies from one to four. The usual number was four but I found in two instances a developing larva in a brood chamber that had been provisioned with only one grasshopper. This means that the mother wasp provides a 106 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 5, MAY, 1921 more generous supply of food for some of her offspring than for others. Whether this is due to mere chance or whether those provided with a limited amount of food develop into males and those more generously supplied into females remains to be investigated. As in the case of the preceding species the wasp does not deposit an egg upon the first grasshopper brought into the brood chamber, at least not at the time she brings it in. I found several brood chambers not sealed up containing from one to three grasshoppers and in every case no egg was present. From this it appears that the wasp does not place an egg in a brood chamber until it has been provided with what the wasp considers an adequate supply of food for her offspring. In the case of this species (breviventris) the egg is placed upon the ventral side of the thorax just behind the front leg. The anterior end of the egg rests upon the mid line of the thorax just behind the prothorax. In the case of one wasp the posterior end of the egg extended to the left side of the body of the grass- hopper whereas in the case of another wasp it extended to the right. I did not succeed in finding a newly laid egg; all that were found were in a more or less advanced stage of incubation, so that the time required for the egg to hatch was not learned. An egg found on September 27, 1920, in a brood chamber provided with four grasshoppers, hatched on September 28. The larva moulted on September 29 and completed its feeding on October 1. I could find no evidence that the larva moulted more than once; but it may have done so. On October 2 it was trying to form a cocoon while lying on the surface of the sand in the breed- ing cell. I left it there until October 5 but it was unable to form a cocoon. I then filled a large vial with moist sand and after pressing the sand down firmly made a hole in it with a lead pencil. I put the larva into this hole and plugged the entrance of it with moist sand and laid the vial on its side. Thus enclosed the larva formed its cocoon successfully. Repeated experiments convince me that the larva can not form its cocoon unless sur- rounded with sand. If the larva fails to form a cocoon within a limited time after completing larval growth it dies. The cocoon is formed of sand held together by a cementing substance furnished from the mouth of the larva. In beginning the formation of a cocoon the larva spins a loose network of silken threads about the body. This serves as a framework to hold the grains of sand, which, coated with the cement substance, the larva puts in place with the aid of its mandibles. When the wall of the cocoon is thus formed the larva inside, using its mouth parts in much the same fashion as a painter uses a brush, coats the inside surface of the cocoon with a substance that further binds the grains of sand together and gives the interior a smooth finish. While this work is going on the wall of the cocoon is flexible and the yielding of the wall to the pressure exerted in the PROC. ENT. SOC. 'WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 5, MAV, 1921 107 coating process enables the observer to follow the movements of the larva as it proceeds with its work. In one instance when the larva had completed its cocoon I made a hole in it by removing a small part of the wall. I then placed the cocoon in the breeding vial with the hole in contact with the sand but the larva failed to repair the damage done and died after a few days. When first finished the cocoon is the same color as the sand composing it but later changes to a light chocolate color. While feeding the larva passes no faeces. All faecal matter is retained in the posterior part of the alimentary canal until the cocoon is completely formed. It is then discharged in the pos- terior part of the cocoon to which it adheres in a dark, choco- late-colored, sticky mass. No part of this faecal matter is used in the construction of the wall of the cocoon. The number of brood chambers a single wasp will provide was not learned since all the nests that were opened were incomplete. The largest number found was eight and of these, four contained only larvae of parasitic flies. In one brood chamber I found twelve mature fly larvae. In what way the fly introduces her eggs (or larvae) into the brood chamber of the wasp was not learned. The first act of these fly larvae, doubtless, is to devour the egg of the wasp. They then devour the grasshoppers. In every brood chamber in which I found one or more fly larvae, no egg or larva of the wasp could be found. On December 24, 1920, I opened two more nests of T. brevi- ventris. I found a number of cocoons of which four were removed without any damage, the others being crushed or cracked in digging. In every case these cocoons were empty. The four showed that the wasp had broken out of the cocoon and escaped in the usual way, for, as is the rule in such cases, the anterior end of the cocoon was open and the cocoon was packed full of sand, which had been forced back into it by the wasp as she digged her way out of the ground. Where do these wasps spend the winter, and how do they spend the time from spring to September while waiting for the grasshoppers to grow to a size that will make them suitable for food for the next generation of wasps? FURTHER NOTES ON AMBOPOGON HYPERBOREUS GREENE. (DIPTERA.) By CHARLES T. GREENE, U. S. Bureau of Entomology. When I described this species 1 I had but one male specimen and was unaware that it was not fully colored. At the present time I have four additional males and a female. Since I have 'A New Genus in Scatophagiciae (Diptera), C. T. Greene, Proc. F.nt. Soc- \Vash., vol. 21, no. 6, June, 1919. 108 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 5, MAY, 1921 studied these specimens I find it necessary to make two correc- tions to my first paper and add the description of the male antennae. Female. Resembles the male. Front sub-shining, yellowish red, paler towards the antennae. Ocellar triangle shining black. Antennae short, pale yellow. First joint very short with a row of black bristles along the apical edge; second joint twice the length of the first with numerous black bristles on the outside reaching up to upper inner surface; bristles much longer on lower front edge; one large bristle on upper, apical edge; inner surface covered with numerous short, yellow hairs; third joint rounded apically, slightly infuscated and covered with short yellow pubescence; one and one half times longer than wide. Arista long, black, slightly thickened and reddish yellow at the base; located on dorsal basal third of third joint. Face short, broad, white, with the white extending upon the sides slightly above and below the base of antennae. Numerous, short black bristly hairs along the lower, lateral edge of the head. Dorsum of thorax and pleura shining yellowish red; dorsum of thorax clothed with numerous short, black, bristly hairs; in certain lights the middle and sides are narrowly blackish. Two pairs of dorso centrals. Scutellum yellowish red; two pairs of long bristles. Two sternopleurals, the front one sometimes quite weak and hair like. Abdo- men shining black; five segments visible, the sixth very narrowly visible; first segment longer than any of the following segments, reddish at the base; second to fifth about equal in length; dorsum of abdomen with numerous short, black hairs and a very narrow, median, bare line or area. Fifth segment with one large bristle on each side at the apex. Venter with numerous short, bristly hairs. Front coxae long, robust, white pollinose; middle and hind coxae more normal and reddish yellow. Legs more normal, reddish yellow except the apical half of the front femora, tips of front and hind tibiae and front tarsi blackish brown; middle and hind tarsi with a brown infuscation. Length of front meta- tarsus equal to the remaining four joints; middle and hind metatarsi a little longer than the following four joints. Wings hyaline, a brownish infuscation along the costal edge; veins brown; yellowish at base of the wing. Halteres reddish brown at the base, knobs large, lemon yellow. Length, 5 mm. One specimen from Mt. Moscow, Idaho, July 25, 1920, R. C. Shannon, collector. Deposited in the collection of U. S. National Museum. The male antennae are very much like those described for the above female with the following differences: Bristles on apical edge of first joint more yellowish; second joint with fewer black bristles on the outside surface and very few yellow hairs on inner surface; the bristle on upper, apical edge larger and located more towards the inside; third joint more rounded, whitish yellow and no infuscation. Arista same but paler at the base. The thorax may be variable from reddish to nearly black; pleura is generally darker than the dorsum. Two pairs of dorso cen- trals. In the type the front pair was so weak that I mistook PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 5, MAY, 1921 109 them for the hairs covering the surface. Two sterno-pleurals, the front one sometimes very weak. Four males from Mt. Moscow, Idaho, July 25, 1920, R. C. Shannon, collector. Deposited in the collection of U. S. National Museum. The following note on the habit of this species was given to the author by Mr. Shannon: "Occurs near summit of Moscow Mountains (Cedar Mountain of government maps, a name not in local use) where the slope is moist and there is a heavy growth of cedars. The females may be collected by sweeping the undergrowth but the males are found strutting about on the fallen logs, displaying their charms as proudly as the partridge on the log in the drumming season." THE MALES OF THE ICHNEUMONID GENERA MYERSIA AND THAUMATOTYPIDEA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. (HYM.) BY R. A. CUSHMAN-, U. S. Bureau of Entomology. Among the undetermined Ichneumonidae in the National Collection I have recently found what I am confident are the males of these two anomalous genera together with an undes- cribed female Myersia, and another new species of that genus has been received from C. W. Johnson of the Boston Society of Natural History. As pointed out in an earlier paper 1 these two genera should be referred to the Stilpnini. Genus MYERSIA Viereck. The two new species of this interesting genus described below extend the known range of the genus to Maine and British Columbia, and double the number of known species. The females may be separated by the following key: Key to females. 1 . Temples broad, flat and nearly straight behind eyes; first tergite increasing gradually in width from base to apex, the spiracles not prominent; a large species, 6 mm. ....grandis, new species. Temples narrow, convex and receding; first tergite increasing suddenly in width beyond the prominent spiracles; smaller species... ...2. 2. Pale rufous .. pullida Cushman. Black ...3. 3. Subapical flagellar joints fully as long as thick; postpetiole at apex little more than twice as wide as petiole... jo/insoni, new species. Subapical flagellar joints thicker than long; postpetiole at apex nearly three times as wide as petiole laminata Viereck. iProc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 55, 1919, p. 521. 110 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 5, MAY, 1921 Myersia laminata Viereck. What I am convinced is the male of this species is represented in the National Collection by ten specimens, one from Jackson's Island, Md. (P. R. Myers); one from Rosslyn, Va. (H. H. Smith); two from Dixie Landing, Va. (Ashmead); five from Langdale, Ala. (H. H. Smith); and one from Long Island, N. Y. The most striking difference between the male and female is in the possession by the male of a depressed and normally segmented abdomen, the second and third tergites being not at all fused. Other points of difference are in the relatively shorter (facial view) head; shorter malar space; more distinctly carinate anterior margin of cheek; nearly paralleled eyes; basally thickened and apically tapering antennae; less deeply concave propodeum with less prominent angles; and narrower and more roughly sculptured postpetiole. The color of the two sexes is the same except that the male has the antennae beyond the second joint of the flagellum and usually the posterior tibiae and tarsi fuscous. In some of the specimens, especially those from the south, the base of the abdomen is quite red. Myersia johnsoni, new species. Female. Length 4 mm. Differs from laminata Viereck in having the antennae somewhat more slender, the subapical joints being fully as long as thick; the abdomen less stout, the postpetiole at apex being but little more than twice as wide as the petiole and the rest of the abdomen nearly twice as long as wide; all coxae and the hind femora and tibiae fuscous. The apical abscissa of radius in this and in laminata is basally slightly curved but otherwise straight, not sinuate as in pallida. Type-locality. South West Harbor, Mt. Desert Island, Maine. Type Cat. No. 24143, U. S. N. M. A single specimen taken by C. W. Johnson. It is entirely possible that the differences noted between this and laminata are within the range of specific variation. Myersia grandis, new species. Female. Length 6 mm. Head in dorsal view transversely oblong, deeply concave behind, temples broad, flat, nearly straight, the occiput nearly as broad as eyes; in front view almost as long as broad, cheeks weakly convex, malar space more than twice as long as basal width of mandible; clypeus hardly twice as wide as long, broadly truncate at apex and with a narrow reflexed margin, weakly sculptured at base; face granular medially, subpolished laterally; eyes strongly divergent below; frons with deep, subpolished scrobes, separated by a low ridge; vertex granulated; cheeks and temples highly polished; antennae slightly more slender than in laminata, the subapical joints longer than thick, scape about two-thirds as thick as long. Thorax granulate dorsally, largely longitudinally striate laterally; PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 5, MAY, 1921 111 sternauli distinct; metapleurum granulate rugulose; propodeum mostly trans- versally rugulose opaque, areolopetiolar area subpolished, deeply concave, apophyses prominent; legs rather slender. Abdomen narrow fusiform; first tergite gradually wider from base to apex, where it is a little more than a third as wide as long, dorsal carinae highest just beyond spiracles, petiole striate, post- petiole striate except between the high carinae where it is shagreened; abdomen beyond first tergite barely half as wide as long; ovipositor sheath about as long as first tergite. Black; abdomen piceous; antennae, clypeus, mandibles, palpi, legs, and tegulae ferruginous to testaceous; wings hyaline, venation brownish. Type-locality. Kaslo, British Columbia. Type Cat. No. 24144, U. S. N. M. One female captured June 5, by Dr. H. G. Dyar. Genus THAUMATOTYPIDEA Viereck. The male of this genus has heretofore been unknown. In the National Collection I have found a single specimen of this sex that I have no hesitation in referring to the genus. The sexual antigeny is so great that I do not attempt to associate it with either of Ashmead's species, which differ so little from each other that they may, with the study of more material, prove to be synonymous. The male is almost exactly what one knowing the genus Pezomachus might expect it to be. It is, in fact, to Myersia what Pezomachus is to Hemiteles: with less completely areolated more sloping propodeum; slender, subclavate, normally seg- mented abdomen; and broad, rather weakly veined wings. The male differs from the female of the genus in having the wings fully developed and the thorax normal; head shorter both from above and in facial view; eyes and ocelli larger; malar space much shorter; temples narrower antero posteriorly in other words the head is normal as compared with that of the female exactly as is the case in Pezomachus; antennae slender, not sub- clavate, all flagellar joints (the apex is broken off) much longer than broad; thorax with all sclerites normally developed, but the propodeum with only the combined areola and petiolar area and the apical lateral areas defined, the other carinae entirely lacking; abdomen narrow, subclavate, depressed; second and third tergite not fused; first tergite less strongly curved and relatively shorter. From the male Pezomachus it is at once distinguished by the very large and deep clypeal foveae; the posterior face of the propodeum extending medially much nearer to the base; the quite different venation, the stigma being narrow, the radial cell long with the radius broken at a nearly acute angle, the practi- cally contiguous radius and cubitus (the intercubitus almost obliterated), the entirely wanting areolet and barely indicated 112 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 5, MAY, 1921 apical abscissa ot cubitus, the abscissula barely longer than intercubitella, and the straight nevellus with entirely lacking discoidella; the long, slender, and nearly parallel sided first tergite; and by the probably much less numerously jointed antennae. Thaumatotypidea koebelei, new species. Ma/e. Length 4.5 mm.; front wing 4.5 mm. Head broad behind eyes, temples strongly convex; occiput concave; face granularly opaque, subpolished at sides; clypeus obscurely transversely striate; head otherwise polished; eyes slightly divergent below; malar space equal to basal width of mandible; temple slightly wider antero-posteriorly than eye; diameter of lateral ocellus slightly more than half as long as ocell-ocular line; antennae slender filiform, the thirteenth flagellar joint (which is the most distal one lett) nearly twice as long as thick. Thorax largely polished; notauli weakly indicated in front, their position behind indicated by granular sculpture; meso pleurum striate above and in region of the scarcely indicated sternauli; meta- pleura punctate; propodeum subopaque coriaceous; combined areola and petiolar FIG. 1 Wings of Thaumatotypidea koebelei. area reaching the basal third of propodeum, the apical carina not angulate at sides; legs slender; front wing as long as body, venation as indicated in figure. Abdomen narrow, widest near apex; first tergite very narrow, but little wider at apex than at base, with spiracles prominent, longer than second tergite, longi- tudinally striate; second tergite narrow at base, broad at apex, longer than apical width and nearly twice as long as third. Black; mandibles and palpi yellowish; clypeus piceous; antennae fuscous; thoracic sutures and tegulae reddish; front and middle legs stramineous, hind legs testaceous, the femora slightly infuscate; wings hyaline, venation pale brownish gray; first tergite black; rest of abdomen piceous with second and third tergites at apex and the third medially yellowish. Type-locality. Easton, Washington. Type Cat. No. 24145, U. S. N. M. One specimen captured by Albert Koebele. I'ROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, N'O. 5, MAY, 1921 113 REMARKS ON THE GENUS PLEUROTROPIS WITH DES( RIPTION OF A PARASITE OF TRACHELUS TABIDUS FABRIC IIS. i H YMENOPTERA : (H ALCIDOIDE A. j Bv A. B. GAHA.V, Bureau of Entomology. The occurrence of the exotic sawfly, Trachelus tabidus Fahricius, in America as a possibly serious pest of wheat was brought to light during the summer of 1918. A paper by the writer treating of this sawfly has already been published by the U. S. Department of Agriculture. 1 Mention is made in this article of the rearing by Mr. \V. R. McConnell of a parasite belonging to the genus Pleurotropis and apparently representing an undescribed species. In view of the foreign origin of the host it is natural to suspect, though the conclusion does not necessarily follow, that the para- site too is exotic. It has proved impossible to reconcile the insect with the description of any exotic form, however, and as it does not conform to any described American species it seems desirable to describe it. In the process of identifying this species the writer was led into making a more or less careful study of the characters, especially those of the antennae, appertaining to the genus Pleurotropis. The results of this study are discussed herewith. Family EULOPHIDAE. Subfamily Entedoninae. Genus PLEUROTROPIS. Pleurotropis Foerster, Hymen. Stud. II, 1856, p. 78. Pseudacriasoides Girault, Descriptiones Stellarum Novarum, 1917, p. 9. Epipleurotropis Girault, Descriptiones Hymenopterorum Chalcidoidicarum cum Observationibus, 1917, p. 7. The two genera listed as synonyms are based upon characters which, after examination of the types, I can not accept as generic. Pseudacriasoides has as type Pleurotropis utahensis Crawford. The generic description by Girault is as follows: "Antenna 9-jointed, three ring-joints, the club 2-jointed; male antenna 1 ((.jointed, three ring-joints, the club 2-jointed, the scape dilated. Scutellum with a median sulcus at base. Otherwise like Pleurotropis.'" Pleurotropis utahensis' 1 - was described from four female and six male specimens of which the holotype was reared at Salt Lake Cir\ , I tah, from Agromyza parvicornis mining the leaves of corn, while the allotype and all paratypes were reared from Bul. 834, U. S. Dept. Agric., 1920, 18 pp. 2 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 45, 1913, p. 316. 114 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 5, MAY, 1921 Cephas sp. (subsequently determined as Cephus cinctus Norton) boring the stems of wild grasses and grain at Salt Lake City and Kimballs, Utah. In addition to the type material there are now in the National collection eleven specimens reared from Cephus cinctus at Missoula, Montana, and determined by the writer as Pleurotropis utahensis. The different host records for the holotype and the paratypes are ground for suspicion that the latter may represent a different species. If so, however, Mr. Crawford who compared them when describing the species failed to find characters to separate them. Apparently also Mr. Girault, who saw all of the material, accepted it as all belonging to the same species. Otherwise it is to be presumed that he would have proposed a new specific name for the paratypes. After a careful re-examination of all the material and despite the antennal differences discussed later, the writer is still of the opinion that all represent the same species. As in all such cases unsupported by careful biological studies the question of whether one or more species is repre- sented in a given lot of material is merely a matter of personal opinion. FIG. 1 Pleurotropis utahensis Crawford. A, B, C, and D, female antennae illustrating variations. E, male antenna. As shown by the accompanying figures which illustrate antennae taken from tour different females and mounted in balsam there is considerable variation in the antennal characters PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 5, MAY, 1921 115 in this lot of material. Figure 1, A is from the holotype; B from a paratype; C and D from two of the Missoula, Montana, specimens. Except for the differences in antennae the speci- mens are inseparable, though differing somewhat in size. A glance at the figures will show that the differences lie in the relative closeness of the union between joints 8 and 9 of the antenna and the degree of development of a suture dividing joint 9 into two joints. The relative size and shape of the joints is practically the same for all four antennae. In figure 1-D, we have what appears to be a 2-jointed funicle and a 3-jointed club. In C, joints 8 and 9 are not nearly so closely united and the suture dividing the ninth is not so distinct. This antenna may be said either to have a three-jointed tunicle and a two- jointed club, or a two-jointed funicle and a three-jointed club, the interpretation depending entirely upon the individual mak- ing the examination. Figures A and B are alike and differ from C only in the apparent absence of the suture dividing the ninth joint. Although the greatest care was exercised in making these mounts there can be little doubt but that to some extent the apparent differences are to be accounted for by the imperfect definition of subopaque objects when mounted in balsam. Careful examination, before mounting, of the antennae from which figures A and B were made showed both to have a definite though very delicate constriction near the apex corresponding in position to the suture dividing the ninth joint in figures C and D. When mounted on a slide this suture was entirely invisible. The antennal mount made by Girault from the holotype speci- men and upon which he based his description of the genus Pseudacriasoid.es was removed from the slide and it too showed a distinct constriction or shallow groove on the ninth joint. When remounted in balsam this groove again became invisible, corresponding in appearance to figure A which was drawn from the other antenna of the same specimen. The pressure of the cover glass probably accounts to some extent for the greater separation between joints 8 and 9 in figures A, B, and C. Joint 8 is apparently more or less cup-shaped at apex, the base of joint 9 fitting into the aperture. The articu- lation between the two joints is free nevertheless, and not anchylosed as are the club joints. Antennae from the same specimens are not always exactly alike in respect to the characters in question. For example, while figure B shows the ninth joint without a dividing suture the other antenna from the same individual when mounted in balsam shows a more or less distinct suture. Also the mate to the antenna from which figure D was drawn appears to have joints 8 and 9 more distinctly separated. Whether one or more than one species is represented in this 116 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 5, MAY, 1921 material, it affords a good illustration of the folly of basing genera upon such slight differences in the antenna. The mater- ial under consideration, as already pointed out, has been exam- ined by three different students of Chalcidoidea and accepted by all three as a single species. Yet from an examination of slide-mounted antennae alone, the four individuals, antennae of which are figured, would probably be run in any of the existing generic keys to three different genera. The genera to which they would be assigned would depend largely upon whether the individual making the examination chose to call the eighth antennal joint a part of the club or a part of the funicle, upon how many of the minute ring-joints he was able to see, and upon whether or not the particular mount examined revealed the suture dividing the ninth joint. The determina- tion of the generic position would depend to a considerable extent upon the individuality of the particular specimen from which the antenna for mounting was taken but more largely upon the accidents of mounting. The antenna of the male allotype of Pleurotropis utahensis (Figure 1, E) is ten-jointed. The scape is only slightly more dilated than in typical species of the genus. The flagellum tapers from base to apex and the club is hardly differentiated from the funicle although joints 9 and 10 are more or less anchy- losed and probably represent the club. If so the funicle is 3-jointed as in typical Pleurotropis. There are three distinct though minute ring-joints. Most writers have credited the genus Pleurotropis with only one ring-joint. Waterston (Bull. Ent. Research, vol. 5, 1915, p. 343) considers the ring a single joint but states that this joint consists of two to three laminae which are distinctly separated only ventrally. With this conception I can not wholly agree. Mounts of antennae from many of the species in the National collection have been examined with the result that in most cases it has been possible to recognize three complete ring-joints. In some cases there are apparently only two, while in a few in- stances owing to the position in which the antenna was mounted it was impossible to determine the number. The ring-joints are always more or less telescoped into each other but are separated both above and below. When the flagellum is bent upward it tends to pull the ring-joints apart ventrally while pressing them more closely together dorsally and this may account for the impression gained by Waterston. It is the writer's belief that while Pleurotropis normally has ten-jointed antennae in both sexes consisting of scape, pedicel, three ring-joints, a 3-jointed funicle and a 2-jointed club, the genus can not be limited to this antennal formula because one finds all degrees of separation and solidification of the apical two or three joints of the flagellum, it is not always possible to PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 5, MAY, 1921 1 17 determine whether certain joints are a part of the club or a part of the funicle, and one can seldom be absolutely certain as to the exact number of ring-joints in a given antenna, While these antennal differences, within certain limits, are undoubtedly of importance as specific characters their use as generic charac- ters can only result in adding confusion to a situation that is already tangled enough. Disregarding in large part the antennae and recognizing as the essential features of the genus the medially bicarinate propodeum, together with those other characters ascribed to the genus by Waterston, will bring together a natural group of species which may be easily recognized and readily defined. The group will include species having widely different types of antennae, ranging from those having four ring-joints, a 2- jointed funicle and a solid club, as in the male of clisiognatluis Waterston, to those having two ring-joints, four distinctly pedicellated funicle joints, and a solid club as in the female of atamiensis Ashmead. The fact that antennae of the two sexes of the same species not infrequently exhibit such widely differ- ent characters as illustrated by Waterston in the species clisiognathus is proof enough that antennal characters are not of generic value in this group. The scutellar character referred to by Girault for the genus Pseudacriasoides is of even less value than the antennal charac- ters. The alleged median groove on the base of scutellum is nothing more than a very slight longitudinal depression marking the line of convergence of the sculpture from the two sides of the scutellum. In some specimens it does not appear at all. Epipleurotropis Girault is based on Epipleurotropis longfel- lowi Girault, the type material of which consists of a single male specimen the head of which was removed by the describer and crushed beneath a cover glass. The abdomen is missing. Judged by what remains of this specimen this is a distinct and well marked species but not sufficiently different to warrant separation from Pleurotropis. The scutellum is smooth medially and mostly so laterally but with a narrow longitudinal depressed line of sculpture on each side, appearing as a shallow groove. The propodeum does not differ from ordinary Pleuro- tropis except that the medial cannae are slightly less prominent than usual. The mandibles are bidentate with the inner margin exhibiting two or three fine serrations, a character com- mon to a number of species of Pleurotropis as pointed our by W 7 aterston. The antennae are of the same type as the male of Pleurotropis utahensis. Pleurotropis benefica, new species. Apparently closely related to Pleurotropis nigritarsis Thomson but differing from the description of that species principally in 118 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 5, MAY, 1921 antennal characters. Also similar to Pleurotropis utahensis Crawford but is readily distinguished from that species by the dark tarsi, by the relatively longer and more hairy antennal joints, by the more strongly sculptured and differently colored front of the head, and by slight differences in the propodeum and abdominal petiole. Female. Length 3 mm. Head slightly broader than the thorax; vertex rather flat, separated from the occiput by a sharp carinate margin, and closely and strongly punctate; ocelli in an obtuse triangle, the lateral ocelli removed from the eye-margin about the long diameter of an ocellus; occiput concave, opaquely sculptured with a smooth line medially; eyes large, sparsely clothed with whitish hairs, deeply emarginate within and less strongly so behind; posterior orbits strongly punctate and clothed with rather coarse dark colored hairs; malar space short, about equal in length to the antennal pedicel; front of the head inflexed, above the transverse groove shining with shallow reticulations, between the transverse groove and base of antennae closely and deeply punctate and subopaque, just below the base of antennae weakly reticulated and shining, moath-border finely opaquely punctate; antennae 10-jointed, inserted slightly FIG. 2 Antennae of Pleurotropis benefica Gahan. A, male; B, female. above the lower eyemargins and separated at base by a distinct ridge; scape slender, slightly curved and more or less flattened and shining metallic on the outer side, sculptured and darker on the inner side with seven to eight erect hairs on the ventral margin; pedicel about twice as long as thick; three small transverse ring-joints; flagellar joints all distinctly hairy; first funicle joint dis- tinctly the longest, about three times as long as thick; second a little thicker than the first and approximately twice as long as thick; third about as long as thick and a little more closely joined to the following joint than to the preceding; club 2-jointed, about equal in length to the second funicle joint, the basal club joint subquadrate and as broad as the funicle, second or apical joint much narrower, conical, incompletely separated from the basal joint and terminating in a short but distinct spine; pronotum above with a narrow smooth posterior PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 5, MAY, 1921 119 margin set off by acarina from the anteriordeclivous portion which is sculptured; mesoscutum strongly punctate, the parapsidal grooves complete and each terminating posteriorly in a large foveiform depression, the surface within the depression as strongly sculptured as the remainder of mesoscutum; scutellum much longer than broad, sculptured like the mesoscutum, except that on the anterior half of scutellum the punctures are somewhat smaller; axillae above sculptured like mesoscutum, below much more finely punctate; propodeum polished, the median carina forked a little behind the middle, the lateral folds straight and well developed, spiracular furrows deep; posterior lateral argles of the propodeum produced into a short triangular tooth-like process just above the attachment of the hind coxae; mesosternum nearly smooth, the median groove terminating anteriorly in a foveiform enlargement; abdomen not quite as long as the head and thorax, pointed ovate; petiole large, broader than long, opaque, carinately margined laterally, above and below, and with the anterior margin produced dorsally into a short flange which overlaps the posterior end of the propodeum; second segment comprising about one-third the length of the abdomen, smooth basally, the apical half weakly reticulated; third and following tergites all finely sculptured, subopaque, and distinctly though sparsely hairy; third tergite about one-third as long as the second; fourth to sixth subequai and each about two-thirds as long as the third; seventh approximately equal to the third; ovipositor concealed; submarginal vein of the forewing distinctly less than half as long as the very long marginal, with two or three upright black bristles above; proximal end of the marginal vein with a similar bristle, also; post- marginal and stigmnl veins short and subequai. General color bright bluish- green: head darker than the thorax with the occiput black, and the face blackish, except that the area just below the insertion of antennae is coppery and the triangular area above the transverse groove is slightly more bluish; antennae entirely metallic black; legs concolorous with the thorax, their tarsi brownish black; second tergite bright blue-green; the petiole and segments beyond the second brownish-black; wings hyaline, the venation dark brown. Male. Length 2.2 mm. Antennae 10-jointed, scape slightly and nearly uniformly thickened, about four times as long as thick; pedicel not much longer than thick; three ring-joints transverse; flagellum longer but no more hairy than in the female; first funicle joint four times, second two and one-half times, and the third slightly more than twice as long as thick; fourth joint barely twice as long as thick; club solid, about as long as the second funicle joint and terminating in a distinct spine; abdomen short, the segments beyond the fourth retracted ami mostly concealed; petiole longer than broad, almost as long as the hind coxai-, and without distinct margn.al carinae. Otherwise like the female except that the head is for the most part concolorous with the thorax, only the occiput ami a transverse patch on the vertex embracing the posterior ocelli being black. Type-locality. Mount Holly Springs, Pennsylvania. Type. Cat. No. 24,166, U/S. Nat. Mus. Host. Trachelus tabidus Fabricius. Eleven females and four males reared by W. R. McConnell, April 13 to 19, 1919, from hibernating prepupal larva of the black grain-stem sawfly and recorded in the Bureau of Ento- mology under Webster No. 18,700; one female paratype reared 120 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 5, MAY, 1921 at Carlisle, Pennsylvania, by C. C. Hill, April 20, 1919, from the same host; and one male paratype reared by P. R. Myers, April 30, 1919, with the same locality and host. Antennae of type and allotype mounted on a slide. Mr. McConnell states that the species is a primary parasite and that only a single individual is obtained from a host larva. DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA DIPTERA: SCATOPSIDAE. BY W. L. McArEE. These small to minute black flies have long been placed in the Bibionidae, but seem better grouped as a separate family. They breed in decaying vegetable matter and in excrement; in the adult stage they are most easily found in flowers and on windows. The most useful American paper on the family is that of Dr. A. L. Melander (Bui. 130, Washington Agr. Exp! St., April, 1916). It is based on a European revision of the genera by G. Enderlein (Zool. Anz. Vol. 40, pp. 261-282, October, 1912). In the last named paper genera are founded on trifling differences in vena- tion which may not prove wholly satisfying; in fact one of them is synonymized on a subsequent page. Other genera of Ender- lein's are used but it must be admitted that in certain cases only a little variation would link them up. The only genus here treated that has a distinct habitus is Aspistes. Key to the genera. A. Front tibia ending in a decurved sharp pointed process; thorax strongly elevated anteriorly, the declivity coarsely punctured; wing without apical cell, i. e., anterior branch of fourth vein interrupted basally. Aspistes. AA. Without the preceding combination of characters. B. Anterior branch of fourth vein strongly angulate near base or emitting a crossvein which extends part way or entirely to third vein Scatopse. BB. Anterior branch of fourth vein neither angulate nor emitting a cross- vein. C. Apical wing cell present. D. Apical cell much shorter than its stalk Swammerdamella. DD. Apical cell longer than its stalk. E. Last vein of wing with a single curve; vein 3 remote from costa, section from radial crossvein to costal margin strongly curved into wing; radial crossvein near middle of second vein; subcostal cell usually larger than costal; halteres white; hind tibiae abruptly expanded distally .. Reichertella. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 5, MAY, 1921 121 EE. Last vein bent twice or thrice; vein 3 close to and nearly paralleling costa, in nearly a straight line from the radial crossvein to costal margin; radial crossvein nearer end of second vein; subcostal cell usually smaller than costal; halteres dark; hind tibiae not so expanded . Rhegmoclema. CC. Apical cell lacking; i. e., anterior branch of fourth vein inter- rupted basally. F. Last vein simply curved; third vein curved remote from costa; radial crossvein at about middle of second vein; subcostal cell much larger than costal Anapausis. FF. Last vein bent twice; third vein straighter, nearer costa; radial crossvein between 4th and last fifths of second vein; subcostal cell much larger than costal... Aldrovandiella. SCATOPSE Geoffrey . The genus Holoplagia Enderlein (Zool. Anz. Bd. 40, No. 10-11, Oct. 18, 1912, p. 267), for the separation of which from Scatopse, the chief character is that the crossvein between veins 3 and 4 is complete, would appear untenable since all degrees of completeness of the vein may be found in a single species Scatopse not at a. A new species is here described that has no part of a crossvein (in the specimens thus far examined) but only a hump at a point in anterior branch of fourth vein corresponding to the origin of the stump or crossvein of species having one. Key to the species. A. With a more or less complete crossvein between anterior branch of 4th vein and 3d vein; tibiae black usually with a brown annulus.... ...notata. AA. No crossvein, but anterior branch of 4th vein distinctly angulate at point corresponding to origin of crossvein in last species; tibiae and tarsi chiefly pale. B. Joints 3-6 of antennae pale; tibiae with only narrow rings of dark color varicornis. EE. Antennae wholly black; dark annuli on tibiae broader on each suc- ceeding pair of legs posteriorly, the hind tibiae about half dark .. tibialis n. sp. Scatopse notata Linnaeus. One of the most common species; has been taken in Virginia near Plummers Id., Oct. 19, 1914, R. C. Shannon; Plummers Id., Md., ( >ct. 26, 1906, A. K. Fisher; Maryland near Plummers Id., April 28, 1914, on flowers of wild plum; Cabin John, Md., April 14, 1916, R. C. Shannon; Berwyn, Md., April 1, 1 ( >17, on flowers of Salix capraea, McAfee; Cleveland Park, 1). C., April 14, 1918, H. I, Viereck; Washington, D. C., November 2, 1906, 122 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 5, MAY, 1921 McAfee, April 2, 6, 1895 (U. S. N. M.). McAfee took numerous specimens also, on Matinicus Id., Maine, Oct. 29, 1915, from brine in hogsheads of pickled fish. Scatopse varicornis Coquillett. Originally described from a specimen collected in the District of Columbia by T. Pergande; no other seen. Scatopse tibialis, n. sp. Third vein chiefly paralleling costa, joining it at a point more than two-thirds of the distance from root to apex of wing, second vein joining costa a little more than half-way from wing-root to end of third vein; radial crossvein between 4th and last fifths of second vein; anterior branch of fourth vein distinctly angulate at a point somewhat more than one-fourth its length from origin; last vein bent at almost right angles once, then again at a slightly greater angle. General color black; face with bristly black hairs, the head including antennae opaque, the latter (.46-. 52 mm. long) however, with hairs which appear pale in reflected light; thorax shining, somewhat greenish black, with sparse short pale reddish hairs; scutellum opaque dead black; abdomen opaque with vestiture of short pale hairs which in reflected light make the surface appear seal-brown; legs normal in shape, femora black, distal joints more or less pale; femora with fine white pubescence which shows in reflected light, the basal half of each tibia glistening white, this followed by a darker (fuscous to black) annulus broader on each succeeding leg posteriorly, the apex of each tibia and tarsus yellow- brown. Length 1.84 mm. Type, a female, Falls Church, Va., June 21, 1914, F. Knab. (U. S. N. M.) Paratype, same sex, Great Falls, Va., May 19, 1915, McAfee. A damaged specimen probably also of this species Plummers Id., Md., August 11, 1907, McAfee. SWAMMERDAMELLA Enderlein. A. Apical cell very short triangular, about one-third the length of its stalk ...brevicornis. AA. Apical cell relatively longer, but much shorter than its stalk, its sides close together basally, but suddenly diverging apically ...pygmaea. Swammerdamella brevicornis Meigen. A minute species, varying from slightly less to slightly more than 1 mm. in length. Washington, D. C., June 6, 19, 1912, on windows, McAfee; Plummers Id., Md., August 1, 1903, E. A. Schwarz, A. Busck. Swammerdamella pygmaea Loew. Originally described from District of Columbia material. The type was only .85 mm. long, but other specimens measure up to 1.5 mm. Maryland near Plummers Id., May 10, 1914, under bark of honey locust, R. C. Shannon. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 5, MAY, 1921 12.^ REICHERTELLA Enderlein. A. Femora swollen; antennae shorter than head- femora/is. AA. Femora slender; antennae as long as head .. .gracilis n. sp. Reichertella femoralis Meigen. Virginia near Plummers Id., Md., May 20, 1914, R. C. Shannon. Reichertella gracilis, n. sp. First section of costa : second :: 2 : 1; subcostal cell broad; apical cell much longer than its stalk. Body black, mostly shining; legs somewhat brownish; slender, hind tibiae expanded apically. Length 1.8 mm.; antenna .34 mm. Type, a female, Washington, D. C., May 24, 1916, A. Busck (U. S. N. M.). RHEGMOCLEMA Enderlein. A. Second vein joining costa at from one-half to two-thirds distance between wing-root and end of third vein. B. Length 1.3-2 mm., color normally deep black; last male tergite tapered into a long process which is not expanded apically atrata. BB. Length 1.1-1.3 mm., color in part or wholly brown; last male tergite tapering into a long process which is spatulate apically- barrus n. sp. AA. Second vein extending farther distally; second section of costa only about one-fourth length of first. C. Apical cell about the same length as its stalk... .floralis n. sp. CC. Apical cell much longer than its stalk... ...willistoni n. n. Rhegmoclema atrata Say. Fairly common; Virginia near Plummers Id., Md., Nov. 2, to 15, bred from butternut (Julians cinerea) hulls collected Oct. 10, 1914; Plummers Id., Md., Aug. 8, 1914,^ bred from fungus; Md., near Plummers Id., May 5, 1915, R. C. Shannon; Maywood, Va., April 21, May 26, 1916; Washington, D. C., Tune 4, 29, 1912, on windows, McAtee; May 21, 1915, H. S. Barber; June 7, 11, 1915, F. Knab; Woodridge, D. C., April 25, 1914, L. O. Jackson. Specimens are at hand also from Salmo, Wis., Aug. 11, 1919, McAtee. Rhegmoclema barrus. n. sp. First section of costa -.second ::5 : 3; apical cell more than three times as long as its stalk; last vein trisinuate, only the median bend very strong. Head and body blackish (sometimes brown), pleura, and legs brownish. Last male tergite shining pale brownish, cream colored at base, tapered apically into a long process which is more or less expanded apically. Length 1.1-1.3 mm.; antennae about .25 mm. Type, a male, Washington, D. C., January 15, 1915, R. C. Shannon. Several paratypes with same data. (U. S. \. M.) Rhegmoclema floralis, n. sp. First section of costa : second :: 13 : 3; apical cell almost exactly as lung as its stalk; last vein bisinuate. Black, thorax somewhat shining, abdomen rather 124 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 5, MAY, 1921 opaque; last tergite brown, polished, the deflexed terminal portion a very short but broad triangle; legs paler distally, the tarsi yellow-brown. Length 1.3-1.6 mm.; antennae .19-. 23 mm. Type, a male, Plummers Id., Md., from flowers of Staphvlea trifoliata, April 28, 1915, McAtee. (U. S. N. M.) Paratypes Great Falls, Va., May 21, 1917, McAtee; and with same data as type. On this occasion the flowers of the bladder- pod shrub from which they were collected were literally filled with these little flies, many pairs of which were in copula. Rhegmoclema willistoni, n. n. The species published by Williston (Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1896, p. 269, PI. VIII, fig. 26) as Scatopse pygmaea Loew (Cent. V, 13) is not that species -(Melander, Bui. 130, Wash. Agr. Exp. Sts., 1916, p. 14) hence the name Scatopse pygmaea Williston was a homonym from the beginning. So far as the writer is aware Williston's species has not yet been named, and he is pleased to be able to name it for the late Dr. S. W. Williston, who had in the highest degree that most admirable quality in a systematist, the conscious purpose of aiding others in the study of his specialty. What a contrast is this policy to the mon- opolistic tendencies characterizing the work of some taxonomists, but in the long run how much more profitable to science and vastly more creditable to its exponent. A single specimen, now unfortunately lost, which seemed to agree perfectly with Williston's description and figure was col- lected at Dead Run, Va., May 5, 1915, by R. C. Shannon. ANAPAUSIS Enderlein. Anapausis cismarina, n. sp. First section of costa : second :: 2 : 1; subcostal cell broad, anterior branch of fourth vein interrupted basally; last vein only slightly curved. Color black, shining, with a brownish cast especially on legs, halteres yellow brown. Length 1.98 mm., antenna .33 mm. Male genital segment with two hairy stylets, transversely grooved (hence appearing segmented); preceding segment divided, the ends produced posteriorly into prominent teeth, one each side of median line; claspers with a strong tooth externally, which is sinuate on its concave antero-exterior margin. Type, a female, Great Falls, Va., May 19, 1915, in flower of Liriodendron tulipifera, W. L. McAtee. (U. S. N. M.) Allo- type, same locality and date. ASPISTES Meigen. Aspistes hartii Malloch. Beltsville, Md., May 2, June 9, 1915, May 25, 1919, McAtee. Actual date of publication May 14, 1921. VOL. 23 JUNE 1921 No. 6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ;* IIJN 22 1921 CONTENTS BUSCK, AUGUST, AND HEINRICH, CARL ON THE MALE GENITALIA OF THE MICROLEPIDOPTERA AND THEIR SYSTEMATIC IMPORTANCE .... 145 GREENE, CHARLES T. TWO NEW SPECIES OF DIPTERA 125 MIDDLETON, WILLIAM SOME NOTES ON THE TERMINAL ABDOMINAL STRUCTURES OF SAWFLIES 139 THOMPSON, W. R. AND THOMPSON, M. C. STUDIES OF ZENILLIA ROSEANAE B. & B. A PARASITE OF THE EUROPEAN CORN BORER (PYRAUSTA NUBILALIS HB.) 127 PUBLISHED MONTHLY EXCEPT JULY, AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER BY THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM WASHINGTON, D. C. Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under Act of August 24, 1912. Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October 3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918. THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ORGANIZED MARCH 12, 1884. The regular meetings of the Society are held on the first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 P. M. Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are entitled to the PROCEEDINGS and any manuscript submitted by them is given precedence over that submitted by non-members. OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1921. Honorary President E. A. SCHVVARZ President W. R. WALTON First Vice-President .... . A. B. GAHAN Second V ice-President ... . . . A. G. BOVING Recording Secretary R. A. CUSHMAN Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer S. A. ROHWER U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. Editor A. C. BAKER East Falls Church, Va. Executive Committee: THE OFFICERS and A. N. CAUDELL, A. L. QUAINTANCE and E. R. SASSCER. Representing the Society as a Vice-President of the Washington Academy of Sciences . S. A. ROHWER PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON. Published monthly, except July, August and September, by the Society at Washington, D. C. Terms of subscription: Domestic, $4.00 per annum; foreign, $4.25 per annum; recent single numbers, 50 cents, foreign postage extra. All subscriptions are payable in advance. Remittances should be made payable to the Entomological Society of Washington. Authors of leading articles in the PROCEEDINGS will be given 10 copies of the number in which their article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur- nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired accompanies the manuscript: 4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp. 50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00 100 copies 2.25 4.50 6.75 9.00 Certain charges are made on illustrations and there are rules and suggestions governing the make-up of articles published. Contributors may secure infor- mation on these points by application to the Editor or Corresponding Secretary. PROCEEDINGS OF ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF ^ottian '^ JUN 22 1921 VOL. 23 JUNE 1921 No. 6 TWO NEW SPECIES OF DIPTERA. Bv CHARLES T. GREENE, Bureau of Entomology. The species treated below were referred to the author by Mr. W. R. Walton, in charge of the Cereal and Forage Insect Investigations of the U. S. Bureau of Entomology. Mr. Walton also made the drawing of the puparia showing how they are formed into a cluster or comb. The social habit of the larvae of S. sociabilis is curious. The puparia are very firmly cemented together and it is impossible to separate them without fracturing several cells of the comb. The anal stigmata are unusually large in proportion to the size of the puparium which is thickly, though shortly pilose, except- ing immediately surrounding the stigmal field. The species is new and may be characterized as follows: Sturmia sociabilis, new species. Male and female. Black, thickly covered with a pale gray pollen. Length, male 5 mm.; female 6 mm. Female. Front one-fourth the total width of the head at vertex; thickly dusted with a golden pollen which extends to the lower end of the sides of the face; the usual frontal bristles reach to the middle of the second antennal joint; two large orbitals directed forward; in addition to the usual bristles there are several very small, erect hairs, some are in the form of a straight line close to the eye margin; frontal stripe reddish brown, one fourth the width of the front before ocelli and extending on each side of the ocellar triangle. Ocellar bristles very small, converging forward. Facial depression dusted with silvery white; ridges with only three or four bristles above the vibrissae. Antennae black, reaching the lowest fourth of the face, faintly reddish on the outside near the base of third joint; arista about as long as the antennae, reddish, thickened on basal half. Vibrissae large. Palpi well developed; apex yellow, black on basal half or more. Thorax with four narrow, black vittae; four posterior dorso centrals. Scutellum black, faintly yellowish at the apex; one discal pair of macrochaeta; three marginal pairs and an additional smaller apical pair, decussate. Four sternopleurals. Abdomen all black; second segment with one pair median marginal, one pair lateral; also a very narrow median black stripe; third segment with four marginal pairs; no discals on either segments. Legs black; knees very narrowly reddish; middle tibia with one large bristle on front side near the middle. Hind tibiae evenly ciliated with one large bristle in the middle. Wing with one large bristle at base of third vein. Male. Same as female except the front is slightly narrower ami there arc no 126 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 6, JUNE, 1921 orbitals. Ventral surface of the third segment shining, having the appearance of being varnished. Described from four (4) females and two (2) males. Speci- mens labeled Rio Piedras, P. R. May 23, 1913, P. R. S. G. A. Ac. No. 473, 1913 J. R. Johnson, Collector. Holotype, Female, Cat. No. 24,146 United States National Museum. Allotype, Male, Cat. No. 24,146. This species runs to S. inquinata in Coquillett's Revision. It is undoubtedly related to Sturmia distincta Wied. a common parasite of the sphinx moths in North America. The latter species has the social habit in pupation as is evidenced by specimens reared by Mr. George W. Barber of the Bureau of Entomology at Charleston, Mo., October 24, 1914, from the larva of a sphingid (species undetermined). The puparia in this case are cemented together precisely as in sociabilis and form a disc nearly circular in outline. In the case of S. sociabilis Fig. 1 Puparia of Sturmia sociabilis. it was suggested to Mr. Jones that possibly the larvae were confined in so small a space that they were compelled to crowd each other in order to secure space in which to pupate but he stated that this was not the case. Phorocera meracanthae, new species. Male and female. Back species covered with whitish pollen; in certain lights the apical edges of the abdominal segments are black and also have a broad black stripe on the third and fourth segment. Eyes hairy. Length, male 9 mm.; female 8 to 10 mm. Male. Front prominent, silvery, about one-fourth the head width and with numerous bristly hairs in addition to the frontal bristles; lowest frontals reach slightly below apex of second antennal joint; below these are four or five bristly hairs. Frontal stripe deep reddish brown. Ocellar triangle black with numer- ous long, bristly hairs; ocellar pair large, directed obliquely forward. Antennae long, reaching nearly the length of the face; third joint narrowly reddish at base and about five times the length of the second. Arista long, thickened on the basal fourth. Face strongly receding; ridges bristly almost to the lowest frontals. Vibrissae large, decussate. Palpi dull yellow, well developed. Thorax covered with white pollen forming four narrow, indistinct black vittae on anterior portion; four posterior dorso centrals. Scutellum concolorous; a discal pair of macrochaetae, also three pairs of large marginals and a small, decussate, apical pair. Abdominal segments with macrochaetae as follows: first and second segments with a median and lateral pair; third with four marginal pairs; PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NTO. 6, JUNE, 1921 127 second and third segments with a discal pair. Sternopleura with three bristles. Middle tibiae each bearing one large and one small macrochaetae on the front side near the middle. Wing with the third vein bearing two bristles at the base. Length nine (9) mm. female. Like the male except the following differences: Two large orbitals directed forward; several more large hairs below the lowest frontal. Scutellum reddish yellow on apical third to half. Wing with two or three bristles at the base of the third vein. Length eight (8) to ten (10) mm. Described from six specimens. One male labeled as follows: Meyersville, Md., June 4, 1914; H254; J. A. Hyslop, Collector. Holotype, male, Cat. No. 24,147 United States National Museum. Allotype, female, Cat. No. 24,147. Reared at Hagerstown, Md., from the larva of Meracantha contracta Beauv. There were two other specimens in this lot of material but I did not think it advisable to include them because they are not fully matured. Five females from the National Museum Collection labeled as follows: two specimens from Beltsville, Md., July 9, 1916, and one specimen from Mount Vernon, Va., July 4, 1917, W. L. McAtee, Collector. Two specimens from Hell Canyon, N. M., 7,200 feet; Manzano National Forest, 18,IX,16; C. H. T. Townsend, Collector. This species is closely allied to P. facia/is Coq. All the material is in the United States National Museum Collection. STUDIES OF ZENILLIA ROSEANAE B. & B. A PARASITE OF THE EUROPEAN CORN BORER. (Pyrausta nubilalis Hb.) BY W. R. THOMPSON, U. S. Bureau of Entomology, AND M. C. THOMPSON. INTRODUCTION. The present paper embodies a portion of the principal techni- cal results obtained during the first year of work in southern France on one of the European parasites of the European corn borer, under the direction of the senior author of this paper, acting under instructions from the Chief of the Bureau of Entomology. This paper contains the technical information necessary for the recognition of the parasite under consideration, in each of the successive stages of its development and for the elaboration of satisfactory methods of rearing and colonization. Zenillia roseanae B. & B. Zenillia roseanae B. & B. is a Dipterous parasite belonging to the family Tachinidae. The females of this species are larvi- 128 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 6, JUNE, 1921 parous, depositing upon the body of the host caterpillar thin- shelled eggs containing larvae ready to hatch immediately. The larva resembles in general structure the maggots of ordinary Muscids, such as the House-fly. Like the latter, it passes through three morphologically distinct stages separated by moults. The pupal stage is passed within the hardened skin of the last stage larva which forms the characteristic pupanum. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION. The egg measures about 0.65 mm. x 0.175 mm. It is approximately cylindri- cal, tapering slightly anteriorly; the chorion is colorless and presents under high magnifications a fine punctuation. The first stage larva measures about 0.65 mm. x 0.175 mm. It is moderately elongate (Fig. 1), cylindrical, tapering rather abruptly posteriorly, more gradu- ally toward the anterior extremity; the cuticle is colorless and transparent; the body is composed of 11 segments and a minute head or pseudocephalon; the cuticle is colorless, transparent and unsculptured, bearing bands of minute dark spines. These bands of spines are broadest on the thoracic segments and particularly on segment II. On the abdominal segments they are narrower and here the dorsal part of each band is separated from the ventral part by a small pleural space in the middle of which there exists a small, isolated patch of spines. On segments I-VI inclusive, the bands of spines are situated on the anterior region of each segment, but on segment VII there appears, just in front of the dorsal extremity of the ventral spine-band of segment VIII, a small isolated group of spines situated near the posterior border of the segment. On segment VIII, below a similar patch, there sometimes appears a short ventral row and a similar dorsal one, running parallel to the band on the anterior border of the segment following and on segment IX there is a complete posterior band of spines, broadest in the pleural region. On the posterior border of segment X a similar band exists. As one passes toward the posterior extremity of the larva, the bands of spines on the anterior border of the segments become narrower and less important so that on segment X the pleura! group has disappeared, while on segment XI only a few pleuro-ventral spines remain on the anterior border. The spines on the anterior border of the segments of the larva are directed for- ward while those on the posterior border are directed backward. The dispo- sition of the spines on the last segment is rather unusual and serves to distinguish this species at once from the other Tachinid parasites of Pyrausta so far studied. On this segment there exists, in addition to the few ventro-lateral spines already mentioned, a ventral band traversing the middle of the segment, interrupted a short distance on either side of the median line, so as to isolate a median group, and, finally, between this band and the posterior extremity, a ventral patch of spines for the most part much heavier and darker than the other spines of the body and directed forward. Opposite the ventral group, on the dorsal surface, is a similar group (Fig. 2), which is slightly larger and situated between the pleural extremities of the median ventral band. These two groups of spines bear a functional relation to the posterior stigmata similar to that of PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23 PLATE VIII *..;....., ,, m ''.I V J. 1 I 8 -,;, !(.,;." - ,-, .. THOMPSON AND THOMPSON ZENILLIA ROSEANAK 130 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 6, JUNE, 1921 the posterior hooks of such primary larvae as that of Compsilura concinnata Meig. In this stage the larva is metapneustic; the posterior stigmata open a little to the dorsal side of the apex of the last segment; each stigma presents two respiratory papillae; the "felt-chambers" (Fig. 2) are about 6.5 as long as their diameter. The mouth-hook or bucco-pharyngeal armature is represented by the Figures 3, 4 and 5 and it is therefore unnecessary to describe it in detail. In this stage it is without articulations; the median tooth presents 5 or 6 minute denticles (Fig. 5) on the cutting edge. In the newly hatched larva the armature has the form represented in the Figure 3, but at the end of this stage its aspect is super- ficially very different owing to a progressive chitinization which takes place in the pharyngeal cuticula surrounding the basal plates, and especially the dorsal wing (Fig. 4). This increase in the area of the basal portion of the armature corresponds to an increase during the first stage of the posterior part of the pharynx containing the elevator muscles and is doubtless due to the excitation of the pharyngeal epithelium by these muscles. The sensorial organs of the larva are minute. The cephalic organs consist chiefly of a dorsal element, plano-convex in outline the antenna and a more ventral group of minute organs, constituting the maxilla. The sensorial organs of the body segments comprise a certain number of minute clavate hairs and more numerous minute circular pits. These organs are constant in number and distribution (Fig. 2). The second stage larva (Fig. 6) measures about 4.0 mm. x 1.0 mm. (hiber- nating larvae). The larva is now more robust than in the first stage. The cuticula is colorless and transparent but the spine armature is relatively some- what more conspicuous than in the first stage. On the first three segments there exists only an anterior band of spines which on segment II and III is broadened so as to form an oval plate in the ventral region. On segment IV a posterior band appears in the ventral region. On segment V a few curving rows of spines appear at the pleural extremity of this ventral band. The dorsal anterior band of segment VI is broken in the pleural region, and the pleural group above the posterior ventral band is larger. On segment VII the dorsal anterior band is feebly developed; the anterior pleural group is divided: and the anterior ventral band consists of only a few rows of small spines. On the posterior border a single short dorsal row appears. On segment VIII the dorsal anterior band is very feebly developed; there is a pleural group semi-circular in form, opposite the pleural group on the posterior border of segment VII; and the ventral anterior band is feeble and medially interrupted. On this segment the posterior band is now almost complete though still rather feeble in the dorsal region. On segment IX the dorsal part of the anterior band is absent and the pleural and ventral anterior groups are feeble*; a continuous, moderately broad band of heavy spines exists on the posterior border. On segment X the anterior band is represented only by a few minute pleural spines and a single ventral row. The posterior band is like that on the preceding segment. On the last segment there exists a pleural group of curving rows of feeble spines, a median ventral group and dorsal and ventral groups of stigmatic spines as in the first stage. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23 Jf '" I p%- ' .' --S5 ' . '... 10 IZ 13 14 15 THOMPSON AND THOMPSON ZENILLIA ROSF.ANAE 132 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 6, JUNE, 1921 * The second stage larva is amphipneustic. The anterior stigmata are small and are situated just in front of the anterior border of segment III in the middle of the pleural region; each presents two respiratory papillae (Fig. 7); the felt-chamber is uniform in diameter throughout its length. The posterior stigmata (Fig. 8) open on the dorsal aspect of the apex of posterior extremity; each presents two respiratory papillae; the felt-chambers are more robust than in the first stage, the ratio of length to diameter being about 2:1. The bucco-pharyngeal armature is represented in figure 9; in this stage there is no median hook, and it is replaced functionally by a pair of elongate curved lateral or mandibular hooks, which are the homologues of the small lateral plates of the first stage larva (Fig. 3); the base of the ventral wing of the basal plate is partly separated from the intermediate region by a short narrow incision but as in the first stage there are no articulations in the armature which forms a solid block. The third stage larva (Fig. 10) measures 1 1.0 mm. x 3.0 mm. It is sometimes rather crescentic in form, the dorsal side being slightly concave, the ventral side convex. On the ventral side, the surface of the body presents a series of oval convexities, functioning as pseudopodia and situated in the region of the intersegmental coniunctivae IV-V, V-VI, VI-VII, VII-V1II, VIII-IX, IX-X, X-XI. These pseudopodia are slightly developed on the anterior segments but more prominent posteriorly. The one situated on the conjunctiva X-XI, surrounds the anal opening of the larva. In this stage, the cuticular spines, while perhaps as numerous as in the preceding stage, are relatively much less apparent so that under a low power the cuticle appears to be naked; the spines are arranged for the most part in curving rows separated by rather wide intervals. An anterior band exists on segments I-III, but on segments IV-VIII inclusive this band is broken in the pleural region, while on segments IX-XI, the dorsal part of the band, represented on segment VIII only by a few spines, is absent. The ventral part of the anterior band exists on all the segments to the Xth, where it is interrupted below the pleural region. On segment V there appears a posterior ventral band associated with a posterior pleural group on segments VI-IX. On segment X there is a complete and well developed posterior spine band. The Xlth segment bears dorsal and ventral patches of stigmatic spines as in the preceding stages. The third stage larva is amphipneustic; the felt-chamber of the anterior stigma is considerably swollen but diminishes rapidly in diameter distally where it terminates in the respiratory papillae (Fig. 11); these are generally two in num- ber but not infrequently three are present and in some specimens as many as five exist; when such variations occur they are sometimes symmetrical but often not so. The posterior stigmata (Fig. 12) situated on the apex of the posterior extremity, are much larger than in the preceding stages and each possesses 4 respiratory slits of which the dorsal and ventral elements are generally short and straight while the intermediate pair are curved; the stigmatic area is surrounded by a well-developed, heavily chitinized, unbroken peritreme; the stigmata in the larva are separated by a distance equal to about one half the diameter of each stigma; the felt-chambers are very short and broad. The bucco-pharyngeal armature (Fig. 13) differs greatly in form from that of the preceding stage; the lateral paired mandibular hooks are short, stout and PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 6, JUNE, 1921 133 straight with acute distal extremities; the ventral sclerite of the salivary duct, while not detached from the intermediate region, is very prominent; an articula- tion now exists between the intermediate and basal regions; the dorso-anterior angle of the dorsal wing of the basal plate is strongly produced anteriorly, while the posterior portion of this wing presents a deep narrow cleft; the hypopharyn- geal plates (Fig. 14) are irregularly quadrangular in form and paired; each pre- sents an oval or rounded sensorial unchitinized area; the inner surface of the labium bears a few rows of stout uncolored spines; the epipharyngeal plate (Fig. 15) is emarginate posteriorly and produced anteriorly into a short rounded tooth; it bears several sensorial areas as indicated in the figure. The puparium measures about 6.5 mm. x 3.0 mm.; it varies in color from lighr to dark reddish brown; the surface is smooth without apparent rugosities or excrescences and moderately polished; the puparial wall is sufficiently trans- parent so that the cast third stage mouth hooks can usually be seen through the cap; the anterior extremity is rounded or hemispherical; the anterior stigmata are inconspicuous, not protuberant or elevated; the line of cleavage separating the two halves of the puparial cap passes posteriorly on the ventral side of the anterior stigmata and terminates just behind theanteriorspine bandof segment IV; the circular line of cleavage runs perpendicularly to this point around the puparium; the prothoracic cornicles traverse the puparial wall just in front of the posterior margin of segment IV, slightly postero-dorsad to the posterior end of the longitudinal line of cleavage of the cap; the posterior end of the puparium is rounded conical or sub-conical; the posterior stigmata are situated slightly dor- sad of the posterior apex; they are inconspicuous and scarcely elevated above the surface of the puparium. The respiratory apparatus of the pupa has the form shown in the figure 16; the internal spiracle is oval and presents 7 or 8 double rows of respiratory papillae; the terminal portion of the prothoracic cornicle is rather slender and only mod- erately chitinized, with a rather small number of spiracular openings (V\g. 17). THE ADULT. According to the system of classification based on adult characters, this species belongs in the genus Zenillia R.-D. Dr. J. Villeneuve has very kindly supplied me with the diagnostic characters of this genus. The genus Zenillia, writes Dr. Villeneuve, has replaced the genera Myxexo- rista B. B., Tritochaeta B. B.; the vibrissae become weaker as they approach the upper part ot the facial plate and, especially in the female, cease to exist toward the upper half or third of the facial plate; eyes hairy; no orbital bristles in the male; front moderately broad; anterior claws of the male more or less elongate; posterior tibiae with regular or irregular ciliation; third longitudinal vein bear- ing bristles at its origin only; bend of the fourth vein without an appendage; second segment of the arista not perceptibly elongate; apical bristles present on the scutellum. The synonymy of the genus Zenillia, according to the Cata- logue of Palaearctic Diptera, of Bezzi and Stein, is as follows: 134 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 6, JUNE, 1921 Zenillia R.-D. Myodaires, 152, 1 (1830). syn. Atilia R.-D. 1863. Clemelis R.-D. 1863. Elpe R.-D. 1863. Myxexorista B. B. 1891. Nilea R.-D. 1863. SagarisR.-D. 1863. Tritochaeta B. B. 1889. Zelinda R.-D. 1863. Zenillia roseanae was originally described by Brauer and von Bergenstamm in Denkschr. Akad. Wien. LVIII, 332, (1891) under the genus Myxexorista. As the original description is rather brief, I have prepared a new one from the specimens reared from Pyrausta which has been made sufficiently detailed for purposes of identification. The adult (Fig. 18) is black, the calypteres brownish, the wings hyaline. Male. Front, seen from above about four-fifths as wide as eye; frontal vitta dark brown; pollen of para-frontals, para-facials and cheeks bluish grey; a single row of strong frontal bristles and outside this several rows of fine hairs; three to five frontal bristles below the base of the antennae, the row extending below the apex of the second antennal segment; para-facials bare; facial ridges ciliate on about the lower half; cheeks about one-fifth eye-height; eyes densely hairy; palpi black; occiput flat; antennae as long as the facial plate, the third segment about five times the length of the second; the arista thickened on its basal half. Mesonotum black, thinly dusted with greyish-blue pollen, with one median and two pairs of lateral black vittae not very apparent from above; an irregular black vitta adjacent to the margin of the humeral callus; pleurae blue-black, very thinly dusted; 4 sterno-pleural bristles 1:2:1; 4 post-sutural and 3 post- acrostichal bristles; scutellum rather thinly pollinose, bearing 3 pairs of marginal bristles, a pair of cruciate, upwardly directed apical bristles and a pair of discal bristles. Abdomen with segments II-IV greyish pollinose anteriorly, the bands of pollen interrupted by a dorsal median vitta; first segment with a pair of marginal bristles, sometimes feeble; second segment with a pair of discals and a pair of marginals; third segment with a pair of discals and a marginal ring; fourth seg- ment with numerous scattered bristles; hypopygium not prominent, the visible portion polished black; hind tibiae regularly ciliate though one of the bristles toward the middle of the row is often larger than the others. Female. Two forwardly directed and one backwardly directed orbital bristles on each side; front, seen from above about as wide as eye; antenna not extending quite the full length of the facial plate, the third segment 3.5-4 times as long as the second. The male genitalia have been represented (Fig. 19) as they present characters of value for the recognition of the species but it is not necessary for the purpose of this paper to describe them in detail. The female internal reproductive sys- tem corresponds in form to that of the species of Group VI in the system of Pan- PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23 f>-C. 16 17 19 - ' THOMPSON AM) THOMPSON XKMI.I.I \ KOSKVNAK 136 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 6, JUNE, 1921 tel; the terminal sclerites of the body of the adult female are simple and un- specialized. BIOLOGY. The oviposition of this species has not been observed; but the structure of the reproductive system and of the primary larva indicates that the larvae are deposited directly on the body of the Pyrausta caterpillar during the period when the latter is feeding on the exterior of the plant or moving from place to place. Immediately or at all events very shortly after entering the body of the host caterpillar, the primary larva enters one of the longitudinal bands of adipose tissue. The larvae of the autumn generation remain in the fat body during the winter (Fig. 20), which they pass in the second larval stage; during the initial period of its existence the larva has no connection with the tracheal system of the caterpillar and it must therefore obtain its supply of oxygen either from the ingested blood and adipose tissue of its host or from the fine tracheae which penetrate the fat body in which it lies; later on, however, the second stage larva applies its posterior extremity to a trachea of the cater- pillar and forces an opening through which it secures a more abundant supply of oxygen; sometimes the larva attaches itself to one of the larger tracheal vessels, but more often to the finer branches which supply the fat body; in this stage it is thus sur- rounded by a sheath of mixed tracheal and fatty origin, in which, however, the adipose elements greatly predominate. Finally, after the second ecdysis, the parasite larva, which up to this time has fed only upon the blood and adipose tissue, begins to devour indiscriminately all of the internal organs of the caterpillar of which it leaves little but the skin. The parasite larvae of the winter generation which we have had under observation have invariably emerged from cater- pillars of the borer and this is also the usual habit of the larvae of the summer generation; but in one case a larva of the summer generation was observed to emerge from a chrysalid of the borer. The larvae pupate in the gallery of the host beside the empty skin of the caterpillar from which they have emerged. It is not necessary to consider in detail in this paper the changes produced in the structure of the adipose tissue of the host by the presence of the parasite larva; it may be noted, however, that the zone of adipose tissue immediately adjacent to the body of the Tachinid larva eventually takes on a light yellowish tinge, contrasting with the pure white color of the nor- mal tissue in this species; in older larvae, the part of the adipose tissue forming the sheath becomes semitransparent owing to the disappearance of the fat globules from the cells composing it. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 6, JUNE, 1921 137 In the spring of 1920, most of the larvae of P. nubilalis col- lected in southern France were shipped to the corn-borer laboratory in Massachusetts. Consequently, few parasites were bred in the laboratory at Audi anil the data secured in regard to the later phases of their life histories is somewhat fragmentary. From the information available it appears that the larvae of Zenillia roseanae emerge from the hibernating caterpillars of the borer about a month before the latter begin to pupate; but that the duration of the pupal and preoviposition periods in the case of the parasite are so much longer than in the case of the host, that the adult females of the Tachinid are not ready to oviposit until the young caterpillars of Pyrausta are present on the corn plant. The first puparium found under outdoor conditions in 1920 was taken from a corn stalk in the laboratory garden on March 24; it was then freshly formed. In caterpillars of the summer generation, larvae of Zenillia roseanae in stage II were first found on July 28 and last found on August 12, after which time no further dissections of the summer generation caterpillars were made in this region. The first puparium of the summer generation of this species was found in a flower stalk of the corn plant on August 3, the last on August 17, on which date a puparium from which the adult had already emerged was also collected. The duration of the pupal stage in the summer generation appears to be considerably shorter than in the hibernating generation but on this point we have not yet secured any exact information. Few dissections of caterpillars of the autumn generation were made in 1920, but in a lot collected on October 3 a larva of Z. roseanae in the first stage was found in the fat body of a Py- rausta caterpillar. The most important practical point determined by the inves- tigations undertaken up to the present on the seasonal history of 7,enillia roseanae is that this parasite has a seasonal historv synchronous with that of the host in southwestern France, having like the latter two generations a year of ivhich the second is passed in the larval stage in the hibernating caterpillars of the borer . OTHER HOSTS. In the work of Brauer and Yon Bergenstamm already cited, Zenillia roseanae is recorded as a parasite of the well-known grape pest Conchy/is roseana Hw. As we have had occasion to examine only a small number of the caterpillars of the host in question we are unable to confirm this record. SECONDARY PARASITES.. On April 14, 1920, a puparium of this species was found which was filled with the larvae of a chalcid parasite; the puparium 138 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 6, JUNE, 1921 was unfortunately broken in collection and the parasites could not be reared; no other hyperparasites have since been discov- ered. GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. Zenillia roseanae has been found in Pyrausta larvae in several of the departments of southwestern France (Gers, Hautes Py- renees, Landes), and in the Mediterranean region at Hyeres (Var) and Men ton (Alpes Maritimes). In material from southern Germany (southern Wurtemberg) and Belgium, it has not been discovered. It would thus appear to be a southern species; but so far it has not been found in material from Naples and it seems to be rarer along the Mediterranean littoral than in the region north of the Pyrenees. IMPORTANCE AS A CONTROLLING FACTOR OF THE CORN BORER. In order to determine accurately the status of this species as a controlling factor of the corn borer in Europe it will be neces- sary to carry on an investigation continuing over a considerable period. However from the data now available it would appear that Zenillia roseanae is a very important parasite of Pyrausta nubilalis. As it has two annual generations, both passed on the borer, its introduction into the United States offers much less difficulty than that of species with several generations which develop in different hosts. Having two broods a year it should be able to overtake and check the invasion of the host with com- parative rapidity; and finally, the method of hibernation of the species, in the hibernating caterpillars of Pyrausta, enables the parasite to pass through one of the most difficult periods in its seasonal history with a much lower mortality than is caused by extreme unfavorable meteorological conditions and hyperpara- sitism in the case of species which pass the winter in the pupal or adult stages. LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. Fig. 1. Zenillia roseanae. First stage larva. Fig. 2. First stage larva; posterior extremity, seen from dorsal side; f". "felt- chamber" of posterior stigmata; s. o. clavate sensory organ; s. s. stigmatic spines. Fig. 3. Mouth-hook or bucco-pharyngeal apparatus of newly hatched, first stage larva, b. r. basal region; d. w. dorsal wing of basal plate; i. r. intermediate region; 1. p. lateral plates; in. t. median tooth; s. s. d. sclerite of.the salivary duct; v. w. ventral wing of the basal plate. Fig. 4. Mouth hook or bucco-pharyngeal apparatus of larva at the end of the first stage. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 6, JUNE, 1921 139 Fig. 5. Anterior end of mouth hook of first stage larva. Fig. 6. Second stage larva. Fig. 7. Anterior stigma and "felt-chamber" of second stage larva. Fig. 8. Posterior stigma and "felt-chamber" of second stage larva. Fig. 9. Mouth hooks or bucco-pharyngeal apparatus of second stage larva; m. h. lateral paired mandibular hooks. Fig. 10. Third stage larva. Fig. 11. Anterior stigmata of third stage larva. Fig. 12. Posterior stigmata of third stage larva. Fig. 13. Mouth hooks or bucco-pharyngeal apparatus ot third stage larva. Fig. 14. Hypopharyngeal plates and inner surface of labium of third stage larva; h. p. hypopharyngeal plate; 1. labium. Fig. 15. Epipharyngeal plate of third stage larva. Fig. 16. Pupal respiratory apparatus; i. s. internal spiracle; p. c. prothoracic cornicle. Fig. 17. Tip of prothoracic cornicle of the pupa. Fig. 18. Head of adult male. Fig. 19. External genitalia of adult male. Fig. 20. Hibernating second stage larva in a lobe of the fat body of the corn borer caterpillar; tr. tracheae of caterpillar. SOME NOTES ON THE TERMINAL ABDOMINAL STRUCTURES OF SAWFLIES. BY WILLIAM MIDDLETON, U. S. Bureau of Entomo/o^v. This paper, which was prepared under the direction of S. A. Rohwer, at the Eastern Field Station, East Falls Church, Virginia, and is a contribution from the Branch of Forest Insects, IL S. Bureau of Entomology, deals with some of the terminal abdominal structures of sawfly larvae and adults, and presents a terminology to be used in future taxonomic papers. Postcornu. The larvae ot the wood, stem and grass boring sawrlies have long been known to possess a single, heavily chitinized, terminal appendage, or posterior horn, which until quite recently was unnamed. This structure was called the postcornu by Cramp- ton 1 and the term is adopted by the author. The postcornu in the internal feeding larvae is quite promi- nent, occurring at the apex of the abdomen above the anal open- ing upon a well defined told which is distinctly separated from the dorsal plate, or epiproct, by lateral cauciad grooves. In '"The Genitalia and Terminal Abdominal Structures of Males and the Terminal Abdominal Structure of the Larvae of "Chalastogastrous Hymenop- tera" by G. C. Crampton, Proc. Knt. Soc. Wash., vol. 21, \o. 6, June, 1919, p. 137-8. 140 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 6, JUNE, 1921 another group of the sawflies, the Pamphiliinae, there exists a smaller and less conspicuous, though undoubtedly identical structure. No special attention has been given to this structure in the Pamphiliinae, and because of this and its use in classifi- cation, the organ is herewith described. It consists of a small, obscure and somewhat S-shaped chitinized rod projecting from a posterior median plate, which occurs in a depression on the dorsad-caudad surface of the epiproct (see Plate I, Fig. A), and because of the position in which it is carried by the larva the postcornu can hardly be seen. (These observations were made upon dead larvae and the author has not yet had an opportunity to note the position or use of this structure in living larvae). The character of, and the position occupied by, this appendage and the slight tendency for the formation of the lateral caudad grooves, as indicated by the depression at the lateral margin of the epiproct, seems to give ample grounds for believing it to be homologous with the postcornu of the other sawflies. A comparative study of the postcornu of those groups ot the Chalastogastra which possess this structure reveals certain similarities within families and differences between them, which may be described and tabulated as follows: 1. Postcornu small, inconspicuous, projecting anteriorly, S-shaped and unornamented (see plate I, figs. A and E). Larvae of four genera examined Pamphiliinae. - Postcornu large, conspicuous, projecting posteriorly and more or less ornamented by spines, spurs or barbs 2. 2. Postcornu short, tube-like, circular in cross-section at apex, unornamented with spurs or barbs except on basal lobe (see plate I, fig. D). Larvae of four genera examined ' Cephidae. - Postcornu long, rod-like, compressed laterally or semicircular in cross- section at apex, ornamented on the dorsal or ventral margin with barbs or spurs 3. Postcornu slightly curved, concave ventrally; semicircular in cross-section at apex, convex dorsally; ornamented on the ventral margin with spurs or barbs (see plate I, fig. C). Larvae of the genus Xiphvdria ex- amined .. Xiphydriidae. - Postcornu straight; a vertical line in cross section at apex; ornamented on the dorsal margin with spurs or barbs (see plate I, fig. B). Larvae of five Nearctic genera examined Siricidae. Paired Terminal Structures Dr. G. C. Crampton in his excellent paper 2 on the terminal J " Notes on the Larvae of Some Cephidae," William Middleton, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 19, 1917, p. 174-179. 2 The Genitalia and Terminal Abdominal Structure of Males, and the Terminal Abdominal Structure of the Larvae of "Chalastogastrous Hymenoptera" Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 21, No. 6, June, 1919, p. 137-8. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 6, JUNE, 1921 141 abdominal structures of sawflies, applies the term "cerci" to a larval and an adult appendage. In a paper recently submitted 1 the author indicated the existence of a homology between the larval postpedes and the adult cerci, thus disposing of the term cerci, as applied to larval structures other than the postpedes and leaving those protuberances of the larva designated as "cerci" by Crampton without a name. In the following para- graphs the writer, (1) treats somewhat more in detail his reasons for believing the larval postpedes and adult cerci to be homologous; (2) compares the styli, or arthrostyli, of the Pamphiliinae and Cephidae with the postpedes of other sawfly larvae and advances some reasons for considering them homolo- gous; (3) suggests a new term for those larval structures desig- nated "cerci," by Crampton; and (4) discusses briefly the cerci of the adult male Tremex. Postpedes and Cerci. The conclusion that the postpedes are homologues of the cerci was reached by means of a study of the ontogenetic development of Pteronidea ribesii supplemented by the position that the cerci occupy in relation to other parts of the adult. In the formation of the pupa there are below the anus, and at the laterad caudad extremities of the venter of the tenth urite, a pair of rounded protuberances. (See Plate XI, Fig. I.) These lobes are formed from that area of the larva which gives rise to the postpedes and are the pads within which the adult cerci are developed, therefore they are undoubtedly homologous with these appendages (Plate XI, Figs. H and J). In the adult, the cerci do not spring from the chitin of the tergum, but are sepa- rated from that sclerite by a narrow strip of the membrane which constitutes the venter of the tenth urite. They are also below the anus and in one abnormal, adult, female of Pteronidea ribesii the cerci were fused together forming a single structure projecting below the anus. Thus, it would seem to the author that the cerci of the adult are not homologous with the so-called "cerci" of the larvae and that they are developed from the post- pedes. Postpedes and Styli. The tenth, or terminal, abdominal segment has, in a number of sawflies, a pair of uropods or postpedes and in some of those sawflies (Cephidae and Pamphiliinae) not possessing what have been recognized as postpedes, there are a pair of laterad appen- dages on the sternum of this segment to which the term styli or arthrostyli, has been applied (Plate XI, Figs. A and G). Since these styli bear a very close structural resemblance to, and occupy a position similar to, the thoracic legs (in the Pam- To the Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 142 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 6, JUNE, 1921 philiinae) and since it is a rather well recognized fact that the uropods are true limbs, the author can see no reason for not believing that the styli and postpedes are homologous struc- tures (Plate XI, Figs. F and G). That the styli should differ considerably in general appearance from the postpedes of an ordinary larva can not but be expected when the differences of use are borne in mind (Plate XI, Figs. A andH). In this respect it is to be remembered that the Cephidae live in grass stems and twigs and that they line their galleries with silk and that the Pamphiliinae make web nests, roll leaves and make silk and leaf tubes, while those sawflies possessing postpedes are usually free feeders, laying flat upon the surface of the leaf, or holding to the edge with the apex of the abdomen curled gripping the leaf or carried in the air curved S-shaped. The styliform thoracic legs of the Pamphiliinae, in which the claw is lost or changed in shape, resembles more closely the arthostyli, than the well-developed thoracic legs of the free feed- ing sawfly larva resemble the posterior uropods of these larvae. Cerci and Pseudocerci. Since the so called "cerci" of the larvae are not homologous with the true cerci of the adult they should not bear the same name, and since the "cerci" of larvae are without a name the term "pseudocerci" 1 is suggested (Plate XI, Fig. H). The pseudocerci of the sawfly larvae, are much less regular in presence, location and character than the cerci of the adult, a fact which in itself would tend to throw suspicion upon their being cerci. In the larvae of Pteronidea the pseudocerci are wanting in some species while in others they are present and well developed. In another Nematine genus (Pontania) the pseudo- cerci of the larvae of some species approach each other quite closely at the apex of the caudad margin of the epiproct and in the Siricidae structures, which appear to be sufficiently similar to bear at least tor the present the same name, are found situ- ated to either side of the dorso-median caudal groove and immediately above the basal lobe of the fold bearing the post- cornu. The pseudocerci may easily be differentiated from the cerci because they are always found dorsad of the anal opening, and are always a continuation of the chitin of the epiproct (Plate XI, Figs. H and J). Cerci of Tremex. Certain authors (Rohwer, MacGillivray and Bradley) have remarked upon the absence of the cerci in the male of Tremex and some have considered the absence of these appendages to be of taxonomic importance. 'Pseudocerci is a name for these structures suggested by G. C. Crampton in a letter to S. A. Rohwer. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23 pc L MI DDLETON ABDOMINAL STRUCTURES OF SAWFLIES 144 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 6, JUNE, 1921 In the studies made, by the author, on these appendages in sawflies, he found them present in Tremex columba (Linnaeus) but greatly reduced and inconspicuous (Plate XI, Fig. K). The cerci are quite small, but are present as distinct, cone-like, chitinous buttons on the membranous sternum of the tehth urite. They are situated at the cephalad laterad angles of the sternum of the segment in a position identical with that occupied by them in insects where they are larger. The tenth tergite is arched, presenting a convex surface dorsally, and its posterior margin is curved to produce a project- ing semi-circular disk of chitin. Beneath the tergum there is 1 a membrane lying close to it and connecting its posterior margin with anus. Anus projects but slightly (never beyond the tenth tergite) and is carried compressed, close to the membrane (tenth sternite) below it, within the concavity made by the arching of the tenth tergite (Plate XI, Figs. K and L). Thus, the entire tenth sternum, including the cerci, is concealed beneath the epiproct. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. A Urite X of larva of Pamphilimae, showing postcornu (cc) on epiproct (ep) and styli on hypoproct (hy). B Lateral view of postcornu of Siricidae, showing dorsal barbs. C Lateral view of postcornu of Xiphydriidae, showing ventral barbs. D Lateral view of postcornu of Cephidae, showing short, cylindrical, unorna- mented type with spines on basal lobe. E Lateral view of postcornu of Pamphiliinae, showing anterior projection from the posterior median plate (mp). F Leg of larva of Pamphiliinae. G Styli of larva of Pamphiliinae, appendages of the tenth urite. H Urites IX and X of larva of Pteronidea ribesii showing epiproct (ep) with pseudocerci (pc) above anus (a) and postpedes (ppd) ventrad. I Urites VIII-IX and X of pupa of Pteronidea ribesii showing epiproct (ep) above anus (a), hyproproct (hy) below anus bearing cerci (c), sheath (sh) and lancets (It). J Urites IX and X of adult Pteronidea ribesii from venter showing cerci (c) below anus (a) and separated from tergum. K Ventral view X urite of adult of male Tremex columba showing membranous sternite below anus (a) with cerci (c) at lateral extremities. L Lateral view VIII, IX and X, urites of adult male Tremex columba. Key to Symbols. a anus. It lancets, c cerci. mp median plate, cc postcornu. pc pseudocerci. ep epiproct. ppd postpedes. hy hypoproct. sh sheath. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 6, JUNE, 1921 145 ON THE MALE GENITALIA OF THE MICROLEPIDOPTERA AND THEIR SYSTEMATIC IMPORTANCE. BY AUGUST BUSCK. AND CARI. HEINRICH. In recent papers we have applied certain terms in defining the genitalia structure which it is our intention to use in subse- quent treatment of the various Micro families. These are based on careful morphological studies of many forms and a homology of the parts in their various and often puzzling modifications. While we have considered mainly the Micro- lepidoptera our studies have included the Macro groups also and to them the nomenclature applies equally well. We have not conformed to strict priority in choice of names but have adopted the terms which seemed most appropriate and at the same time most generally accepted by Lepidopterists. 1 In the structure of the genitalia are involved two segments of the abdomen (the 9th and 10th) aside from occasional modifica- tions of the 8th. 2 The exact defining limits of these two segments are not determinable; but the general structure, homologized with the locations of corresponding openings in the pupa, clearly indicate that the chitinized structures surrounding the genital opening are developments of sclerites of the 9th abdominal segment and that the chitinizations surrounding the anal opening are devel- oped from the 10th. John B. Smith has been the first to make extensive systematic use of the genitalia in Lepidoptera we have where possible used his terms in preference to others. For this reason we have not followed the suggestion of Dr. McDunnough in his excellent paper on the terminology of these parts (Can. Ent., vol. 43, 1911, pp. 181-189.) 2 Different homologies have been suggested by other authors. Some following Berlese have included an eleventh abdominal segment in the genitalia. In a recent paper by Mr. John R. Ever (Bui. Brook Ent. Soc., vol. 16, 1921, pp. 1-8) certain of the structure we refer to the 9th segment" (harpes, vinculum ami aedoeagus) are considered as belonging to the 8th and 10th respectively, while others which form their close association with the anal opening (socii) we consider as developments of the l()th segment are considered by him as belong- ing to the 9th. Such homologies do not seem to harmonize with the position of the genital and anal openings anil armature of the pupa. Again we are unable to find any indication of an llth abdominal segment in any Lepidop- terous larva or pupa and the hypothesis of such an additional segment in the adult moth is at least unnecessary to a definition of the various parts of the genitalia structure and their homology within the Lepidoptera. Our purpose, however, is not primarily the homology of the genital parts with particular sclerites or somites, but a homology of the structures as they are developed within the order Lepidoptera and a definition which will enable satisfactory application to Taxonomy. 146 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 6, JUNE, 1921 In the lepidopterous genitalia all or most of the following nine external structures are present and can be differentiated and definitely homologized in the various groups however modified they may be. Vinculum (Vm). The vinculum is a ventral chitimzed band articulating at its dorsal extremi- ties with the tegumen. It is usually a simple narrow band but may be divided in the middle ventrally (ex. Ellopia) or extended into an anteriorly projecting process (ex. many Gelechiidae and Plutellidae). This and the following four structures are formed from sclerites of the ninth abdominal segment. Anellus (An). The anellus is a small, more or less triangular plate situated within the ven- tral angle of the vinculum and supporting the aedoeagus. This support may be affected in various ways; the anellus may be a mere plate with a hole (ex. Hemerophila) or smuation in which the aedoeagus rests (ex. Xyloricta); or it may partially surround the aedoeagus as a chitinous cylinder (ex. Cerostoma) or semi- cylinder (ex. Eorkhausenia conia) or from the plate an arm may be developed on which the aedoeagus is supported and pivoted (ex. Olethreutidae). In some forms the anellus develops various projections or lobes (ex. Ethmiidae, Steno- miidae). Sometimes the structures are not differentiated, the aedoeagus pass- ing through the unchitinized membrane (ex. some Helialidae}. Aedoeagus (Ae). The aedoeagus is normally a tube containing and protecting the penis, some- times so modified as to be merely a ring with a thin extension (ex. many Blasto- basidae) or more or less split and occasionally developed into finger or thorn-like projections from a tubular base (ex. Gelechia natalis). It articulates on the anellus when the latter is present. Sometimes, however, it is merely supported by the membrane of the 9th segment. It may be simple or prolonged into one or more spines or processes at apex (ex. Gelechia and Stenoma) or be laterally armed with tooth-like projections (ex. Hystricophora}. Often the posterior end is produced beyond the entrance hole of the penis into a blind sack (ex. Tortricidae, Plutellidae, etc.). Some authorities have considered the aedoeagus to be but a chitinized part of the penis proper and therefore strictly speaking an internal structure; but we consider it a part of the external structure. As a chitinized part it has always a definite beginning and ending, is always rigid and serves directly as a protective armature and guide to the membranous penis. Within and for part of its length connected with the aedoeagus lies the penis (P), a soft flexible tube which can be projected by blood pressure far beyond the mouth of the aedoeagus itself. It is usually armed near its tip by one or more spines or thorns, the so-called cornuti (Cn) (of Pierce) or "love thorns" (of Roth- child and Jordan). The number, size and shape of these is constant within the species and of great aid in specific differentiation. Harpes (Hp). The harpes are paired lateral clasping organs attached to the vinculum ard frequently also articulated on the anellus, occasionally fusing at their base (ex. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 6, JUNE, 1921 147 certain Geometridae); hollow flattened structures of various and diverse shapes subject to extravagant modification; usually symmetrical but not seldom as- symetrical (ex. many Gelechiidae, Gracilariidae, some Oecophoriidae). In most forms three distinct areas can be differentiated: a costal, an apical and a dorsal. These are sometimes defined by actual sutures (as in Ethmidae) indicating that the harpes are compound organs (modified pedal appendages). More often the areas are only defined by heavier chitimzation, or inward folding of the edges, or by peculiarities of armature and hairs. These parts have been named respectively, costa (Ca), cucullus (Cs) anil sacculus (Sc) (Pierce) which terms we have-adopted. They are each subject to various modifications, and one is often developed at the expense of the others; the sacculus and costa having a tendency to develop into free extended arms. Occasionally one of these is so far separated from the rest of the harpes as to form a double harpe structure (Comp. Fig. 4). The so-called clasper of Smith prominently developed in the Noctuidae\s a similar modification of the sacculus, being a free extension from the edge near the base. It takes various shapes in different families, is often forked and otherwise highly modified (ex. Agrotinae, Pyraustinae), and some- times is represented by a mere thorn-like projection (ex. Epiblema, in Olethreu- tidae}. Very often it is entirely absent. Similar clasper-like processes (Arl may often be found arising from the annellus (ex. Ethmiidae, Stenomidae) and sometimes fusing into the harpes. These must not be confounded with the clasper of the harpes. All ot these characters are constant within the species, and furnish excellent aid in the separation of higher groups. In a few groups the harpes are greatly reduced and hardly capable of functioning as clasp- ing organs. Transtilla (Ts). The transtilla is a more or less band-like bridge connecting the harpes at their inner costal angles. Often merely a plain band. Often lobed or sinuated and ornamented with spine clusters. Sometimes attenuated or broken in the mid- dle (ex. Adoxophyes) and appearing as free arms from the harpes. These arms may be reduced to mere knobs or spurs (ex. Oletkreutidae and a few Tortricidae). Sometimes the transtilla is entirely absent (ex. Oecophoridae, Blastobasidae and Noctuidae). Uncus (II). This and the following two structures constitute the armature of the anus and therefore belongs to the 10th segment. The uncus is the posterior dorsal projections of the genitalia above the anal opening. It is normally more or less hook like (ex. Sparganothis^ bur may be broadened out (ex. Ge/echia), spoon shaped (ex. Pandemis), tritid !e\. Ethmia zelleriellti), bifurcate (ex. Rhopob or otherwise modified. It may he smoothed or haired. Often it is reduced or absent. Socii (.Si). The socii are paired organs, normally soft, membranous and hairy; arising from the base of the uncus, more or less lateral to the anal opening. The\ are of very varied shape; commonly soft, papilla like and drooping (ex. EHCOSHHD, sometimes erect (ex. Harpypteryx) or flattened or leaf-like (ex. SparganotAis), 148 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 6, JUNE, 1921 rarely strongly chitinized (ex. some species in Epinotia). They are occasionally more or less fused with gnathos (ex. some Olethreutidae) and are frequently rudi- mentary or absent (ex. Laspeytresia). Gnathos (Gn). The gnathos is a paired organ, ventral to the anus, arising near the base of the uncus below the soci if the latter are present and consisting in its completeness of two lateral arms and a ventral plate (Vp). The arms may be tree, more or less tentile and hairy (ex. Sparganothis^ Synnoma). Much more commonly they are fused at their tips into a strongly chitinized, smooth hook or beak-like struc- ture (ex. Cacoecia, Gelechia), or into a variously modified and ornamented knob (ex. Co/eophora, Depresparia). Occasionally the joined arms are reduced to a mere band (ex. Holcocera). The ventral plate (Figs. 2, 3) if present, is situated in a median line immediately below the anus and is more or less fused with the arms when these are present. It may be a broad shield-like structure (ex. Pe- ronea) or a narrow chitirious strip along the under side of the alimentary canal (ex. Pyrausta, Cerosloma). It is sometimes greatly developed and apparently free lying against and covering much of the anal tube; in which case the arms themselves may be absent. It is often absent or not to be differentiated as a distinct part. The gnathos is subject to very great modification. Rarely it is entirely ab- sent (ex. Amorbia, Coelostathma). Tegumen (Tg). The tegumen is really the entire external covering of the 9th and 10th seg- ments which have not been differentiated in the foregoing 8 parts and from which these 8 parts originate as specialized sclerite structures; but specifically it is rec- ognized as the chitinized dorsal part, articulating at its lower extremities with the vinculum and from which arises the uncus, soci and gnathos, the other parts being normally membranous. This chitinized part of tegumen has been con- sidered by many as the tergite of the 9th segment continued ventrally in the vinculum which is recognized as the sternire of the 9th segment. In certain isolated forms a suture just below the base of uncus would seem to substantiate this view; but the structure is normally so fused that it is impossible to differ- entiate two distinct parts, and we are inclined to consider the entire chitinized tegumen as part of the 10th segment; the 9th segment being greatly reduced and continued dorsally as membrane only. In several groups the 8th abdominal segment is more or less modified and ap- parently a part of the genital apparatus, either as a specially chitinized covering (ex. Gelechia) or forming a lobed and strongly haired structure closely associated with the genitalia proper (ex. Pandemis). In his presidential address before this society in 1914 the senior author gave in outline the progress of the classification of the Micro-Lepidoptera up to that time and showed how it had culminated in a comprehensive and natural system based fundamentally on venation as conceived and elaborated by Meyrick, who brilliantly utilized the foundations laid by Heirrich- Schaefer. It was even then realized that while venation is the funda- PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 6, JUNE, 1921 149 mental character upon which our classification must rest, it does not tell the whole story, nor is it alone always sufficient to deter- mine natural groups. Characters of the pupa and larva and genitalia give an added light and a fuller understanding. In fact the seta arrangement in the larva is as fundamental as the venation. As an independent basis for classification it en- ables sure and accurate group definition and the results corre- late with those obtained by venation. Genitalia on the other hand are subject to such extreme modi- fications and the group characters are so subtle that unsupported by other characters in the insect, they would not be a safe guide except for specific differentiation; but as an additional factor in the classification they are of considerable significance, enabling clearer and sharper definition and finer division of families and genera. For example, while the division between the families Tortri- cidac and Olethreutidae has always been clearly recognized and their species properly referred, no exact definition between them has been possible on venation or other hitherto considered adult characters. It is a curious coincidence that an attempt should have been made to employ genitalia in the separation of these very families by Fernald and Meyrick and unfortunate that these authors should have hit upon a superficial character the presence or absence of uncus which does not hold. 1 The long standing confusion regarding the family Xylorictidae and its present mistaken lumping with the family Stenomidae could have been avoided by a consideration of the genitalia. The two represent distinct geographical entities with but few stragglers outside their respective continents, Australia and America, and their genitalia in gross structure and detail (for example the split hairs on the harpes in Stenomidae) at once separate the two. The genus Setiostoma Zeller described as a Glyphipterygid and always so considered on pterogostic characters is defi- nitely proven by the genitalia to belong to the family Steno- midae (not equal Xylorictidae Meyrick). This fact is fully born out by a proper consideration of the venation though the venation alone might be and has been otherwise interpreted. In the separation of genera the genitalia must be used with extreme caution, but here also they throw an additional light on the correlation of species and thereby enable a more natural grouping and a sharper division. As a character for specific differentiation the genitalia are of f: "Uber den Genitalapparat von Rhopobota Naevana," Iris, 1908, pp. 304-329. Heinrich: "A Note on the Tortricid Genitalia," Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 19, 1917, pp. 137-138. PLATE XII PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23 BUSCK AND HEINRICH GENITALIA OF MICROLEPIDOPTERA I'ROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23 ri.ATi sin BUSCK AND HEINRICH GENITALIA OF MICROLF.PIDOPTI' k \ 152 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 6, JUNE, 1921 supreme importance, enabling the separation and definition of closely allied species that otherwise would be difficult or im- possible to separate and also proving beyond dispute the specific identity of varieties, the superficial differences of which obscure their specific limits. With the aid of genitalia the identity or non-identity of a supposedly introduced species can be definitely ascertained, and a question of synonymy settled. No longer need it be a matter of personal opinion. It can be proven or disproven. For example, the identity of Laspeyresia molesta Busck with the Japanese and Australian Peach Moth is thus established while the hitherto accepted identity of the American and European pea moths (L. nigricana Stph. and L. novimundi Heinrich) is disproven. Except for the genitalia both of these cases and many similar ones would have remained debatable. The introduction of the male genitalia into the classification of the Microlepidoptera does not in any way invalidate or revolutionize our present well-founded system. On the con- trary, it gives us a better understanding and a surer confidence in this very system, substantiating it, enlarging upon its founda- tions and giving added light where venation is insufficient. The use of genitalia together with characters of the larva and pupa brings us nearer to that ideal of the systematist, a classifi- cation based upon the whole insect. EXPLANATION OF PLATES 1 Plate XII Fig. 1 Male genitalia of 'Sparganothis pilleriana Schiffermuller. Fig. 2 Male genitalia of Peronsa cristana Fabricius. Plate XIII Fig. 3 Male genitalia of Cerostoma vittella Linn. Fig. 4 Male genitalia of Platyedra vilel/a Zeller. Ae aedoeagus. An anellus. Ca costa. Cn cornuti. Cs cucullus. Gn gnathos. Hp harpes. Sc sacculus. Si socii. Tg tegumen. Ts transtilla. U uncus. Vm vinculum. Vp ventral plate. 'The drawings were made by Miss Eleanor T. Armstrong under the direction of the authors. Actual date of publication June 22, 1921 VOL. 23 OCTOBER, 1921 No. 7 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON CONTENTS CRAWFORD, J. C. A NEW SPECIES OF THE CHALCIDID GENUS ZATROP1S. (HYM.) 171 CUSHMAN, R. A., AND GAHAN, A. B. THE THOMAS SAY SPECIES OF ICHNEU- MONIDAE 153 PUBLISHED MONTHLY EXCEPT JULY, AUGUST BY THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM WASHINGTON, D. C. OCT 22 1921 Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under Act of August 24, 1912. Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October 3, 1917, authorized July 3. 1918. THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ORGANIZED MARCH 12, 1884. The regular meetings of the Society are held on the first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 P. M. Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are entitled to the PROCEEDINGS and any manuscript submitted by them is given precedence over that submitted by non-members. OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1921. Honorary President ........ . E. A. SCHWARZ President W. R. WALTON First Vice-President A. B. GAHAN Second Vice-President A. G. BOVING Recording Secretary R. A. CUSHMAN Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer S. A. ROHWER U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. Editor . A. C. BAKER East Falls Church, Va. Executive Committee: THE OFFICERS and A. N. CAUDELL, A. L. QUAINTANCE and E. R. SASSCER. Representing the Society as a Vice-President of the Washington Academy of Sciences . S. A. ROHWER PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON. Published monthly, except July, August and September, by the Society at Washington, D. C. Terms of subscription: Domestic, $4.00 per annum; foreign, $4.25 per annum; recent single numbers, 50 cents, foreign postage extra. All subscriptions are payable in advance. Remittances should be made payable to the Entomological Society of Washington. Authors of leading articles in the PROCEEDINGS will be given 10 copies of the number in which their article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur- nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired accompanies the manuscript: 4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp. 50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00 100 copies 2.25 4.50 6.75 9.00 Certain charges are made on illustrations and there are rules and suggestions governing the make-up of articles published. Contributors may secure infor- mation on these points by application to the Editor or Corresponding Secretary. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON VOL. 23 OCTOBER 1921 No. 7 THE THOMAS SAY SPECIES OF ICHNEUMONIDAE. BY R. A. CUSHMAN AND A. B. GAHAN, Bureau of Entomology. The Say types are no longer in existence and the only means of identification of the species are the original descriptions. These are usually short and incomplete. But careful study of a description will usually disclose some very characteristic feature that points unmistakably to a certain genus and fre- quently to a certain species. Say described a total of sixty-one species of Ichneumonidae under the generic names Ichneumon, Pimpla, Op/iion, Anomalon, Acaenitus, Banchus, Peltastes, Cryptus, and Agathis. He later removed his Anomalon humeralis to Xorides. He thus employed ten generic names. Of the sixty-one species, forty-four have been identified, specifically or generically, and treated of by subsequent authors. Most of these first identifications have proved to be correct. In a few cases, however, the identifications are obviously wrong. Ashmead has pointed out one such instance and Cushman another and four more are indicated in the following pages. Thirty-eight of the first revisions, therefore, have been verified as have also the two corrections noted. Of the twenty-one species remaining unrecognized we have been able to positively identify fourteen. Six we have placed generically to our satis- faction, although we have been unable to determine the species in the available material. One species we have been unable to place even generically. In listing synonymy we have in general listed references only to the first revision and to generic changes. Unless otherwise stated the published synonymy has been verified. The species are treated alphabetically under the genera in which they were originally placed, and the genera are arranged alphabetically. In case the species is considered to belong to a genus different from the one in which it was originally placed the original genus is placed in parentheses followed by the proper genus. For each of the species here positively identified for the first time and for each of the corrections in identification we have designated a neotype. These neotypes are all in the National Collection and each bears a red label with the word "Neotype." 154 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 7, OCTOBER, 1921 1. (Acaenitus) Arotes decorus (Say). Acaenitus decorus Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. I, 1835, p. 248 (Leconte ed., vol. 2, p. 702). Arotes decorus Cresson, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vol. 4, 1872, p. 164; Rohwer, in Cushman and Rohwer, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 57, 1920, p. 516. 2. (Acaenitus) Arotes melleus (Say). Acaenitus melleus Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1835, p. 249 (Leconte ed., vol. 2, p. 703). Arotes melleus Rohwer, in Cushman and Rohwer, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 57, 1920, p. 516. 3. (Acaenitus) Xorides stigmapterus (Say). Acaenitus stigmapterus Say, Long's Second Exped., Phila., 1824, p. 325 (Leconte ed., vol. 1, p. 218). Xylonomus stigmapterus Cresson, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 1870, p. 167; Walsh, Trans. Ac. Sci., St. Louis, vol. 3, 1873, p. 153 and 165. Xorides stigmapterus Rohwer, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 57, 1920, p. 444. 4. (Agathis) Ceratogastra ornata (Say). Agathis ornata Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. I, 1835, p. 226 (Leconte ed., vol. 2, p. 684). Ceratosomafasciata Cresson, Proc. Ent. Soc., Phila., vol. 4, 1865, p. 283. Ceratosoma rubyata Davis, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vol. 24, 1897, p. 366. Ceratogastra (fasciata) Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 32, 1900, p. 368. Ceratogaster Jasciata Dalla Torre, Cat. Hym., 1891, p. 62. Ceratogaster rubyata Dalla Torre, loc. cit. The color and color pattern of the head, thorax, and pro- podeum in this and the following species point unmistakably to Ceratogastra. Davis's name is based on a cyanide stained specimen. Neotype. A female without data. 5. (Agathis) Ceratogastra polita (Say). Agathis polita Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1835, p. 226 (Leconte ed., vol. 2, p. 684). Possibly an unusual variant of ornata but since we have no specimen that agrees in all particulars with Say's description, we hesitate to synonymize the two species. If synonymy is proved polita will be the name to apply to the species since it has line precedence. 6. (Anomalon attractus Say) = Diplazon laetatorius (Fabricius). Ichneumon laetatorius Fabricius, Spec. Ins., vol. 1, 1781, p. 424. Bass us laetatorius Panzer, Kfit. Revis., vol. 2, 1806, p. 74. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 7, OCTOBER, 1921 155 Anomalon laetatorius Jurine, Nowr. Meth. Class. Hyni., 1807, p. 116. Anomalon attractus Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1835, p. 241 (Leconte ed., vol. 2, p. 696). Bassus tripiticrus Walsh, Trans. Ac. Sci., St. Louis, vol. 3, 1873, p. 85. Diplazon laetatorius Vireck, Hym. Conn., 1917, p. 303. There are in the National Museum several specimens of laetatorius that have the white markings of mesopleurum and mesosternum described by Say in varying degrees of complete- ness. In some cases these spots are confluent and in others represented only by white dots behind the front coxae. Certain of these specimens agree almost perfectly with Say's description, one female differing only in having the entire fourth tergite black. This tergite, however, varies in a series of specimens all the way from all black to all red. Neotype.A. female collected April 1 8, 1 911 , at Dallas, Texas, by H. Pinkus. The above synonymy is not complete but includes only generic changes and North American synonyms. 7. (Anomalon) Neleopisthus densatus (Say). Anomalon densatus Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1835, p. 243 (Leconte ed., vol. 2, p. 698). Neleopisthus similis Cushman, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 56, 1919, p. 379. The type of Neleopisthus similis Cushman agrees almost per- fectly with Say's description, so nearly perfectly that the dis- crepancy in the length of the "oviduct" must be explained by the supposition that in Say's specimen the ovipositor proper was free of the sheath and it was this to which Say referred. Neotype. The type of Neleopisthus similis Cushman. It should be noted that in the first line of the description as reprinted in the Leconte edition the word "orbits" occurring in the original description before "above with a white line" is omitted. 8. (Anomalon) Glypta divaricata (Say). Anomalon divaricatns Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1 , 1 835, p. 244 (Leconte ed., vol. 2, p. 699). Glypta divaricata Cresson, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 1870, p. 153. Possibly (=pulchrtpes Cresson). Undoubtedly a Glypta but apparently not pulchripes as sug- gested by Cresson, for Say says nothing of red pleura, white clypeus and mandibles or hind tibiae. His description is more like tuberculifrons Cresson. Say's specimen was from Florida, from which State Cresson had no specimens of Glypta; nor are there any in the National Museum. \Ve suspect that Say's species is distinct from any that Cresson knew. 156 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 7, OCTOBER, 1921 9. Anomalon ejuncidus Say. Anomalon ejuncidus Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1835, p. 241 (Leconte ed., vol. 2, p. 697). Trachynotus texanus Cresson, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vol. 4, 1872, p. 169. Trachynotus ejuncidus Cresson, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vol. 4, 1872, p. 169. Trachynotus canadensis Provancher, Nat. Can., vol. 11, 1879, p. 119. Nototrachys canadensis Cresson, Synop. N. Am. Hym., 1887, p. 200. Nototrachys ejuncidus Cresson, loc. cit. Nototrachys texanus Cresson, loc. cit. Sixty North American specimens of Anomalon in the National Collection have been examined. Included in this number are a paratype of texanus Cresson and a homotype (Gahan) of canadensis Provancher. Notwithstanding the fact that in this material there are to be found considerable differences in color as well as slight structural differences, we are unable to find any characters of either color or structure that appear to be constant. We are therefore in doubt as to whether the material represents one species or more than one. The paratype of texanus and the homotype of canadensis are in our opinion the same species, how- ever, and since they agree in every way with Say's description of ejuncidus we are constrained to believe that Say's species is the same. 10. (Anomalon) Thyreodon flavicornis (Say). Anomalon flavicornis Say, West. Quart. Kept., vol. 2, 1823, p. 73 (Leconte ed., vol. l,p. 163). This species was confused by Norton 1 and subsequent authors with Anomalon flavicornis Brulle, a species now referred to Heteropelma. The color of the wings as described by Say is sufficient to show that his species is not the same as Brulle's. This color immediately suggests Thyreodon flammipennis Ash- mead and T. fernaldi Hooker, species from the same general region as that recorded for flavicornis Say, and although we have seen no specimen that agrees exactly with Say's description we are strongly of the opinion that the species should be referred to this group. 11. (Anomalon) Xorides humeralis (Say). Anomalon humerale Say, Contrib. Maclur. Lye. Phila., vol. 1, 1828, p. 74 (Leconte ed., vol. 1, p. 378). Xorides humeralis Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1835, p. 223 (Leconte ed., vol. 2, P . 682). Xylonomus lavalensis Provancher, Nat. Can., vol. 6, 1874, p. 59. Xylonomus humeralis Provancher, Nat. Can., vol. 12, 1880, p. 100. Xorides humeralis Rohwer, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 57, 1920, p. 434. iproc. Ent. Soc. Phila., vol. 1, 1863, p. 360. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 7, OCTOBER, 1921 157 12. (Anomalon) Aplomerus lineatulus (Say). Anomalon lineatulus Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1835, p. 244 (Leconte ed., vol. 2, p. 699). Aplomerus j out si Rohwer, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 57, 1920, p. 454. Say's statement that "This has some resemblance to mellipes" at once suggests Aplomerus^ the male of which has not as yet been described. A male offoutsi Rohwer, unfortunately with- out the head, but reared by J. C. Bridwell with the female at Baldwin, Kansas, has recently been received from Mr. Bridwell. This specimen agrees perfectly with Say's description and is undoubtedly his species. Neotype. The above male specimen. 13. (Anomalon) Odontomerus mellipes (Say). Anomalon mellipes Say, Contrib. Maclur. Lye. Phila., vol. 1, 1828, p. 74 (Leconte ed., vol. 1, p. 378); Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1835, p. 242 (Leconte ed., vol. 2, p. 697). Odontomerus mellipes Walsh, Trans. Ac. Sci. St. Louis, vol. 3, 1873, p. 164. Odontomerus errans Rohwer, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 45, 1913, p. 360. Odontomerus mellipes Bradley, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., vol. 13, 1918, p. 104; Rohwer, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 57, 1920, p. 458. 14. (Anomalon) Clistopyga recurva (Say). Anomalon recurvus Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1835, p. 243 (Leconte ed., vol. 2, p. 698). Clistopyga annulipes Cresson, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vol. 3, 1870, p. 150. The only ways in which any of the National Museum speci- mens of annulipes disagree with Say's description are in size and in the color of the mesosternum and mesopleura. Both of these characters are very variable, several of the specimens being fully as small as Say's type and some almost lacking the red on the thorax. Neotype. A female captured at Ocean View, Virginia, by A. N. Caudell. 15. (Anomalon) Cylloceria sexlineata (Say). Anomalon sexlineata Say, Contrib. Maclur. Lye. Phila., vol. 1, 1828, p. 74 (Leconte ed., vol. 1, p. 378). Lampronota sexcarinata Davis, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vol. 22, 1895, p. 30. Davis's species agrees so exactly with Say's description that it seems that the length (three twentieths of an inch) given by Say must be a misprint for three tenths of an inch. Neotype, A female taken June 28, 1918, at Kanawha Station, West Virginia, by S. A. Rohwer. 158 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 7, OCTOBER, 1921 16. (Banchus) Acroricnus aequatus (Say). Banchus aequatus Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1835, p. 247 (Leconte ed., vol. 2, p. 701). Atractodes cloutieri Provancher, Nat. Can., vol. 6, 1874, p. 150. Linoceras cloutieri Provancher, Nat. Can., vol. 11, 1879, p. 110. Agathobanchus aequatus (Say) Ashmead (name but not description), Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 23, 1900, p. 97. Exetastes (?) aequatus (Say) Viereck, Trans. Kans. Ac. Sci., vol. 19, 1905, p. 303. Ashmead's determination of aequatus, and probably the speci- mens from which he drew his description of Agathobanchus, is obviously wrong when these specimens are compared with Say's description of aequatus. From Say's description of the areolet his specimen was obviously cryptine. A male of Acroricnus clouteri (Provancher) in the National Museum agrees except in minor details with the description, and we have no hesitation in synonymizing cloutieri with aequatus. Neotype. A male specimen without data. Agathobanchus Ashmead, although based on a mistaken determination of Say's species, still has that species as type and is synonymous with Acroricnus Ratzeburg, the synonymy of which is as follows: Genus Acroricnus Ratzeburg. Acroricnus Ratzeburg, Ichn. d. Forstins., vol. 3, 1852, p. 92. Genotype (Acroricnus schaumi Ratzeburg) = Cryptus macrobatus Gravenhorst. Macrobatus Holmgren, Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 75, 1854, p. 50. Geno- type. Cryptus macrobatus Gravenhorst. Xenodocon Foerster, Verh. naturh. Ver. preuss. Rheinland, vol. 12, 1855, p. 237. Genotype. Xenodocon ruficornis Foerster. Linoceras Taschenberg, Zeitschr. Gesammten Natur., vol. 25, 1865, p. 105. Genotype. Cryptus macrobatus Gravenhorst. Osprynchotus Kriechbaumer, Ent. Nachr. Heft 4, 1878, p. 221 (not Spinola). Agathobanchus Ashmead (of genotype, not of description), Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 23, 1900, p. 97. Genotype. Banchus aequatus Say. The specimens that Ashmead left in the National Museum determined as Banchus aequatus Say and apparently the ones from which he drew his descrip- tion of Agathobanchus are banchine. Bradley redescribed both genus and species, but did not note the differences between it and the aequatus of Say. Viereck, however, noted the differences and renamed aequatus Ashmead as bradleyi, but retained it in Agathobanchus. Morley has synonymized Agatho- banchus (of the description, not of the genotype) with Agathilla Westwood, in which he is undoubtedly correct, and also doubtfully synonymized aequatus \N\t\\fulvopicta Westwood. There can be no doubt of the specific distinctness of the two species. The synonymy of Agathilla Westwood and of Agathilla bradleyi (Viereck) are therefore as follows: PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 7, OCTOBER, 1921 159 Genus Agathilla Westwood. Agathilla Westwood, Tijds. Ent., vol. 25, 1881-1882, p. 24, PI. 6, figs. 1-7. Genotype. Agathilla fulvopicta Westwood. Agathobanchus Ashmead (of description, not of genotype), Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 28, 1900, p. 97; Bradley, Ent. News, vol. 14, 1903, p. 144; Viereck, Trans! Kans. Ac. Sci., vol. 19, 1905, p. 303. Agathilla Morley, Rev. Ichn. Brit. Mus., part 4, 1915, p. 140. Agathilla bradleyi Viereck. Agathobanchus aeqiiatiis Ashmead (of description), Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 23, 1900, p. 97; Bradley, Ent. News, vol. 14, 1903, p. 144 (not Say). Agathobanchus bradleyi Viereck, Trans. Kans. Ac. Sci., vol. 19, 1905, p. 303. Agathilla acquaint Morley, Rev. Ichn. Brit. Mus., part 4, 1915, p. 140. [Doubt- fully synonymizes aequatus with fulvopicta Westwood.] 17. (Banchus) Hyposoter fugitivus (Say). Banchus fugitivus Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1835, p. 247 (Leconte ed., vol. 2, p. 701). Campop/ex fugitivus Riley, 1st Ann. Rept. Ins. Mo., 1869, p. 139 (parasite on Euchaetes egle). Limneria fugitiva Riley, 4th Ann. Rept. Ins. Mo., 1872, p. 41. Limneria guignardi Provancher, Addit. Faun. Can. Hym., 1886, p. 87. Limneria oedemasiae Ashmead, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 12, 1890, p. 436. Ameloctonus fugitivus Ashmead, Smith: Ins. of N. J., (1899) 1900, p. 582. Hyposoter fugitivus Gahan, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 48, 1914, p. 156. The specimen recorded by Say as having come from "a very pretty cocoon which is somewhat cylindric, white, with two maculated black bands" is not fugitivus as here recognized, since the cocoon of fugitivus is spun inside the skin of the host and is not banded with black. The cocoon that Say refers to may be that of (Limneria) Hyposoter annulipes (Cresson), a very similar species. 18. (Banchus) Exetastes nervulus (Say). Banchus nervulus Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1835, p. 246 (Leconte ed., vol. 2, p. 700). A male specimen captured by C. W. Johnson at Princeton, Maine, that agrees perfectly with Say's description is in the National Museum. There are also a female from Savoy, Massa- chusetts, and two females from Mt. Desert Island, Maine. The species is closely allied to suaveolcus Walsh, but is at once dis- tinguishable by its black hind tibiae and uniformly infuscate wings. Neotype. The above male. 160 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, .NO. 7, OCTOBER, 1921 19. (Cryptus) Compsocryptus calipterus (Say). Cry plus calipterus Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1835, p. 234 (Leconte ed., vol. 2, p. 690); Cresson, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vol. 4, 1872, p. 158. Compsocryptus calipterus Ashmead, Proc. V. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 22, 1900, p. 43. Cryptus fletcheri Provancher, synonymized by Provancher himself with calipterus, is apparently distinct. This opinion is based on notes on the type by S. A. Rohwer as well as on the original description. Cresson's statement that the antennae of calipterus are with- out an annulus is not in agreement with the original description. A large series of calipterus from Mexico, Texas, and New Mexico shows that this character is, however, not constant. Cryptus calipterus as restricted by us does not agree in all respects with Ashmead's description of Compsocryptus. Ash- mead included under the name, several very similar species, some of which do agree with the generic diagnosis, and in our opinion these are all obviously congeneric. 20. (Cryptus) Compsocryptus ? cestus Say. Cryptus cestus Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1835, p. 234 (Leconte ed., vol. 2, p. 691). We are not able to identify this species in the National Col- lection. It is similar to calipterus and is very likely a Compso- cryptus. 21. (Cryptus) Itoplectis conquisitor (Say). Cryptus conquisitor Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1835, p. 232 (Leconte ed., vol. 2, p. 689). Cryptus pleurivinctus Say, loc. cit., p. 235 (Leconte ed., vol. 2, p. 691). Pimp/a conquisitor Walsh, Can. Ent., vol. 2, 1869, p. 12. (First synonymizing of pleurivinctus with conquisitor}. Ephialtes (Itoplectis) conquisitor Cushman, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 58, 1920, p. 347, fig. 1, PI. 21, fig. 2. Further synonymy is given in the last reference. 22. (Cryptus) Mesochorus discitergus Say. Cryptus discitergus Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1835, p. 231 (Leconte ed., vol. 2, p. 689). Say's description of the abdomen of discitergus is so suggestive of some species of Mesochorus that there seems little doubt that it belongs to this genus. An undetermined specimen of Meso- chorus in the National Collection comes very close to Say's description, differing only in the extent of black on the thorax and in having the basal joints of the antennae (the flagella are gone) reddish. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 7, OCTOBER, 1921 161 23. (Cryptus ductilis Say) = Campoplex (Nemeritis) canescens Grav. Campoplex canescens Gravenhorst, Ichn. Eur., vol. 3, 1829, p. 1118. Cryptus ductilis Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1835, p. 233 (Leconte ed., 'vol. 2, p. 690). Campoplex frnmentarius Rondani, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital., vol. 6, 1874, p. 134. Nemeritis canescens Thomson, Opusc. Ent., fasc. 11, 1887, p. 1120. Omorga frumentaria Chittenden, U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Ent. Bull. Xo. 8, n. s., 1897, pp. 41 and 43. Omorga columbiana Ashmead (MS), Chittenden, U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Ent. Bull. No. 20, n. s., 1899, p. 67. Idechthis oahuensis Ashmead, Faun. Hawaiiensis, vol. 1, pt. 3, 1901, p. 355. Amorphota ephestiae Cameron, Proc. Linn. Soc., N. S. Wales, 1912, p. 187. Nemeritis canescens Morley, Brit. Ichn., vol. 5, 1914, p. 133. This is a well-known cosmopolitan parasite of lepidopterous larvae in stored grains, etc. The synonymy of ephestiae and oahuensis with canescens was demonstrated by Morley, and there can be no doubt thatfrumentarius is also synonymous since both the description and the host relations agree. Specimens in the National Museum labelled in Ashmead's hand Omorga columbiana are the same species as those determined by Gahan as frumentarius and as the paratypes of oahuensis. There is considerable variation in the color of the legs and abdomen, and many specimens agree with Say's description of ductilis. Neotype. A female taken in a flour mill at Hillsdale, Michi- gan, by D. B. Whelan. We do not believe that Nemeritis Holmgren, Omorgus Foerster, and Idechthis Foerster are generically distinct from Camoplex. 24. (Cryptus) Labena grallator (Say). Cryptus grallator Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1835, p. 236 (Leconte ed., vol. 2, p. 692). Mesochorusfuscipennis Brulle, Hist. Nat. Ins. Hym., vol. 4, 1846, p. 250. Labena grallator Cresson, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila., vol. 3, 1864, p. 399; Walsh Trans. Ac. Sci. St. Louis, vol. 3, 1873, p. 162. (First synonymizing of Mesochorusfuscipennis.) ft 25. (Cryptus micropterus Say) = Aptesis pterigia Bradley. Crvptus micropterus Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1835, p. 238 (Leconte ed., vol. 2, p. 694). Brachypterus [Cryptus] micropterus Walsh, Can. Ent., vol. 2, 1869, p. 11. Aptesis micropterus Cresson, Syn. and Cat. No. Am. Hym., 1887, p. 199. Aptesis pterygia Bradley, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., vol. 13, 1918, p. 100. Finding the name micropterus preoccupied in Aptesis, Bradley renamed this species. If Viereck has described correctlv the material characterized 162 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 7, OCTOBER, 1921 in Hym. Conn., p. 328, it probably was not this species for he says "exserted portion of ovipositor about as long as the abdo- men." 26. Cryptus (Spilocryptus) nuncius Say. Cry plus nuncius Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1835, p. 237 (Leconte ed., vol. 2, p. 693); Riley, Amer. Ent., vol. 2, 1870, p. 100. (Synonymizes extrematis Cresson with nuncius); Riley, 4th Ann. Rept. Ins. Mo., 1871, p. 110-111. (Recognizes extrematis Cresson and nuncius as distinct). None of the species listed in the synonymy with nuncius by Dalla Torre is correctly so placed. With the possible exception of sordidus Provancher, which its author says has the second tergite medially aciculate, all of these specimens are apparently synonyms of extrematis Cresson. Provancher's extrematis is not the same as extrematis Cresson, for the face, clypeus, mandibles, and tegulae are said to be white, while the true extrematis has all of these parts black. 27. (Cryptus) Crypturopsis orbus (Say). Cryptus orbus Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1835, p. 231 (Leconte ed., vol. 2, p. 688). Hemiteles orbus Walsh, Can. Ent., vol. 2, 1869, p. 9-10. Mesostenus diligens Cresson, Can. Ent., vol. 10, 1878, p. 207. Lymeon annulicornis Ashmead, Ins. Life, vol. 7, 1894, p. 243. Crypturopsis annulicornis Cushman, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 55, 1919, p. 521. (Possibly synonymous with diligens.} The male of diligens agrees in every way with Says' descrip- tion. Examination of more specimens since the publication of Cushman's paper convinces us of the identity of diligens and annulicornis. Neotype. A male reared by August Busck near Twining City, Maryland, from a spider egg-cocoon. 28. (Cryptus pleurivinctus Say) = (Cryptus) Itoplectis conquisitor (Say), which see. 29. (Cryptus) Stylocryptus subclavatus Say. Cryptus subclavatus Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1835, p. 237 (Leconte ed., vol. 2, p. 693). Phygadeuon rotundiceps Provancher, Nat. Can., vol. 9, 1877, p. 12. A homotype (Rohwer) of rotundic-eps agrees in every way with the description of subchatus except that the abdomen is not blackish at the apex, but this is variable, some specimens show- ing a distinct infuscation. The bifoveate prescutellar groove with its distinct margin, the stout, subclavate antennae, depressed thorax, and nearly parallel intercubiti are character- istic and are exactly as described for rotundiceps. The species PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 7, OCTOBER, 1921 163 is extremely closely allied to the genotype, Stylocryptus brevis (Gravenhorst). Neotype. A female from province of Quebec, Canada. 30. (Cryptus) Hemiteles tenellus Say. Crvptus tenellus Say, Boston Journ. Xar. Hist., vol. 1 , 1835, p. 233 (Leconre eel., vol. 2, p. 690). Hemiteles tenellus Walsh, Can. Knt., vol. 2, 1869, pp. 9-12. Hemiteles nemativorus Walsh, Can. Ent., vol. 2, 1869, p. 11, Hemiteles utilis Norton, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vol. 2, 1869, p. 326. Hemiteles melitaeae Ashmead, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 12, 1890, p. 399. Hemiteles coleophorae Ashmead, loc. cit., p. 400. Hemiteles variegatus Ashmead, loc. cit., p. 400. Otocuates orgyiae Ashmead, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vol. 23, 1896, p. 209. Otocuates periliti Ashmead, loc. cit., p. 210. Hemiteles (Orthizema?) areator subspecies tenellus Viereck, Conn. Hym., 1917, p. 337. Hemiteles tenellus Timberlake, Proc. Haw. Ent. Soc., vol. 3, 1918, p. 400. The above synonymy, except of nemativorus Walsh, is that proposed by Timberlake, who, however, admits that there may possibly be more than one species. Walsh's description is of an insect entirely within the range of color variation of tenellus. 31. (Ichneumon) Exetastes bifasciatus (Say). Ichneumon bifasciatus Say, Contrib. Maclur. Lye. Phila., vol. 1, 1828, p. 73 (Leconte ed., vol. 1, 1859, p. 377). Cryptus? bifasciatus Cresson, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vol. 6, 1877, p. 209. Further discussion of very suggestive character descriptive of this species is given by Say in his description of Cryptus calip- terus. This leaves no apparent doubt that the species is an Exetastes allied tofascipennis Cresson. An unnamed species heretofore confused in the National Col- lection withfascipennis agrees very well with Say's description. It differs from fascipewiis principally in having the face rela- tively shorter; the malar space shorter than basal width of mandible; clypeus nearly twice as broad as long; ovipositor fully as long as first tergite; and the wings more distinctly fasciate. Neotype. A female from Washington, District of Columbia, taken by T. Keleher. Other specimens are from Georgia, Florida, and Texas. 32. (Ichneumon) Amblyteles brevicinctor (Say). Ichneumon brevicinctor Say, Am. Ent., vol. 2, 1825, 1. 49, PI. 22, fig. 1 (Leconte ed., vol. 1, 1859, P . 49, PI. 22, fig. 1); Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, Pt. 3, 1835, p. 228 (Leconte ed., vol. 2, 1859, p. 686). 164 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 7, OCTOBER, 1921 Ichneumon extrematis Cresson, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila., vol. 3, 1864, p. 149. Phvgadeuon niger Provancher, Nat. Can., vol. 6, 1874, p. 280. Ichneumon brevicinctor Cresson, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vol. 6, 1877, p. 150, no. 140. Ichneumon extrematatis Cresson, loc. cit., p.' 150, no. 141. In a series of both sexes reared from pupae of Bleptina sp. under apple bark at Vienna, Virginia (Quaintance Nos. 7922 and 14419), all the females are extrematis and the males brevi- cinctor. There is no female in the National Collection having the black trochanter of brevicinctor, while most of the males have. There are three males in which the trochanter is partly white. 33. (Ichneumon) Amblyteles centrator (Say). Ichneumon centrator Say, Am. Ent., vol. 2, 1825, p. 49, PI. 22, fig. 3 (Leconte ed., vol. 1, 1859, p. 49, PI. 22, fig. 3). Ichneumon Jortis Provancher, Nat. Can., vol. 7, 1875, p. 79. Ichneumon flavicornis Cresson, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila., Vol. 3, 1864, p. 140. Ichneumon centrator Cresson, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vol. 6, 1877, p. 144. Stenichneumon centrator Roman, Ent. Tidsk., 1910, p. 192. Stenichneumon flavicornis Roman, loc. cit. There is a large series of both centrator and flavicornis in the National Collection. There can be no doubt that they are sexes of the same species. 34. (Ichneumon) Amblyteles comptus (Say). Ichneumon comptus Say, Boston Jour. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1835, p. 229 (Leconte ed., vol. 2, p. 686); Cresson, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vol. 6, 1877, p. 165. 35. (Ichneumon) Plagiotrypes concinnus (Say). Ichneumon concinnus Say, Contrib. Maclur. Lye. Phila., vol. 1, 1828, p. 68 (Leconte ed., vol. 2, 1859, p. 374). Amblyteles ? concinnus Cresson, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vol. 6, 1877, p. 194. (Excluding female.) Plagiotrypes concinnus Ashmead, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 23, 1900, p. 20. Cresson has expressed the opinion that the female described by Say is a Cryptine. We are unable to confirm or disprove this opinion. It may possibly have been a Mesostenine, although the exserted ovipositor is not sufficient evidence to exclude it from the Joppmae. 36. (Ichneumon) Amblyteles devinctor (Say). Ichneumon devinctor Say, Am. Ent., vol. 2, 1825, p. 48, PI. 22, fig. 2 (Leconte ed., vol. 1, 1859, p. 48, PI. 22, fig. 2); Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1835, p. 230 (Leconte ed., vol. 2, 1859, p. 687). Ichneumon tibialis Brulle, Hist. Nat. Ins. Hym. vol. 4, 1846, p. 301. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 7, OCTOBER, 1921 165 Ichneumon montivagus Cresson, Proc. Knt. Soc. Phila., vol. 4, 1865, p. 255. Ichneumon devinctor Cresson, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vol. 6, 1877, p. 174. The above synonymy is by Cresson. 37. (Ichneumon) Amblyteles duplicatus (Say). Icheumon duplicatus Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1835, p. 230 (Leconte ed., vol. 2, p. 688). Ichneumon signatipes Cresson, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vol. 1, 1867, p. 308. Ichneumon lobatus Provancher, Nat. Can., vol. 7, 1875, p. 77. Ichneumon duplicatus Cresson, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., Vol. 6, 1877, p. 180. Ichneumon signatipes Cresson, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vol. 6, 1877, p. 180. A series of six females (signatipes] and two males (duplicatus} reared by A. B. Champlain from the same host at various localities in Pennsylvania shows these two to be sexes of the same species. The antigeny is much the same as in the closely allied W -album (Cresson). 38. (Ichneumon) Theronia? hilaris Say. Ichneumon hilaris Say, Contrib. Maclur. Lye. Phila., vol. 1, 1828, p. 71 (Leconte ed., vol. 1, 1859, p. 376). The form of the areolet would exclude this species from the ' Joppinae and suggests Theronia. The male of Theronia melano- cephala Brulle comes very close to the description, but the face is not distinctly yellow but rather reddish in the middle and black at the sides. The specific name is a primary homonym, being preoccupied in Ichneumon by hilaris Gravenhorst. 39. (Ichneumon inquisitor Say [not Scopoli])=Epiurus inquisi- toriella (Dalla Torre). Ichneumon inquisitor Say, Contrib. Maclur. Lye. Phila., vol. 1, 1828, p. 71 (Leconte ed., vol. 1, p. 375). Cryptus inquisitor Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1835, p. 233 (Leconte ed., vol. 2, p. 690). The true status of this species has already been pointed out by Cushman; 1 as has also that of Cryptus inquisitor var. a. The latter is Iseropus coelebs Walsh. The synonymy of both is given in detail in the reference cited. 40. (Ichneumon) Amblyteles malacus (Say). Ichneumon malacus Say, Contrib. Maclur. Lye. Phila., vol. 1, 1828, p. 72 (Leconte ed., vol. 1, 1859, p. 376); Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1835, p. 227 (Leconte ed., vol. 2, 1959, p. 6S5). Ichneumon afer Cresson, Proc. Ent. Soe. Phila., vol. 3, 18f>4, p. 137. Ichneumon maurus Povancher, Nat. Can., vol. 7, 1S75, p. 75 'not Cresson). iProc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 20, 1918, p. 10-12. 166 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 7, OCTOBER, 1921 Ichneumon malacus Cresson, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vol. 6, 1877, p. 143. Stenichneumon malacus Roman, Ent. Tidsk., 1910, p. 192. 41. (Ichneumon) Hoplismenus morulus (Say). Ichneumon morulus Say, Contrib. Maclur. Lye. Phila., vol. 1, 1828, p. 73 (Leconte ed., vol. 1, p. 377); Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1835, p. 227 (Leconte ed., vol. 2, p. 685). Ichneumon calcaratus Provancher, Nat. Can., vol. 7, 1875, p. 49. Hoplismenus morulus Cresson, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vol. 6, 1877, p. 186. 42. (Ichneumon) Amblyteles navus (Say). Ichneumon navus Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1835, p. 229 (Leconte ed., vol. 2, p. 687). Ichneumon cinctipes Provancher, Nat. Can., vol. 7, 1875, p. 51. Ichneumon navus Cresson, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vol. 4, 1877, p. 51. Coelichneumon navus Roman, Ent. Tidsk., 1910, p. 152. 43. (Ichneumon) Amblyteles otiosus (Say). Ichneumon otiosus Say, Contrib. Maclur. Lye. Phila., vol. 1, 1828, p. 69 (Leconte ed., vol. 1, 1859, p. 374); Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, Pt. 3, 1835, p. 686; Cresson, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vol. 6, 1877, p. 155. Stenichneumon otiosus Roman, Ent. Tidsk., 1910, p. 192. 44. (Ichneumon) Amblyteles paratus (Say). Ichneumon parata Say, Contrib. Maclur. Lye. Phila., vol. 1, 1828, p. 68 (Leconte ed., vol. 1, p. 373) [not 1835]. Ischnus paratus Cresson, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila., vol. 3, 1864, p. 156. Ichneumon paratus Cresson, Trans. Am.^Ent. Soc., vol. 6, 1877, p. 168. Cresson was undoubtedly correct in synonymizing parata Say 1835 (not 1828) with laetm Brulle. 45. (Ichneumon) Amblyteles pectoralis Say. Ichneumon pectoralis Say, Contrib. Maclur. Lye. Phila., vol. 1, 1828, p. 72 (Leconte ed., vol. 1, 1859, p. 376). Cresson failed to recognize this species, merely remarking that it is apparently allied to scitidus Cresson, which disposition of it seems to us to be the logical one. From the pale front and middle legs Say's specimen was apparently a male. 46. Ichneumon pterelas Say. Ichneumon (Pimp/a) ptereles Say, Contrib. Maclur. Lye. Phila., vol. 1, 1828, p. 71 (Leconte ed., vol. 1, 1859, p. 376). Pimp/a pterelas Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1835, p. 224 (Leconte ed., vol. 2, p. 683). This is not the Pimp/a -pterelas Say of Cresson, Provancher, and others, which was first described by Walsh, under what PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 7, OCTOBER, 1921 167 name is not known, for Cresson substituted Say's name in the manuscript of Walsh's paper. It was redescribed many years later by Ashmead as Pimpla pterophori. The Say species is obviously a true Ichneumon as indicated by the very long ovipositor and the coloration of the legs. Support of this idea was given by Say in his second reference to the species when he stated that Pimpla humid a is similar in si/e and form to pterelas. There is no specimen of this genus in the National Museum that exactly agrees with the description. 47. (Ichneumon) Amblyteles residuus (Say). Ichneumon residuus Say, Contrib. Maclur. Lye. Phila., vol. 1, 1828, p. 73 (Leconte ed., vol. 1, p. 377); Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1835, p. 231 (Leconte ed., vol. 2, p. 688); Cresson, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vol. 6, 1877, p. 184. The writers have accepted Cresson's interpretation of this species. The specimen at hand appears to differ slightly in some minor details from Say's description but the description is so indefinite that it is doubtful if it would be possible to associate any species with it which would more nearly fit it. 48. (Ichneumon) Amblyteles suturalis (Say). Ichneumon suturalis Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1835, p. 226 (Leconte ed., vol. 2, p. 685). Amblyteles suturalis Cresson, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vol. 6, 1877, p. 193. Cresson 1 synonymized his propinquus with suturalis^ but a paratype of the former in the National Collection seems to be sufficiently different to warrant retaining the name propinquus. Amblyteles superbus Provancher, placed in synonymy with suturalis by Davis, 2 is also a distinct species as indicated by notes on the type made by Mr. Gahan. 49. (Ichneumon) Amblyteles unifasciatorius (Say). Ichneumon unifasciatorius Say, Am. Ent., 1825, p. 48, pi. 22, fig. 4 (Leconte ed., vol. 1, p. 48, pi. 22, fig. 4); Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1835, p. 228 (Leconte ed., vol. 2, p. 686). [Mentioned in comparison with /. otiosus.\ Ichneumon niger Brulle, Hist. Nat. Ins. Hym., vol. 4, 1846, p. 302, male only. Ichneumon unifasciatorius Riley, 3d Ann. Kept. Ins. Mo., 1871, p. 71; Cresson, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vol. 6, 1877, p. 155. The female of niger is apparently a different species since it is not described as having the white-markings of hind tibia, pro- notum, mesoscutum, scutellum, and first tergite, while the wings are fuscous with black or blue-black venation. The description !Trans. Am. Soc., vol. 6, 1877, p. 193. 2 Can. Ent., vol. 27, 1895, p. 287. 168 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 7, OCTOBER, 1921 is so brief that it is impossible to fix on any of the species described by Cresson or others as the same, although it might be either viola Cresson or malacus Cresson or even a small specimen of maurus Cresson. 50. (Ichneumon) Itamoplex vinctus Say. Ichneumon vinctus Say, Contrib. Maclur. Lye. Phila., vol. 1, 1878, p. 70 (Leconte ed., vol. 1, 1859, p. 375). Cry plus americanus Cresson, Proc. Ent. Soc., Phila., vol. 3, 1864, p. 297. Itamoplex americanus Ashmead, Smith's Ins. N. J., (1899) 1900, p. 570. Cresson failed to recognize this species and simply included it under "Desiderata" in his "Classification of the North Ameri- can Ichneumonides." The male of Itamoplex americanus (Cresson) usually has a blackish line on each side of the middle of the face, but the dis- tinctness of these lines varies greatly, and the National Collec- tion contains two specimens which lack them and agree per- fectly with the description of vinctus. Neotype.A male collected May 29, 1895, by Hugo Kabl at Lawrence, Kansas. Further synonymy is given in Dalla Torre's "Catalogus Hymenopterorum " under Cryptus americanus Cresson. 51. (Ophion) Labrorychus analis (Say). Ophion analis Say, Contrib. Maclur. Lye. Phila., vol. 1, 1828, p. 75 (Leconte ed., vol. 1, p. 379). Anomalon analis Norton, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila., vol. 1, 1863, p. 361. Erigorgus analis Viereck, Conn. Hym., 1917, p. 281. Norton was certainly correct in placing this in the (Anomalini) Therionini, and specimens determined by Ashmead as analis and confirmed by Gahan by comparison with Norton's specimen run to Labrorychus. 52. Ophion bilineatum (Say). Ophion bilineatus Say, Contrib. Maclur. Lye. Phila., vol. 1, 1828, p. 75 (Leconte ed., vol. 1 , p. 378) ; Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1 , 1 835, p. 240 (Leconte ed., vol. 2, p. 695). For synonymy see Hooker. 1 This has not been verified by the writers. 53. (Ophion) Viereckiana brachiator (Say). Ophion brachiator Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1835, p. 240 (Leconte ed., vol. 2, p. 695). Campoplex xanthogaster Brulle, Hist. Nat. Ins. Hym., vol. 4, 1846, p. 159. !Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vol. 38, 1912. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 7, OCTOBER, 1921 169 Hooker 1 places this among the "Misplaced and Unrecognized Species, etc.," and no other writer appears to have recognized it. A female in the National Collection determined, we believe correctly, by Ashmead as Campoplex xanthogaster Brulle agrees in every respect with Say's description and is undoubtedly this species. Neotype. The above mentioned female specimen. 54. (Ophion) Exochus emarginatus (Say). Ophion emarginatus Say, Contrib. Muclur. Lye. Phila., vol. 1, 1828, p. 76 (Leconte ed., vol. 1, p. 380). Anomalon emarginatus Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1835, p. 245, (Leconte ed., vol. 2, p. 699). Davis 2 referred this species to the Orthocentrine genus Tapinops Foerster and synonymized with it Exochisc us pusillus Walsh, Alomyia abdominalis Provancher, and Orthocentrus caUfornicus Ashmead. Ashmead 3 called attention to Say's second reference to the species and showed that Davis was in error in his synonymy, the areolet being absent in Say's species, which would exclude it from Tapinops. Ashmead also states ;< I have recognized Say's species; it does not even belong to this tribe (Octhocentrini) but belongs to a genus in the next tribe or the "Exochini." The present writers had arrived at the same conclusion independently. Ashmead did not indicate by further statement or by labelled specimen what he recognized as Say's species. Nor have the writers been able to determine exactly the species to which Say's name should be assigned, but that it is an Exochus resembling Exochus laevis Cresson there appears to be no room for doubt. 55. (Ophion) Paniscus geminatus (Say). Ophion geminatus Say, Contrib. Maclur. Lye. Phila., vol. 1, 1828, p. 76 (Leconte ed., vol. 1, p. 379). Paniscus geminatus Norton, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila., vol. 1, 1863, p. 364. Norton remarked that there appeared to be two sizes of the species which he was unable to separate. Aside from the question of size there appear to be several species of true Paniscus, not to mention the genus Para&atus, confused in the National Collection under this name. In order to fix the species it seems advisable to designate a neotype combining at least the apparently most nearly constant characters mentioned by !Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vol. 38, 1912, p. 159. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vol. 24, 1897, p. 222. 3 Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., vol. 4, 1902, p. 230. 170 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 7, OCTOBER, 1921 Say, leaving for a later time the revision of the genus. These characters are: "antennae somewhat shorter than body" and "vertex with a black spot." In addition to these the neotype designated below has the antennae brownish with scape paler, head yellow, discocubital vein without a ramulus, and color of venation and size as described. The pleura are not noticeably yellow, but this character is extremely variable. Neotype. A male taken June 14, 1918, at Falls Church, Virginia, by R. A. Cushman. 56. (Ophion) Eremotylus glabratus (Say). Ophion glabratus Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1835, p. 239 (Leconte ed., vol. 2, p. 695); Riley and Howard, Ins. Life, vol. 3, 1890, p. 155. Eremotylus arctiae Ashmead, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vol. 23, 1896, p. 192. Ophion glabratus Viereck, in Smith's Ins. of N. J., 1909, p. 620 and 621. Eremotylus arctiae Viereck, loc. cit. Hooker 1 synonymized this with macrurns (Linne), but it appears to us that Say's description applies better to arctiae Ashmead, especially in the size and the glabrous area of the discocubital cell. The latter is much more conspicuous and elongate in arctiae and thus agrees better with Say's "longi- tudinally ovate spot" than does the small spot of macrurus. Moreover, Riley and Howard and Viereck had previous to Hooker recognized glabratus as a parasite of Hyphantria cunea^ which is also commonly a host of arctiae. 57. (Ophion mundus Say) =Therion morio Fabricius. Ichneumon morio Fabricius, Spec. Ins. 1, 1781, p. 436, n. 100. Ophion morio Fabricius, Suppl. entom. System. 1798, p. 237, n. 8. Ophion mundus Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1836, p. 239 (Leconte ed.,vol. 2, 1859, p. 695, n. 3). Anomalon flavipes Brulle, Hist. Nat. Ins. Hym., vol. 4, 1846, p. 170. Exochilum mundus Norton, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila., vol. 1, 1863, p. 360, n. 10. Anomalon nigripenne Provancher, Nat. Can., vol. 6, 1873, p. 173. Exochilum morio Morley, Rev. Ichn., Pt. 2, 1913, p. 73. Therion morio Viereck, Bull. 22, Conn. Geol. & Nat. Hist. Surv., 1916, p. 286. This species has become well known in American literature under the name of Exochilum mundum. The synonymy of Say's species with morio Fabricius was first pointed out by Morley in 1913 after an examination of the Fabrician type. The genus Exochilum Wesmael is a synonym of Therion Curtis as pointed out by Rohwer, Cushman, and Gahan. 2 iTrans. Am. Ent. Soc., vol. 38, 1912, p. 148. 2Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 17, 1915, p. 149. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 7, OCTOBER, 1921 171 58. (Ophion) Enicospilus purgatus (Say). Ophion purgatus Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1835, p. 238 (Leconte ed., vol. 2, p. 694). Ophion lateralis Brulle, Hist. Nat. Ins. Hym., vol. 4, 1846, p. 14.1. Ophion purgatus Norton, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila., vol. 1, 1863, p. 358. (Symmy- mizes lateralis with purgatus.) Enicospilus purgatus Ashmead, in Dimmock's "Notes on Parasitic Hymen- optera," Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 4, 1898, p. 153. Szeplegeti 1 and Morley 2 accredited this species, under Bridle's name, to the Australian Region, evidently under the mistaken idea that "la Caroline" referred to the Caroline Islands. That this is wrong is shown by the locality given under Ephialtes irritator Brulle, "1'Amerique du Nord (la Caroline)." Both of the species were collected by the same person, one L'Herminier. 59. (Peltastes) Metopius poilinctorius (Say). Peltastes poilinctorius Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1835, p. 245 (Leconte ed., vol. 2, p. 700). For synonymy see Dalla Torre's Catalog. 60. (Pimpla) Rhyssella humida (Say). Pimp/a humida Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1835, p. 224 (Leconte ed., vol. 2, p. 683). Rhyssa (Pararhyssa) humida Walsh, Trans. Ac. Sci., St. Louis, vol. 3, 1873, p. 109. Rhyssella humida Rohwer, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 57, 1920, p. 423. 61. Pimpla ? petiolata Say. Pimpla ? petiolatus Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1835, p. 224 (Leconte ed., vol. 2, p. 683). We are unable to recognize this insect, but are of the opinion that it probably belongs to the subfamily Tryphoninae. A NEW SPECIES OF THE CHALCIDID GENUS ZATROPIS. (HYM.) BY J. C. CRAWFORD. To this genus must be referred Catolaccus hunteri Crawford, C. incertus Ashmead, C. nigroaeneus Ashmead, C. coeliodis Ashmead, C. perdubius Girault, and Meraporus bruchivorns Ashmead. 'Gen. Ins., Fasc. 34, 1905, p. 27. 2 Rev. Ichn., Pt. 1, 1912, p. 49. 172 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 7, OCTOBER, 1921 The genus must, I think, be kept distinct from Neocatolaccus from which it differs in lacking the transverse ridge on the pro- podeum (which makes the propodeum of Neocatolaccus appear areolated); in having a broad band back of marginal vein with- out ciliae; the area between postmarginal and stigmal almost destitute of ciliae; and the under side of wing back of marginal with a row of long large curved ciliae. Zatropis tortricidis, new species. Female. Length 3 mm. Head and thorax bronzy, abdomen greenish bronzy; head and thoracic dorsum with timble-like punctures; face with striae converg- ing towards mouth, laterad extending almost to eyes, medially extending over two-thirds distance from apical margin of clypeus to insertion of antennae; scape and first two ring joints testaceous, pedicel brown with testaceous apex, last ring joint and rest of antennae dark brown, first joint of funicle distinctly longer than wide and longer than either pedicel or second joint of funicle; pro- podeum with fine thimble-like punctures, a distinct median carina which does not extend to apex of neck, foveae at base of neck bounded laterally by a carina; metapleura smooth polished, the anterior margin reflexed; coxae metallic, femora dark brown with a metallic lustre, tibia brownish-testaceous with whitish apices, tarsi whitish; abdomen somewhat larger than head and thorax combined. Male. Length 1.75 mm. Similar to female except in secondary sexual characters, but the tibia much more brown; antenna with two ring joints, the first joint of funicle shorter than second. Type-locality. North East, Pennsylvania. Type. Cat. No. 24,589, U. S. N. M. Host. Polychrosia mteana Clemens. Described from six females and four males. Differs from incertus in having foveae at base of neck of pro- podeum bounded laterad by carinae; from cafalpae, coeliodis and nigroaeneus in having the front edge of metapleura recurved and projecting above plane of mesopleura; from perdubius and bruchivorus in having first joint of funicle distinctly longer than wide and distinctly longer than second or than pedicel. Actual date of publication, October 15 ', 1921 . VOL. 23 NOVEMBER, 1921 No. 8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON CONTENTS MIDDLETON, WILLIAM SOME SUGGESTED HOMOLOGIES AND ADULTS IN SAWFLIES PUBLISHED MONTHLY EXCEPT JULY, AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER BY THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM WASHINGTON, D. C. Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under Act of August 24, 1912. Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October 3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918. THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ORGANIZED MARCH 12, 1884. The regular meetings of the Society are held on the first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 r. M. Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee Jl.OO. Members are entitled to the PROCEEDINGS and any manuscript submitted by them is given precedence over that submitted by non-members. OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1921. Honorary President E. A. SCHWARZ President W. R. WALTON First Vice-President A. B. GAHAN Second Vice-President '. . A. G. BO' VING Recording Secretary R. A. CUSHMAN Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer S. A. ROHWER U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. Editor A. C. BAKER East Falls Church, Va. Executive Committee: THE OFFICERS and A. N. CAUDELL, A. L. QUAINTANCE and E. R. SASSCER. Representing the Society as a Vice-President of the Washington Academy of Sciences . S. A. ROHWER PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON. Published monthly, except July, August and September, by the Society at Washington, D. C. Terms of subscription: Domestic, $4.00 per annum; foreign, $4.25 per annum; recent single numbers, 50 cents, foreign postage extra. All subscriptions are payable in advance. Remittances should be made payable to the Entomological Society of Washington. Authors of leading articles in the PROCEEDINGS will be given 10 copies of the number in which their article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur- nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired accompanies the manuscript: 4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp. 50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00 100 copies 2.25 4.50 6.75 9.00 Certain charges are made on illustrations and there are rules and suggestions governing the make-up of articles published. Contributors may secure infor- mation on these points by application to the Editor or Corresponding Secretary. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON VOL. 23 NOVEMBER 1921 No. 8 SOME SUGGESTED HOMOLOGIES BETWEEN LARVAE AND ADULTS IN SAWFLIES. BY WILLIAM MIDDLETON, Bureau of Entomology. Introduction. The following paper, which is a contribution from the Branch of Forest Insects of the Bureau of Entomology, was prepared under the direction of S. A. Rohwer and presents some of the results of a study of the metamorphosis of the gooseberry saw- fly, Pteronidea ribesii Scopoli. The homologies, between the larval areas and the adult sclerites here indicated are only suggested as the author does not believe they are founded on sufficient evidence to be considered as conclusive. The chief value of these suggested homologies lies in the fact that they summarize a series of observations on the external appearance of the larval areas of a sawfly secured by a study of its meta- morphosis and that they form a small part in the controversy of the composition of the insect segment and origin of post- scutellum. Their chief weakness lies in the fact that as yet they are not supported by definite anatomical and histological evidence. The composition of the tergum of the segments of the larva of Pteronidea ribesii Scopoli was given considerable attention, especially the limits of the segments and the relations that the areas bear to each other, segment to segment and abdomen to thorax. The results obtained by these studies are supported by successful application to other sawfly larvae representing well separated groups. For the time being, the author does not adopt for the tergal areas of the larva the names of the adult parts to which they apparently give rise, but prefers to use a system of lettering and numbering. Such a method of referring to the various parts of the larval tergum makes it possible to describe it and in this paper has the added advantage of not making it necessary to repeat the words "of adult" and "of larva." Method of Study. The insect chiefly under observation \vus Pteronidea ribcsii Scopoli (the ( Jooseberry Sawfly) which was chosen because it is 174 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 8, NOVEMBER, 1921 well known, widely distributed, very abundant, of fair size and has several generations in a year. The data for this paper were chiefly obtained directly from the study of living larvae, prepupae, pupae and adults of Pteronidea ribesli. Large numbers of these insects were examined every day, and the progress of metamorphosis was recorded by notes and drawings. Specimens showing changes in areas or folds, were preserved for confirmation of the observations and to aid in the final preparation of the notes. Dissections of living larvae and prepupae were occasionally made. The body folds of the larval skin were studied from both the exterior and interior; and the arrangement and points of attach- ment of all of the larger muscles were determined. The arrange- ment of the areas of the larva and the newly formed prepupa were found to be identical. But as there are great differences between the prepupa and the pupa, and since it is in the pre- pupal stage that profound changes occur, the areas of the pre- pupa were followed to the pupal stage by frequent observations on living specimens which had been removed from their cocoons. Changes of body contour together with the relaxation of the mandibles and the gradual movement of the optical centers inwards and dorsad in the head served as an index to the prog- ress of the prepupa in its development. The relation of the sclerites of the pupa to the prepupal areas and the changes in body contour caused by the formation of the pupa within the prepupal skin has suggested the homologies herein described. The removal of the skin of the prepupa, before the pupa had developed sufficiently for shedding lent further weight to these suggestions. The evidence obtained by this last method was often very satisfactory, because on the sclerites of the incom- plete pupa there were indications of divisions corresponding with the folds and areas of the enclosing prepupal skin. The pupa skin seems merely a sack within which the adult is developing and while in general structure it is sufficiently similar to the adult, as to make unnecessary any such elaborate method as is necessary to trace homologies between prepupa and pupa, considerable attention was given to the development of the sclerites and abdominal appendages. The interpretations of the body folds as thus determined in the larva of Pteronidea ribesii have been successfully applied to several other sawfly larvae belonging to well separated groups, the principal of which are: Neodiprion lecontei (Fitch), Cimbex americana Leach, Arge salicis Rohwer. 1 'A few drawings showing the satisfactory way in which these interpretations can be applied to larvae belonging to well separated groups have been included in this paper. (See Plate XIV, figs. 2, 4, 7 and 8.) PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., X r OL. 23, NO. 8, \< ) \ K \1 B E R, 1921 175 Limitation and Composition of Larval Segments. The larva of a sawfly is distinctly divided into a head anil body. The body is further divided, more or less distinctly, into prothorax, mesothorax and metathorax and ten abdominal seg- ments and it is readily observed that in the abdomen each seg- ment excepting the ultimate is subdivided into a constant num- ber of areas and that the areas of one segment are recognizable duplicates of the areas of any other abdominal segment. 1 lencc between any two abdominal spiracles on the same species there is a constant number of areas (see Plate XIV, figs. 2-5 and 6). In each of the first nine larval abdominal segments of Ptcronidea ribesii there are four tergal areas; three ornamented with spots and hairs, and one, plain without markings or hairs. The thoracic segments (see Plate XIV, figs. 1 and 2) are somewhat similar to the abdominal ones especially in containing four tergal areas but differ chiefly as follows: 1. The position occupied by the spiracle. 2. The possession of but two spiracles for the three segments, one very large within and apparently belonging to the prothorax ami one very small and obscure, situated between the mesothorax and metathorax. 3. Some change in the proportion and spotting of the areas. 4. A considerable constriction of the anterior area of the prothorax where it unites with the head. 5. The division of the pleural zone into four more or less distinctly defined areas termed preepipleurite and postepipleurite and prehypopleurite and posthypopleurite. Thus, in Pteronidea ribesii, the segments, exclusive of the head and the anal segment, are composed dorsally of four areas each. It will be seen from a study of the drawings illustrating the com- position of the body areas for both thorax and abdomen of saw- flies belonging to different groups, that the number of folds per segment is not the same for all sawfly larvae, but that although some annulets may be divided, homologies do exist between these areas from abdomen to thorax and from species to species. (See Plate XIV, figs. 2, 4, 7 and 8.) The homologies between the different segments of an individual larva are readily seen if a definite area be followed throughout the segments from abdomen to thorax. The homologies between widely different larvae can be determined by comparison although it may sometimes be necessary to assure oneself by an examination of the muscles. It now becomes necessary to decide with which of the trans- verse tergal folds segments begin. In this connection the mus- culature offers some suggestions and since the infoldings of the skin, which determine the annulets, are used for muscle attach- ments these muscle attachments undoubtedly add weight to the value of these infoldings as intersegmental and segmental 176 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 8, NOVEMBER, 1921 divisions. Before proceeding with the following short account of the musculature of Pteronidea ribesii it is necessary to accur- ately indicate the limits of each of the tergal areas. The four areas are accordingly designated by the letters A, B,, C and D (see Plate XIV, figs. 2 and 5) and are defined as follows: A the anterior of the three ornamented areas. In the abdomen it is the area preceding that above the spiracle. B the area posterior of A. It is the second of the three oranamented areas and the one which in the abdomen lies above the spiracle. (In some sawfly larvae this area is large and subdivided. See Bl and B2 in draw- ings of Cimbex americana. Plate XIV, fig. 7.) C the area posterior of B. It is the posterior of the three ornamented areas and lies above the alar 1 area. (In certain sawfly larvae area C is large and is subdivided, see Cl, C2, C3, in drawings of Neodiprion lecontei, plate XIV, fig. 4.) D The area which is unarmed and posterior of C or anterior of A. (In certain sawfly larvae this area is infolded and not visible as a distinct and sepa- rate division of the segment, see drawing of Arge salicis, Plate XIV, fig. 8.) An idea of the musculature of Pteronidea ribesii may best be had by an examination of the accompanying diagram (Plate XIV, fig. 3) in which the principal muscles of the mesothorax, metathorax, and first abdominal segment are pictured. It will' be observed that all of the stronger infoldings marking areas A, B, C and D are used to a certain extent as ridges for muscle attachments for the majority of the large muscles. Both the anterior and posterior margins of area A bear many muscles and either margin more than both margins of all the other areas. Furthermore all the long, longitudinal muscles, that (are seg- mental) go from one segment to another attach only to the margins of this area always uniting area A of one segment with area A of the preceding and following segments. Thus we have in each segment one area which bears on its anterior and pos- terior margins the great majority of the muscle attachments, and to either its anterior or posterior margin is attached at least one end of all longitudinal muscles. This indicates area A as either the first or last area of the segment. 'In a paper recently published by the author ("Leconte's Sawfly, an Enemy of Young Pines," Jour. Agri. Research, Vol. XX, No. 10, pp. 741-760, see foot- note 1 on pages 742-3 and fig. F, plate 91) he adopts certain names for longi- tudinal regions of the sawfly larval body and figures them. Under the tergum he recognizes supraspiracular and spiracular regions (IV & V). Since the spiracle does not always retain the same position on the body wall, i. e., within the so called spiracular region, he proposes to substitute supraalar and alar for the names supraspiracular and spiracular respectively and believes that in so doing he increases the usefulness of the plan making it adaptable to other groups where the spiracle is less fixed in its position than in the sawflies. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 8, NOVEMBER, 1921 177 Superficial examination of any sawfly larva immediately suggests that area A is at the cephalic end of any abdominal segment but more substantial indications that the anterior margin of this area marks the cephalic limit of each tergum are obtained from certain features of the musculature and from the construction of the prothorax and the tenth abdominal segment. An examination of the musculature of the larva of Pteronidea ribesii (Plate XIV, fig. 3), as well as that of such other sawfly larvae as have been studied shows that there is a greater number of muscles extending -posteriorly from the anterior margin of area A, and linking it with the segment caudad than there are muscles extending anteriorly from the posterior margin of the same area A, and serving to unite it with the cephalad segment. Area A is also closely linked to the three posterior areas by the small, short, intrasegmental muscles which extending caudad always start from margin D A, and which extending cephalad start at the same margin. The significance of these two points of musculature can be more readily understood by an examination of accompanying illustration (Plate XIV, fig. 3), and they seem to the author to indicate quite clearly that the infolding D A is the line of intersegmental division and that area A belongs to the segment caudad of the line. The anal segment (Plate XIV, fig. 6) is not of the same con- struction as the other abdominal segments, and seems to be dorsally composed of a single, fused, segmental plate named the epiproct. This plate extends from the posterior margin of the unarmed area D of the ninth abdominal segment to the anus at the apex of the abdomen. In those larvae in which the anal segment retains traces of the ornamentation of the preceding segments, this ornamentation is aborted and the portion of the segment on which it occurs, although occupying the same rela- tive position as the ornamented parts in preceding segments, is not separated from the remainder of the epiproct by any such constriction or infolding of the skin as marks the posterior margins of similar areas in the preceding segments. The areas of the anal segment are never distinct but are occasionally indicated by the vestiges of ornamentation mentioned above, and when thus indicated they occupy the same relative position as in any preceding abdominal segment. The unarmed, narrow area (D) immediately preceding the unified anal segment can not be considered as part of the last segment, but must be looked upon as the terminal fold of the ninth abdominal segment. The sharp, well defined infolding or constriction separating this area (D) from the anterior of the anal segment adds proof to the muscular indications that area D is the posterior subdivision of the segment. Viewing the larva from the exterior there seems to be a reduc- tion in the number of areas in the prothorax (Plate XV, fig. 9). 178 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 8, NOVEMBER, 1921 However, when the skin is examined from the interior, the four tergal areas are to be found (Plate XIV, fig. 1). The anterior area is a constricted, unarmed, narrow band partly (or entirely) covered by the head and connects the head with the first area of the prothorax which is visible from the exterior (B). This unarmed band I have considered as the aborted first area (A) of the prothorax thereby completing that segment. Thus we see, that to limit the segment of a larva of Pteronidea ribesii in any other manner than that described above makes it necessary to (1) ignore the neck-like membrane of the prothorax or to explain its presence by deriving it from the head or to con- sider it as a distinct and separate development; (2) to separate as belonging to the ninth abdominal segment a portion of the epiproct which is never a distinct area and which is frequently indistinguishably fused with the remainder of the anal segment or to connect with the anal segment area D of the ninth abdom- inal segment which is never as distinctly separated from the ninth segment as it is from the anal segment; and (3) to consider many small, short, weak muscles as intersegmental, /'. e., arising in one segment and attaching to an infolding in another. To summarize: the segment of Pteronidea ribesii is composed tergally of four areas and begins with the area preceding that above the spiracle. These areas are here designated by the letters A, B, C and D with the anterior being known as A. The first three (A, B, and C) of these areas are ornamented with spots and hairs while the posterior one (D) is plain and entirely without spots or hairs. That other sawfly larvae agree with this limitation and composition of a segment may be demon- strated by the following examples: Nediprion lecontei (Plate XIV, fig. 4). The thorax and tenth abdominal segment of Neodiprion lecontei is practically of the same construction as Pteronidea ribesii but in the first nine abdominal segments area C is twice subdivided forming three subareas (Cl, C2, C3) of which only the middle one (C2) is ornamented. Hence the construction of the tergum of Neodi- prion lecontei is: Thorax A, B, C and D. Abdomen (urites 1-9) A, B, Cl, C2, C3 and D; (urite 10) epiproct. Arge. (Plate XIV, fig. 6.) In the larvae belonging to the genus Arge the thoracic and abdominal (1-9) segments appear to consist dorsally of only three areas (A, B and C). The fourth area (D) is present however, but infolded under C. This may easily be demonstrated by splitting a larva longitudinally along the back, or by injecting a living larva with alcohol, which ex- pands the body. Cimbex. (Plate XIV, fig. 7.) The larva of Cimbex ameri- cana is in respect to A, C, D similar to Neodiprion lecontei but B is divided Bl and B2, in both the thorax and the abdomen. The construction of the tergum of this species is: Thorax A, PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 8, NOVEMBER, 1921 179 Bl, B2, C, D: Abdomen (urites 1-9) A, Bl, B2, Cl, C2, C3, D -(urite 10) epiproct. Thus, in all sawfly larvae the segments are divided into four areas, three of which are usually armed, and always distinct and prominent, for which reasons and others which will follow I have called them segmental areas and a fourth, unarmed area which is occasionally infolded or not found unless sought for. The first area is recognized by bearing on its anterior and pos- terior margins the greatest number of muscles. The second is above the spiracle in the abdomen and the third is above the alar area. All three of these areas are always present and usually ornamented more or less conspicuously but the fourth area is never ornamented, not infrequently reduced in size or appearing wanting and occurs between the third area of the segment of which it is a part and the first area of the following segment. Because the fourth area is unlike the segmental areas in never being ornamented and in not always possessing a similar prominent, easily seen position, and because it is apparently used chiefly to connect the segment of which it is a part with the segment following, I have called it a connective area. Composition of Adult Thorax. Having thus briefly characterized the composition and defined the limitation of the larval segment of Pteronidea ribesii the salient parts of the segments in the adult may be called to mind before entering into a discussion of the possible homologies existing between larval and adult areas. The three thoracic segments of adult sawflies are not equal in size or composition (Plate XV, fig. 20). The mesothorax is much larger than either of the other thoracic segments and is the part usually considered as the typical thoracic segment. It is divided into four parts: the prescutum, scutum, scutellum (including posttergite) and postscutellum. The three anterior parts are fused together and constitute the most conspicuous part of the segment. The posterior plate is rather distinct, being separated from the anterior part by a membrane, although laterally it usually fuses with the pleurum. The prothorax differs remarkably from the mesothorax and is much smaller. The metathorax while much smaller than the mesothorax differs from it chiefly in the lack of a prescutum. Comparing the construction of the thorax of the adult with that of the larva two striking differences are evident: 1 The mesothorax of the adult is composed of four, dorsal, segmental areas and a connective membrane, while in the larva there are only three dorsal segmental areas ami a connecting area. 2 The thoracic segments of the adult arc of unequal construction, while in the larva each thoracic segment has an equal number 180 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 8, NOVEMBER, 1921 of divisions. These differences in themselves seem to indicate that no homology exists between the adult and larva; however, through a study of the transformation of the thorax of the pre- pupa into the thorax of the pupa indications are found suggest- ing the existence of a relation in development, or homology, between the larval segmental elements and the adult segmental elements. Metamorphosis (See drawings Plate XV, Figs. 9-10). The larva is ornamented on areas A, B, and C with prominent black spots and when the larva sheds, the skin of the prepupa is of the same shape but with the spots lacking color though rather more prominent or elevated than in the larva. As the prepupa develops these spots become more distinct, not in prominence, however, for they lose to a considerable degree their elevation, but in a difference of texture from the surrounding skin. In the larva the skin of areas A, B, and C seems much the same in thickness and rigidity, although perhaps the black shininess of the spots does differentiate them rather markedly from the surrounding tissue. In the prepupa as development advances the skin between these spots seems to become considerably less rigid and thick, and has somewhat the appearance of a mem- brane connecting the toughened areas. As the pupa is formed within, this membrane seems to occupy considerable of the sur- face and enables the prepupal skin to accommodate itself to the forming pupa. The spots seem to be in their relation to the parts of the pupa formed below, the latent imaginal discs 1 from which the adult form develops. The development of the prepupa is accompanied by two evi- dent changes other than reduction in size and consequent wrinkling of the skin. These changes are: the relaxing and opening to some extent of the mandibles and a gradual move- ment of the optical centers. The relaxing of the mandibles occurs rather early in the prepupal stage and does not seem to be especially indicative of the immediate approach of pupation. The mandibles although open are capable of closing as was determined by inserting objects between them. The movement of the sensory parts of the eye is, however, considered of impor- tance as indicating the beginning of the greater changes inciden- tal to the development of the pupal stage. The prepupa up to the apparent beginning of the formation of the pupa has a black eye in a black eyespot but when this stage is attained the eye assumes a translucent whitish appearance in the black eyespot. A close examination will now reveal that the eye or the sensory part, is being withdrawn from the old 'Korchelt Heider Text book on Embryology, Invertebrates, Part III, Insecta, footnote p. 296 (Burger). PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 8, NOVEMBER, 1921 181 larval and prepupal location and moves slowly dorsally and inwards, while, as this progresses the facets of the compound adult and pupal eye become slowly and indistinctly visible close to the head capsule and in approximately their normal adult position, extending from the old eye about halfway up the side of the head. This withdrawing of the eye is accompanied,- and followed, by a gradual development of the pupa. The head capsule of the prepupa wrinkles and changes its surface in conformation with the new and somewhat differently shaped structure within. The thorax lengthens and the legs lay stretched straight posteriorly. The first abdominal segment is constricted giving the prepupa a characteristic "waistlined" appearance. The abdomen as a whole is somewhat contracted and shortened and the spiracles of the prepupa are connected with those of the forming pupa by whitish narrowing bands or tubes. The dissections of the prepupa during these critical changes and the attempts made to remove the skin of the prepupa from the pupa indicate that during the early formation of the new stage the two skins are practically identical in the closeness of their association and that the pupal skin is very delicate. Indeed no attempts to separate the two skins are successful until the contraction of the pupa has advanced considerably and the insect has begun a natural separation, with the pupa con- siderably resembling the adult in form. This complicates the work by making all the observations on the early pupal develop- ment indirect and dependent upon observations of the changes denoted by the prepupal skin and contour and the association of these changes with steps in pupal development. However, since the same insect can be observed through the entire course of its development and by removing the skin of the prepupa when it has separated from the pupa, pupal areas can be con- nected with prepupal areas, it is possible to understand to some extent the development of the pupa by the effects it produced upon the skin of the prepupa. As the pupa is formed and its divisions become sufficiently distinct for interpretation through the prepupal skin it is found that the pronotum of the adult is formed below areas B and C of the prepupal prothorax (area C lies above the anterior margin of the prescutum of the meso- thorax of the adult but is empty and folded flat posteriorly, probably due to the longitudinal lengthening of the prescutum and the consequent withdrawing anteriorly of that portion of the pronotum formed beneath). The prescutum is narrow, long, medianly divided and extends cephalad from under area A, mesothorax of prepupa. Scutum is formed under B, and the latero-dorsal and supraalar discs of C (in a specimen of a pre- pupa the skin of which was removed to disclose the pupa beneath, scutum was transversely and longitudinally divided) 182 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 8, NOVEMBER, 1921 (Plate XV, figs. 16, 17 and 18). Scutellum (including posttergite 1 ) is formed under the subdorsal pair of discs of C, and area D is above the posterior of scutellum and the membrane separating postscutellum from the anterior portion of the mesothorax. Postscutellum is found under area A of the prepupa's metathorax which occurs in the depression between the mesothorax and the metathorax. The metathoracic scutum and scutellum are below areas B and C. The scutum being found below area B and the latero-dorsal and supraalar discs of area C and the scutellum being found below the subdorsal discs of area C which are rather distinct from the remainder of C. Metathoracic area D is very narrow and area A of the first abdominal tergite is above the postscutellum of the metathorax. , The phragmae seem to be the prolongations of the infolded margins of areas used for attachment of the muscles which have been enlarged. In their development, the particular muscles enlarged, for the accomplishment of the new duties or activities required of the insect upon reaching its adult stage, are the con- trolling guide. Area A in bearing on its posterior and anterior margin all the attachments of intersegmental muscles (Plate XIV, fig. 3) is the natural base for these structures as evinced by the following text figure and the illustration showing the longitudinal section of the adult mesothorax (Plate XV, fig. 22). An examination of these drawings will show the anterior margin of the prescutum (or A larval mesothorax) and the posterior margin of the postscutellum (or A larval metathorax) produced to form phragmae and connected by a large muscle. An exami- nation of the drawing of Pteronidea ribesii musculature will reveal that there exists already in the larval thorax (T III Plate XIV, fig. 3) three muscles having these points of attachment in common. From the above comparison, which describes the position occupied by the tergal sclerites of the adult in relation to tergal areas of the prepupa, it would seem that the adult tergal sclerites are developed from the larval areas indicated in the following table and figure. Suggested Homologies. Adult and Pupa from Prepupa and Larva. Pronotum B and C prothorax Membrane between pronotum and prescutum D prothorax. 'The posttergite is the "lobe on posterior margin of scutellum" recognized by Snodgrass ("Thorax of Hymenoptera," Proc. U. S. X. M., Vol. 3'^, pp. 37-91. See o, page 88 and Plate T, fig. 3) and designated "posttergite" by Crumpron ("The Ground Plan of a Typical Thoracic Segmcnr in \Vinged Insects, " Zoologischer Air/eiger, Vol. 44, 1914, pp. 56-67. See page 60.) PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 8, NOVEMBER, 1921 183 Anterior mesothoracic phragma Mesoprescutum Mesoscutum Mesoscutellum Membrane between scutellum 2 and ppstscutellum 2 Mesopostscutellum Posterior mesothoracic phragma Metascutum Metascutellum Membrane between scutellum 3 and postscutellum 3 Metapostscutellum margin D A (mesothoracic side). A mesothorax B and latero dorsal and su- praalar discs C. subdorsal discs C. D mesothorax. A metathorax. margin A B (metathorax). B and laterodorsal and supraalar discs C. Subdorsal discs lobes C. D metathorax. A first abdominal tergite. Lai rva Rdi/lt T-I RB C D -* ' o I o CL MTU: U I BCD^R BCDiR T e V I g ^ r ^ k "=: ^ >- -J "O i o -^ w -Q ^"3 "3 I CL (/) UO ^ g ! E -HI . 0- ' ^ a X) B CDRB CD TI^ TJI^ pt ^TS. UI ceo ant' 12 H TI TI TIE UI -o.;9l5i_r - fi B CDR BCD it v>f 13 mb 192 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 23, NO. 8, NOVEMBER, 1921 fig. 17 Same prepupa same day (as figure 16) but with skin entirely removed showing formation of pupa; head, prothorax, mesothorax, meta- thorax and first abdominal segment. (Dorsal view). fig. 18 Same as figure 17; lateral view. fig. 19 Pupa which had shed its prepupal skin naturally, prothorax, meso- thorax, metathorax and first abdominal segment. fig. 20 Adult; thorax and first abdominal segment. fig. 21 Adult; longitudinal section through mesothorax including post- scutellum and the anterior and posterior phragmae, showing large dorsal longitudinal muscle and connecting ligament. fig. 22 Adult; posttergite, connecting ligament, postscutellum and phragma and longitudinal section of postscutellum and phragma. fig. 23 Adult; metathorax including metapostscutellum. fig. 24 Adult; longitudinal- section from tergum of abdomen, showing divisions of segment and large longitudinal muscles. Actual date of publication, November 29, 1921 . VOL. 23 DECEMBER, 1921 No. 9 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON $* CONTENTS COCKERELL, T. D. A. A NEW ASILID FLY FROM THE MADEIRA ISLANDS . 208 EWING, H. E. NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF PROTURA 193 FISHER, W. S. A NEW CERAMBYCID BEETLE FROM CALIFORNIA .... 206 FOX, WILLIAM H. NOTICE OF DEATH 213 MCATEE, W. L. THE PERIODICAL CICADA, 1919; BRIEF NOTES FOR THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA REGION 211 WADE, J. S. AND MYERS, P. R. OBSERVATIONS RELATIVE TO RECENT RE- COVERIES OF PLEUROTROPIS EPIGONUS WALKER. (HYM.) .... 202 ZWALUWENBURG, R. H. VAN MELANOTUS HYSLOPI N. SP. (cOLEOP.) . . . 210 PUBLISHED MONTHLY EXCEPT JULY, AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER BY THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM WASHINGTON, D. C. Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under Act of August 24. 1912. Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October 3, 1917. authorized July 3, 1918. THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ORGANIZED MARCH 12, 1884. The regular meetings of the Society are held on the first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 P. M. Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are entitled to the PROCEEDINGS and any manuscript submitted by them is given precedence over that submitted by non-members. OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1921. Honorary President E. A. SCHWARZ President W. R. WALTON First Vice-President A. B. GAHAN Second Vice-President A. G. BOVING Recording Secretary R. A. CUSHMAN Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer S. A. ROHWER U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. Editor A. C. BAKER East Falls Church, Va. Executive Committee: THE OFFICERS and A. N. CAUDELL, A. L. QUAINTANCE and E. R. SASSCER. Representing the Society as a Vice-President of the Washington Academy of Sciences . S. A. ROHWER PROCEEDINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON. Published monthly, except July, August and September, by the Society at Washington, D. C. Terms of subscription: Domestic, $4.00 per annum; foreign, $4.25 per annum; recent single numbers, 50 cents, foreign postage extra. All subscriptions are payable in advance. Remittances should be made payable to the Entomological Society of Washington. Authors of leading articles in the PROCEEDINGS will be given 10 copies of the number in which their article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur- nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired accompanies the manuscript: 4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp. 50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00 100 copies 2.25 4.50 6.75 9.00 Certain charges are made on illustrations and there are rules and suggestions governing the make-up of articles published. Contributors may secure infor- mation on these points by application to the Editor or Corresponding Secretary. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON VOL. 23 DECEMBER 1921 No. NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF PROTURA. BY H. E. EWING, U. S. Bureau of Entomology. At the March meeting of the Entomological Society of Wash- ington Mr. Barber and I reported the finding of Proturans in the vicinity of Washington, D. C. At that time they had been found only on a very few occasions and in numbers, only in one situation. Since then the writer has taken them in several local situations at Takoma Park, Maryland, and in some instances in large numbers. The first specimen reported from the vicinity of Washington, which was accidentally found by Barber in some leaf mold in which he was rearing beetle larvae, and the two subsequent specimens taken near Plummer's Island, Maryland, have been found to be of the same species which is new. This species has been named Acerentulus barberi by the writer, and is described in a short paper which has been sent to the Entomological News for publication. Since the finding of these primitive insects at Takoma Park, Maryland, large numbers of them have been taken there. Up to the present no less than twelve species have been found, and more than this, all of these twelve species are represented in collections from a single deposit of decaying leaves, twigs and other organic material situated only a few rods from the writer's home. It should be stated, however, that at no other place have Proturans been found in such diversity or numbers as at this particular spot where they were first located, almost by accident, one evening last February. In reporting from a single locality as many as twelve different species, which number is only four less than have been described from the world, it is realized that some critics may be inclined to discredit the specific determinations of the same. To these the desire is expressed that they examine tor themselves the types of these species which are deposited in the United States National Museum. It asked to explain the occurrence of such a larye number of species in a single locality I can only state that it is my opinion that an unusually g